Dispatcher

2015 | 2016
All the ingredients for 2015 | 2016

culinary perfection
When it comes to your kitchen, weve done all The Monogram
the prep work for you, gathering the best tips and Black Book
ideas in two entertaining and informative blogs.
Let our expert chefs and designers bring fresh
inspiration to your table.
The Monogram Black Book

Save Room For Design All In Good Food
Insights on remodeling Recipes, how-to cooking
trends, as well as tips and videos, product demos
ideas from professional and more from professional
experts. Inspiring stories are chefs Joe Castro and
shared every week. Brian Logsdon.
Have a taste at monogram.com/blogs.
As an ENERGY STAR partner, GE has determined that the appliances

marked with the ENERGY STAR logo meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines for
energy efficiency. Product improvement is a continuing endeavor at GE. Therefore,
materials, appearance and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Appliance Park
Louisville, Kentucky 40225
monogram.com
2015 GE Appliances | Publication Number 24-M0115 | PC81965

french-door
bottom-freezer
refrigerator
Your 2015 | 2016 resource for

Monogram appliances
Sophisticated styling and exceptional

craftsmanship set Monogram apart from all
other appliance brands. We don't cut corners.
We polish them to seamless perfection. The
2015/2016 Monogram line demonstrates
this commitment in this new edition of the
Monogram Black Book.
Visit monogram.com
View Monogram product information online.
Specifications
Installation instructions
Owners manuals
Monogram Preferred Service | 800.444.1845

If a Monogram appliance ever requires service, simply call
Monogram Preferred Service:
8 a.m. 6:30 p.m. EST Monday Friday
A specialist will promptly coordinate an appointment.
GE Answer Center | 800.626.2000

For product assistance and answers to your questions about
Monogram appliances, call:
8 a.m. 10 p.m. EST Monday Friday
8 a.m. 7 p.m. EST Saturday
This book is for Sales Training purposes only and should

not be used in any form of advertising or sales promotion.
Index to product, trim kits and accessories The basics, advance planning....................................................................57
STANDARD INSTALLATION
Use this index as a quick reference guide to product, Dimensions, SS models................................................................................. 58

trim kits and accessories. Cutout dimensions, SS models................................................................. 59
Dimensions, custom 3/4" or 1/4" panels.............................................60
Refrigeration products Cutout dimensions, custom 3/4" or 1/4" panels...............................61
1/4" framed custom panel dimensions..................................................62
Refrigeration design options.......................................................................19
3/4" overlay custom panel dimensions................................................ 63
Three design styles.......................................................................................... 20
Dispenser trim..................................................................................................... 64
Custom panel design options......................................................................21
Dispenser trim installation........................................................................... 65
Finding the right model.................................................................................22
Customization options....................................................................................23 FLUSH INSET INSTALLATIONCustom models
Dimensions, 3/4" or 1/2" panels............................................................... 66
Cutout dimensions, 3/4" panels................................................................67
Integrated Customizable Refrigerators
with Convertible Drawer 3/4" panel dimensions................................................................................... 68
Cutout dimensions, 1/2" panels................................................................ 69
Highlights | 30" Integrated Refrigerators............................................24
1/2" panel dimensions.................................................................................... 70
Customization options....................................................................................32
Dispenser trim installation............................................................................72
Product chart...................................................................................................... 36
Optional accessory kits..................................................................................73
ZIC30GNHII Solid-door refrigerator
ZIK30GNHII Glass-door refrigerator *ZKHPSS1 Professional handle kit
*ZKHSS2 European handle kit
The basics, ordering the integrated refrigerator............................37 ZSAB1 Sabbath mode kit
Cutout depth and dimensions................................................................... 38
Highlights | 36" NEW French-Door Bottom-Freezer
The installation space..................................................................................... 39
Refrigerators.........................................................................................................74
80" H solid-doorcustom panel dimensions..................................40
Product chart.......................................................................................................76
80" H glass-doorcustom panel dimensions....................................41 ZIPS360NH European SS panels
84" H solid-doorcustom panel dimensions....................................42 ZIPP360NH Professional SS panels
ZIP360NH Custom panels
84" H glass-doorcustom panel dimensions.................................. 43
The basics, advance planning....................................................................77
Panel hooks and brackets............................................................................44
Install anti-tip bracket.................................................................................... 45 STANDARD INSTALLATION
Solid-door panel options............................................................................. 46 Dimensions, SS models..................................................................................78
Glass-door panel options..............................................................................47 Cutout dimensions, SS models..................................................................79
Optional accessory kits, Sabbath mode instructions................. 48 Dimensions, custom model.........................................................................80
ZUG30 Side-by-side installation heater kit Cutout dimensions, custom 3/4" or 1/4" panels...............................81
*ZKHSS30 European tubular handle kit 1/4" framed custom panel dimensions..................................................82
Showroom demonstration mode............................................................ 49 3/4" overlay custom panel dimensions................................................ 83
FLUSH INSET INSTALLATIONCustom models

Built-in Refrigeration Dimensions, after panel install.................................................................. 84
Highlights | Side-by-Side Refrigerators.............................................. 50 Cutout dimensions, 3/4" panels............................................................... 85
Side-by-side refrigerator features...........................................................52 3/4" panel dimensions................................................................................... 86
Product chart...................................................................................................... 56 Cutout dimensions, 1/2" panels.................................................................87
ZISB480DH 48" custom panels, black dispenser 1/2" panel dimensions.................................................................................... 88
ZIS480NH 48" custom panels, non-dispenser
ZISS480DHSS 48" European SS wrap, black dispenser Optional accessory kit................................................................................... 89
ZISS480NHSS 48" European SS wrap, non-dispenser ZKHFD2H European handle kit
ZISP480DHSS 48" Professional SS wrap, black dispenser
ZISB420DH 42" custom panels, black dispenser
ZIS420NH 42" custom panels, non-dispenser Highlights | 36" Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators..............................90
ZISS420DHSS 42" European SS wrap, black dispenser Product chart.......................................................................................................92
ZISS420NHSS 42" European SS wrap, non-dispenser
ZISP420DHSS 42" Professional SS wrap, black dispenser ZICP360NHRH Professional SS wrap, right-hand door swing
ZISB360DH 36" custom panels, black dispenser ZICP360NHLH Professional SS wrap, left-hand door swing
ZISS360DH 36" European SS wrap, black dispenser ZICS360NHRH European SS wrap, right-hand door swing
4 *Available through GE Parts 5
ZICS360NHLH European SS wrap, left-hand door swing Optional accessory kits................................................................................124
ZIC360NHRH Custom panel, right-hand door swing
ZKHCSS2 Custom European tubular handle
ZIC360NHLH Custom panel, left-hand door swing
ZKHPSS1 Professional tubular stainless steel handle
The basics, advance planning................................................................... 93 ZUG2 Unified custom panel grille kit for dual installation
ZUGSS2 Unified European panel grille kit for dual installation
STANDARD INSTALLATION ZUGPP2 Unified Professional panel grille kit for dual installation
Dimensions, SS models................................................................................. 94 Sabbath Mode product kit ZSAB1......................................................... 125
Cutout dimensions, SS models................................................................. 95 Showroom controls demonstration mode.......................................126
Dimensions, custom model......................................................................... 96
Cutout dimensions, custom 3/4" or 1/4" panels..............................97 free-standing Refrigeration
1/4" framed custom panel dimensions................................................. 98
Highlights | Free-Standing, Side-by-Side Refrigerator.............128
3/4" overlay custom panel dimensions................................................ 99
Product chart.....................................................................................................130
FLUSH INSET INSTALLATIONCustom models ZFSB25DXSS Stainless steel, black dispenser
Dimensions, after panel install................................................................100 The basics, dimensions and clearances.............................................. 131
Cutout dimensions, 3/4" raised panels................................................101
Highlights | Free-Standing, French-Door Refrigerators........... 132
3/4" panel dimensions..................................................................................102
Product chart, the basics............................................................................134
Cutout dimensions, 1/2" flat panels......................................................103
ZWE23ESHSS European
1/2" panel dimensions.................................................................................. 104 ZWE23PSHSS Professional
Optional accessory kits............................................................................... 105 Product dimensions and clearances, ZWE23E..............................135
ZKHCT Handle side trim kit Product dimensions and clearances, ZWE23P..............................136
ZKHCSS2 European handle kit
ZUG2 Unified custom panel grille kit for dual installation
ZKHPSS1 Professional stainless steel handle
ZUGSS2 Unified European panel grille kit for dual installation
Refrigeration modules
ZUGPP2 Unified Professional panel grille kit for dual installation
Highlights | selecting a refrigeration module..................................138
Highlights | 36" All-Refrigerators, All-Freezers............................ 106 Making sense of wine temperatures.................................................... 140
Product charts....................................................................................................110 Custom-Framed Wine Reserve and Beverage Center
product chart, the basics............................................................................142
ZIR360NHRH Custom panel, right-hand door swing refrigerator
ZIRS360NHRH European SS panel, right-hand door swing refrigerator ZDWI240HII Custom-framed wine reserve
ZIRS360NHLH European SS panel, left-hand door swing refrigerator ZDBI240HII Custom-framed beverage center
ZIRP360NHRH Professional SS panel, right-hand door swing refrigerator
ZIRP360NHLH Professional SS panel, left-hand door swing refrigerator
Overall product dimensions, custom-framed.................................143
ZIF360NHLH Custom panel, left-hand door swing freezer Cutout and product dimensions, custom-framed...................... 144
ZIFS360NHRH European SS panel
ZIFS360NHLH European SS panel, left-hand door swing freezer Stainless steel Wine Reserve and Beverage Center
ZIFP360NHRH Professional SS panel product chart, the basics............................................................................145
ZIFP360NHLH Professional SS panel, left-hand door swing freezer ZDWR240HBS SS wine reserve
The basics............................................................................................................... 111 ZDBR240HBS SS beverage center
Advance planning, overall product dimensions, SS....................146
STANDARD INSTALLATION
Cutout and product dimensions, SS....................................................147
Dimensions, SS freezers................................................................................ 112
Fresh-Food Refrigerator product chart, the basics....................148
Dimensions, SS refrigerators..................................................................... 113
ZIFI240HII Fresh-food refrigerator, custom panel
Cutout dimensions, SS models.................................................................114 ZIFS240HSS Fresh-food refrigerator, SS
Dimensions, custom models...................................................................... 115 Overall product dimensions, custom panel.....................................149
Cutout dimensions, 3/4" or 1/4" custom panels.............................116 Overall product dimensions, SS and 3/4" overlay panel
1/4" framed custom panel dimensions................................................. 117 dimensions.......................................................................................................... 150
3/4" overlay custom panel dimensions................................................118 Cutout and product dimensions.............................................................. 151
FLUSH INSET INSTALLATIONCustom models Refrigerated Double Drawer product chart, the basics........... 152
ZIDI240HII Refrigerated double drawer, custom panel
Dimensions, after panel install..................................................................119 ZIDS240HSS Refrigerated double drawer, SS
Cutout dimensions, 3/4" raised panels...............................................120
Overall product dimensions......................................................................153
3/4" panel dimensions................................................................................... 121
3/4" overlay panel dimensions, cutout
Cutout dimensions, 1/2" flat panels...................................................... 122 and product dimensions..............................................................................154
1/2" panel dimensions................................................................................... 123 Outdoor/Indoor Refrigerator product chart, the basics..........155
ZDOD240HSS Outdoor/indoor refrigerator, SS
6 7
Overall product dimensions......................................................................156 Product dimensions, clearances, side views.................................. 190
Cutout and product dimensions............................................................. 157 The basics..............................................................................................................191
Bar Refrigerator with Icemaker product chart, the basics.....158 Optional accessory kits ..............................................................................192
ZIBI240HII Bar refrigerator with icemaker, custom panel 24-M488 120-volt display demo cord kit
ZIBS240HSS Bar refrigerator with icemaker, SS WB28K10553 High-altitude kit (above 6,000 feet)
Overall product dimensions......................................................................159
3/4" overlay panel dimensions, cutout All-gas Ranges
and product dimensions............................................................................. 160
All-Gas Professional Range features....................................................193
Refrigeration Modules, top view..............................................................161
48" All-Gas Professional Ranges product chart...........................198
Installation clearances and technical differences.........................162
ZGP486NDRSS 6 burners, griddle, Nat. gas, reversible grates
ZGP486LDRSS 6 burners, griddle, LP gas, reversible grates
Automatic Icemaker Advance planning, cooktop configurations,
optional accessory..........................................................................................199
Icemaker product chart, cutout and product dimensions......163
ZXGRILL grill accessory
ZDIC150ZBB Black, 50 lbs. ice per day
ZDIS15SSHRH Stainless wrap, 50 lbs. ice per day, right-hand door swing Product dimensions, clearances, side views.................................200
ZDIS15SSHLH Stainless wrap, 50 lbs. ice per day, left-hand door swing The basics, backsplash accessories......................................................201
Advance planning, custom panel dimensions, ZPK2 drain ZX12B48PSS 12"-high backsplash
pump kit ZXADJB48PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf
ZIP75BB Black, 3/4" custom panel kit................................................ 164 36" All-Gas Professional Ranges product chart......................... 202
How it works, top view.................................................................................165 ZGP364NDRSS 4 burners, griddle, Nat. gas, reversible grates
ZGP364LDRSS 4 burners, griddle, LP gas, reversible grates
Built-in Icemaker, Bar Refrigerator comparison............................166 ZGP366NRSS 6 burners, Nat. gas, reversible grates
ZGP366LRSS 6 burners, LP gas, reversible grates
Advance planning, cooktop configurations,
Professional cooking products optional accessory........................................................................................ 203
Highlights | Professional Cooking..........................................................168
Professional cooking features.................................................................. 172 Product dimensions, clearances, side views................................. 204
The basics, backsplash accessories.................................................... 205
ZX12B36PSS 12"-high backsplash
Dual-Fuel Ranges ZXADJB36PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf
48" Dual-Fuel Professional Ranges product chart..................... 180 30" All-Gas Professional Ranges product chart......................... 206
ZDP484NGPSS 4 burners, griddle/grill, Nat. gas, reversible grates ZGP304NRSS 4 burners, Nat. gas, reversible grates
ZDP486NRPSS 6 burners, grill, Nat. gas, reversible grates ZGP304LRSS 4 burners, LP gas, reversible grates
ZDP486NDPSS 6 burners, griddle, Nat. gas, reversible grates Advance planning, backsplash accessories,
Advance planning, cooktop configurations.....................................181 cooktop configurations, optional accessory..................................207
Product dimensions, clearances, side views...................................182 ZX12B30PSS 12"-high backsplash
ZXADJB30PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf
The basics, backsplash accessories......................................................183 ZXGRILL grill accessory
ZX12B48PSS 12"-high backsplash Product dimensions, clearances, side views................................. 208
The basics........................................................................................................... 209
36" Dual-Fuel Professional Ranges product chart..................... 184
ZDP366NPSS 6 burners, Nat. gas, reversible grates
ZDP364NRPSS 4 burners, grill, Nat. gas, reversible grates Professional Rangetops
ZDP364NDPSS 4 burners, griddle, Nat. gas, reversible grates
Advance planning, cooktop configurations....................................185 48" Professional Rangetops product chart, the basics............210
Product dimensions, clearances, side views...................................186 ZGU486NDPSS 6 burners, griddle, Nat. gas,reversible grates
The basics, backsplash accessories......................................................187 Advance planning, rangetop configurations,

optional accessory........................................................................................... 211
ZX12B36PSS 12"-high backsplash
ZXADJB36PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf ZXGRILL grill accessory
30" Dual-Fuel Professional Ranges product chart......................188 Product dimensions, clearances, side views................................... 212
ZDP304NPSS 4 burners, Nat. gas, reversible grates Backsplash accessories, installation options..................................213
Advance planning, backsplash accessories, ZX12B48PSS 12"-high backsplash
cooktop configurations................................................................................189 ZXADJB48PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf
ZX12B30PSS 12"-high backsplash 36" Professional Rangetops product chart, the basics.............214
ZXADJB30PSS 30"36" adjustable height with warming shelf ZGU366NPSS 6 burners, Nat. gas,reversible grates
ZGU364NDPSS 4 burners, griddle, Nat. gas,reversible grates
8 9
Advance planning, rangetop configurations, Advantium Above-the-Cooktop Ovens
optional accessory..........................................................................................215
Advantium Above-the-Cooktop Ovens
with Speedcook technology....................................................................234
Product dimensions, clearances, side views...................................216
Advantium Above-the-Cooktop Ovens product charts.........235
Backsplash accessories, installation options.................................. 217 ZSA1201JSS European stainless steel
ZX12B36PSS 12"-high backsplash ZSA1202JSS Professional stainless steel
Above-the-cooktop 120V ovens product dimensions
Backsplash accessories for and cutouts.........................................................................................................236
Professional Ranges and Rangetops...................................................218
wall ovens
Ovens/Microwave/Warming Highlights | Wall Ovens...............................................................................238
Highlights | Advantium ovens............................................................... 220 30" Electronic Dial Wall Ovens
How it works.......................................................................................................221
30" European & Professional Wall Ovens product chart....... 240
Design option....................................................................................................222 ZET1FHSS 30 Professional French-door single wall oven
ZET1SHSS 30 European single wall oven
ZET1PHSS 30 Professional single wall oven
Advantium 240V Ovens ZET2SHSS 30 European double wall oven
ZET2PHS 30 Professional double wall oven
Advantium 240V Ovens product chart & the basics.................223
The basics, cutout and product dimensions................................... 241
ZSC2201JSS European, stainless steel
ZSC2202JSS Professional, stainless steel
Accessories & demo mode.......................................................................224 30" Electronic Touch Convection Ovens
ZX2201NSS Accessory storage drawer for ZSC2201JSS 30" Electronic Touch Convection Ovens product chart,
the basics.............................................................................................................242
ZET9050SHSS 30 European single oven
Advantium 120 Ovens ZET9550SHSS 30 European double oven
Advantium 120 Ovens product chart & the basics.....................225 Cutout and product dimensions............................................................243
ZSC1001JSS 27/30 European stainless steel
ZSC1201JSS 30 European stainless steel
ZSC1202JSS 30 Professional stainless steel 27" Electronic Touch Convection Ovens
Installation and accessories......................................................................226 27" Electronic Touch Convection Ovens product chart,
ZX2201NSS Accessory storage drawer for ZSC1201JSS the basics............................................................................................................ 244
Advantium 120 installed below a countertop or cooktop ZEK7000SHSS 27European single oven
ZEK7500SHSS 27 European double oven
or side-by-side installation........................................................................226
Cutout and product dimensions............................................................245
Demo Mode........................................................................................................227
True European convection with Direct Air Cooking Modes.......246
Overlap dimensions.......................................................................................248
Advantium wall oven installations
and configurations Installing a wall oven below a cooktop, side-by-side
installation...........................................................................................................249
Advantium 240V and 120V ovens overall product Wall oven flush-mount installation...................................................... 250
dimensions..........................................................................................................227
Certified Sabbath mode.............................................................................252
30 Advantium 240V and 120V cutout dimensions
without optional drawer.............................................................................228
30 Advantium 240V and 120V cutout dimensions Drawer microwave ovens
with optional drawer.....................................................................................229
Drawer Microwave Ovens product chart, the basics................254
27 Advantium 120V oven overall dimensions.............................. 230 ZWL1126SJSS 24 stainless steel drawer
27 Advantium 120V cutout dimensions............................................231 Product overall dimensions......................................................................255
Advantium installation configurations...............................................232 Wall installation................................................................................................256
Advantium single oven and cooktop
installation combinations...........................................................................233
Microwave Ovens
Microwave Ovens product chart...........................................................257
ZEB1226SHSS Stainless steel, 2.2 cu. ft.
ZEM115SJ/SFSS Stainless steel, 1.1 cu. ft.
10 11
The basics, microwave trim kits.............................................................258 cooktop combination installations
JX2127SH 27 stainless steel built-in kit - ZEB1226
JX2130SH 30 stainless steel built-in kit ZEB1226 Above a wall oven...........................................................................................278
JX827SFSS 27 stainless steel built-in kit ZEM115 Above a warming drawer, ADA installation....................................279
JX830SFSS 30 stainless steel built-in kit ZEM115
Product and cutout dimensions.............................................................259
Venting Systems (High-speed CFMs listed below)
Warming Drawers Highlights | Hoods......................................................................................... 280

Pairing hoods with cooking equipment............................................282
27" and 30" Warming Drawers product chart, the basics......261
ZW9000SJSS 30" stainless steel
ZJ7000SJSS 27" stainless steel 30" Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Hood
Advance planning, accessories..............................................................262 ZV830 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Hood product chart....... 286
ZXD27B 27" custom panel kit ZV830SMSS 30" 3-speed, 420 CFM
ZXD30B 30" custom panel kit
The basics & advance planning..............................................................287
Product and cutout dimensions, side-by-side installation....263
ZX83012 10' to 12' ceiling duct cover extension
WB02X11348 Replacement charcoal filter
cooktops Product dimensions and clearances...................................................288

Using duct cover accessories..................................................................289
Highlights | Cooktops...................................................................................266
36" Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Hood

36" and 30" Induction Cooktops
ZV750 36" Wall-Mount Hood product chart................................ 290
Induction Cooktops product chart......................................................268
ZV750SPSS 36" 4-speed, 350 CFM
ZHU36RSJSS 36" SS with silver metallic finish
ZHU36RDJBB 36" black granite trimless The basics, advance planning & accessories..................................291
ZHU30RSJSS 30" SS with silver metallic finish ZX7510SPSS Accessory duct cover for 9' to 10' ceilings
ZHU30RDJBB 30" black granite trimless WB02X10731 Replacement charcoal filter
The basics and cutout & product dimensions...............................269 Product dimensions and clearances...................................................292
How induction cooking works................................................................270 Using duct cover accessories..................................................................293
Power sharing and Flush-mount cutout dimensions................. 271 ZV950 Stainless Steel Dual-Blower Hood product chart..... 294
ZV950SDSS 36" 4-speed dual-blower, 690 CFM
36" and 30" ELECTRIC RADIAnT Cooktops The basics, advance planning & accessories.................................295
ZX14SDSS ZV950 accessory duct cover for 10' to 14' ceilings
Electric Radiant Cooktops product chart
and burner configurations......................................................................... 272 ZV950 dimensions and clearances..................................................... 296
ZEU36RSJSS 36" black with stainless trim Using duct cover accessories..................................................................297
ZEU30RSJSS 30" black with stainless trim
The basics and cutout & product dimensions...............................273
36" Retractable Hood
ZV800 36" Retractable Hood product chart............................... 298
36" Stainless Steel Gas Cooktop
ZV800SJSS 36" stainless steel, 460 CFM, electronic controls
36" Stainless Steel Cooktop product chart Product dimensions and clearances.................................................. 298
and burner configuration........................................................................... 274
The basics & advance planning............................................................. 299
ZGU385NSMSS 5 all-simmer burners
Venting and/or recirculating installations.......................................300
Determine installation height...................................................................301
30" Stainless Steel Gas Cooktop
30" Stainless Steel Cooktop product chart 36" GlassCanopy Chimney Hood
and burner configuration...........................................................................276
ZGU384NSMSS 4 all-simmer burners ZV900 36" Glass Canopy Chimney Hoods product chart... 302
ZV900SLSS 36" stainless steel, 490 CFM, electronic controls
Product dimensions and clearances.................................................. 302
The basics, Advance planning............................................................... 303
ZX90010 9'6" to 10'5" accessory duct cover
12 13
Product dimensions and clearances..................................................304 Restaurant-Style Professional Hoods
Determine installation height................................................................. 305
Restaurant-Style Professional Hoods product chart................324
ZV48RSFSS 48" 1090 CFM, 2 heat lamps
Custom Hood Inserts ZV36RSFSS 36" 620 CFM, heat lamp
Installation height requirements............................................................325
Custom Hood Inserts product chart..................................................306
Product dimensions, determine installation height...................325
ZVC30LSS 30" hood insert, 640 CFM, electronic controls
ZVC36LSS 36" hood insert, 640 CFM, electronic controls Advance planning, structural support, ductwork.......................326
ZVC48LSS 48" hood insert, 1140 CFM, electronic controls
Accessory duct covers................................................................................327
Installation clearances.................................................................................306
Standard duct covers for all 48" Professional hoods
The basics............................................................................................................307
ZX48DC6, ZX48DC6J 6"-high duct cover
Cutout and product dimensions........................................................... 308 ZX48DC12, ZX48DC12J 12"-high duct cover
Supplied insert liner, custom insert liner, Standard duct covers for all 36" and 30" Professional hoods
remote location for controls.................................................................... 309
Island Vent Hoods Tapered or straight-sided hoods installationheight..................328

Using duct cover accessories..................................................................329
ZV850 Island Hoods product chart..................................................... 310
ZV850SPSS 36" 350 CFM, electronic controls
Restaurant-style hoods installationheight..................................... 330
ZX8510SPSS Accessory duct cover 10' ceilings Using duct cover accessories...................................................................331
The basics & advance planning................................................................ 311
WB02X10731 Replacement charcoal filter 30" Stainless Steel Undercabinet Hood
ZV850 dimensions..........................................................................................312
ZV30, 30" Short Wall Hoods product chart...................................332
Using duct cover accessories...................................................................313
ZV30HSRSS 30" 4-speed, 530 CFM
ZV925 36" Glass Canopy Island Hoods product chart.............314
The basics & advance planning..............................................................333
ZV925SLSS 36" stainless steel, 490 CFM, electronic controls
Product dimensions..................................................................................... 334
Product dimensions and clearances....................................................314
Installation height requirements........................................................... 334
The basics & advance planning, accessory......................................315
Installation options.........................................................................................335
ZX92510 9'1" to 10'1" accessory duct cover
Island Hood cutout, dimensions and clearances..........................316
Downdraft Vent Systems
Determine installation height...................................................................317 36" and 30" Downdraft Vents product chart, the basics.......336
ZV1050 Stainless Steel Dual-Blower Island Hoods ZVB36STSS 36" stainless steel, 390 CFM
product chart.....................................................................................................318 ZVB30STSS 30" stainless steel, 390 CFM
ZV1050SFSS 42" 1040 CFM, electronic controls Product dimensions, installation requirements............................337
The basics.............................................................................................................319 Advance planning,..........................................................................................338
ZV1050 dimensions...................................................................................... 320 Cooktop and vent combination cutouts...........................................339
Using duct cover accessories................................................................... 321 Clearances, ductwork, electrical and gas locations,
installation combinations..........................................................................340
Duct cover accessories for ZV1050SFSS
ZX1059SFSS ZV1050 duct cover kit for 9' ceiling
Downdraft Vent accessories
ZX10510SFSS ZV1050 duct cover kit for 10' ceiling JXRB67 Indoor remote blower kit
Creative solutions............................................................................................341
Straight & Tapered Professional Hoods
Professional Hoods product chart ......................................................322 Dishwashers and Compactors
ZV48TSFSS 48" 1090 CFM, 2 heat lamps, tapered sides
ZV48SSFSS 48" 1090 CFM, 2 heat lamps, straight sides
Highlights | Dishwashers.............................................................................342
ZV48SSJSS 48" 940 CFM, 2 heat lamps, straight sides
ZV36TSFSS 36" 620 CFM, heat lamp, tapered sides
ZV36SSFSS 36" 620 CFM, heat lamp, straight sides Dishwashers
ZV36SSJSS 36" 510 CFM, heat lamp, straight sides
ZV30SSFSS 30" 620 CFM, heat lamp, straight sides 24" Dishwashers product chart............................................................. 344
ZV30SSJSS 30" 510 CFM, heat lamp, straight sides ZDT800SIFII Custom panel, custom handle, integrated controls
Installation height requirements............................................................322 ZDT800SSFSS Stainless steel, tubular handle, integrated controls
ZDT800SPFSS Stainless steel, Professional handle, integrated
Product dimensions......................................................................................323
controls
14 15
ZDT870SIFII Custom panel, custom handle, integrated controls, Nomenclature
third rack
ZDT870SSFSS Stainless steel, tubular handle, integrated controls, Understanding nomenclature.................................................................376
third rack
ZDT870SPFSS Stainless steel, Professional handle, integrated
controls, third rack ad builder promotional materials....................... 388
The basics & installation............................................................................. 345
24" dishwashers dimensions and clearances................................ 346 monogram sales materials..............................................390
Custom panels................................................................................................. 350
WX09X70910 5.4 ft. length power cord
WX09X7911 7.9 ft. length power cord
Showroom Floor Demonstration Kits................... 391
WD35X20417 Custom panel template/spring kit
18" Dishwashers product chart...............................................................352 Energy Star............................................................................................392

ZBD1850NII Custom panel, custom handle, integrated controls
ZBD1870NSS Stainless steel, integrated controls, tubular handle
CAD, 20/20 Design and Sketchup...................................394
The basics & installation..............................................................................353
18" dishwasher dimensions and clearances................................... 354
ADA requirements...........................................................................396
Custom panel....................................................................................................356
Universal Design & ADA
Monogram ADA-compliant models
Built-In Compactors
15" Built-In Compactors product chart..............................................356
ZCGP150RII 15", accepts 3/4" custom panel
ZCGS150RSS 15", stainless steel
WC60X5017 Replacement trash bags
The basics............................................................................................................357
Cutout and product dimensions............................................................357
Custom panel dimensions.........................................................................357
Professional Outdoor Grills

Highlights | Professional Outdoor Grills............................................358
Professional Outdoor Grill features, accessories..........................361
Built-In Outdoor Grills product chart................................................. 368
ZGG420NBPSS 42" nat. gas, 2 burners, 1 sear burner, 1 rotisserie
burner
ZGG300NBPSS 30" nat. gas, 2 burners, 1 rotisserie burner
ZGU122NPSS 12" nat. gas cooktop, 2 burners
Advance planning, installation............................................................... 369
Configurations..................................................................................................370
Built-In Grill cutout and dimensions ....................................................371
Dual-Burner Cooktop cutout and dimensions..............................373
Built-In Grill accessories..............................................................................374
16 17
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS Monogram design options
Consider how you use your refrigerator. If you prefer a

Monogram refrigerators dispenser model, choose a Monogram side-by-side
refrigerator. Or, if youre looking for a sleek single-door
design, consider the Monogram all-refrigerator and

Monogram refrigerators offer a full array all-freezer. If your kitchen has a fresh-food focus,
of options and endless possibilities a Monogram bottom-freezer or French-door refrigerator
is a fitting choice.
Built-In models range from 30" to 72" wide in a variety of

configurations. For maximum design impact and storage
flexibility, install two 30" or 36" built-in single-door or
integrated
bottom-freezer models together using a unification kit.
Side-by-Side All-Freezer and French-Door Bottom-Freezer

All-Refrigerator
BUILT-IN
72" wide (two 36" units with a unified grille kit) 60" wide (two 30" units)
Free-standing models are 36" wide and have wrapped
FREE-STANDING
stainless steel sides.
Free-standing Free-standing
side-by-side French-door
bottom-freezer
18 19 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Three design styles Custom panel design options
1 | European. Stainless steel extends completely across

the doors and wraps around the edges. Signature
tubular handles enhance the overall look and feel.

Integrated panels Flush inset
Monogram 30" refrigerators Can be installed to match
integrated
have a fully integrated the exact depth of adjacent
design that offers a true cabinets, flush inset design
flush fit, in 25"-depth offers a smooth and
cabinetry, with surrounding streamlined appearance in
inset cabinetry, creating a 26-3/16"-depth cabinet.
2 | Professional. The stainless exterior conveys a sense an elegant and seamless This option is available
of solidity and beauty with tubular handles, louvered impression in the kitchen.* for Monogram custom-
grille and chamfered, hand-finished edges. *Choose stainless European panel built-in refrigerators,
or professional-style panels including side-by-side,
from Monogram, or order
panels and handles from
bottom-freezer, all-freezer
your cabinetmaker. and all-refrigerator models.
BUILT-IN
3 | Custom. Personalization with cabinet-compatible
panels sets the stage for a truly distinctive kitchen. 3/4" overlay panels 1/4" framed panels
For a standard Standard built-in custom

frameless appearance appliances can also be
in a 24"-depth cabinet, customized with 1/4" panels
you can select custom in a 24"-depth cabinet. The
FREE-STANDING
overlay panels from decorative panels slide into
your cabinetmaker. The the factory-installed trim,
panels slide into the and no additional kits are
factory-installed trim required. Standard handles
on Monogram built-in are included for each door
appliances, without any and drawer.
additional kits needed.
Standard handles are
included for each door
and drawer.
20 21 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Finding the right model Integrated refrigerator custom panel options
Models Width Door Swing Appearance Handle Models ZIC30GNHII ZIK30GNHII

Integrated European 80" panel ZKST300N ZKGT300N
30" Built-in Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators European 84" RH swing ZKST304NRH ZKGT304NRH
ZIC30GNHII 30" Reversible Panel required Custom European 84" LH swing ZKST304NLH ZKGT304NLH
Professional 80" panel ZKSP300N

ZIK30GNHII 30" Reversible Panel required Custom
Built-in Professional 84"
RH swing ZKSP304NRH
36" Built-In Side-By-Side Refrigerators
Professional 84"
ZISB360NH 36" Custom panels Supplied/Custom
LH swing ZKSP304NLH
ZISS360NHSS 36" Stainless steel Tubular
European tubular handles
42" Built-In Side-By-Side Refrigerators for custom panels ZKHSS30 ZKHSS30
ZISB420DH 42" Custom panels Supplied/Custom Side-by-side installation heater kit ZUG30 ZUG30
ZIS420NH 42" Custom panels Supplied/Custom
ZISS420DHSS 42" Stainless steel Tubular
integrated
ZISS420NHSS 42" Stainless steel Tubular
ZISP420DHSS 42" Stainless steel Professional Built-in refrigerator custom options
48" Built-In Side-By-Side Refrigerators
ZISB480DH 48" Custom panels Supplied/Custom
48", 42" and 36" Side-by-Side Refrigerators
ZIS480NH 48" Custom panels Supplied/Custom
ZISB480DH
ZISS480DHSS 48" Stainless steel Tubular
ZISB420DH ZIS480NH
ZISS480NHSS 48" Stainless steel Tubular Models ZISB360DH ZIS420NH
ZISP480DHSS 48" Stainless steel Professional European tubular handles
36" Built-In Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators for overlay panels ZKHSS2* ZKHSS2*
ZIC360NHRH 36" Right hand Custom panels Supplied/Custom Sabbath Mode kit ZSAB1 ZSAB1
ZIC360NHLH 36" Left hand Custom panels Supplied/Custom Includes one handle; order 2 kits for side-by-side refrigerators.
ZICS360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Tubular *Available through parts.
ZICS360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Tubular
ZICP360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Professional 36" French-Door Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators
ZICP360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Professional Models ZIP360NH ZIPS360NH ZIPP360NH
36" Built-In French-Door Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators European tubular handles ZKHFD2H
BUILT-IN
ZIP360NH 36" Custom panels Supplied/Custom for overlay panels (3 handles)
ZIPS360NH 36" Stainless steel Tubular
ZIPP360NH 36" Stainless steel Professional
Built-In All-Refrigerators 36" Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators
ZIR360NHRH 36" Right hand Custom panels Supplied/Custom ZIC360NHRH ZICS360NHRH ZICP360NHRH
Models ZIC360NHLH ZICS360NHLH ZICP360NHLH
ZIRS360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Tubular
Handle side trim for
ZIRS360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Tubular custom panel when using
ZIRP360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Professional a custom handle ZKHCT
ZIRP360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Professional European tubular handles
Built-In All-Freezers for overlay panels ZKHCSS2*
ZIF360NHLH 36" Left hand Custom panels Supplied/Custom Unified grille panel kit for
ZIFS360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Tubular overlay panels ZUG2
ZIFS360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Tubular Unified SS grille panel kit ZUGSS2
ZIFP360NHRH 36" Right hand Stainless steel Professional Unified Professional grille
panel kit ZUGPP2
FREE-STANDING
ZIFP360NHLH 36" Left hand Stainless steel Professional
Sabbath Mode kit ZSAB1 ZSAB1 ZSAB1
Free-Standing Side-by-Side Refrigerator
*Includes one handle; order 2 kits for bottom-freezer refrigerators.
ZFSB25DXSS 36" Black Stainless steel Tubular Available through parts.
Free-Standing French-Door Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators
ZWE23ESHSS 36" Stainless steel Tubular
ZWE23PSHSS 36" Stainless steel Professional 36" All-Refrigerators and All-Freezers
ZIRS360NHRH ZIRP360NHRH
ZIRS360NHLH ZIRP360NHLH
ZIR360NHLH ZIFS360NHRH ZIFP360NHRH
Models ZIF360NHRH ZIFS360NHLH ZIFP360NHLH
Stainless steel tubular
handles for overlay panels ZKHSS2*
Unified grille panel kit
for 1/4" and 3/4" overlay
panels ZUG2
Unified SS grille panel kit ZUGSS2
Unified Professional grille
panel kit ZUGPP2
MODULES
Sabbath Mode kit ZSAB1 ZSAB1 ZSAB1
Unified Grille Panel Kits: a grille panel spans the width

of two units installed side by side. For custom panel,
stainless European or Professional single door and 36"
bottom-freezer products.
22 23
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS A variety of installations
integrated 30" customizable

refrigerators with convertible
drawer

integrated
Two custom panels
BUILT-IN
Two Professional panels
FREE-STANDING
Monogram is proud to introduce refrigerators
MODULES
with a wealth of industry firsts.
Appliance industry firsts Installed in a pantry

First convertible-drawer built-in refrigerator-freezer.
First HFC-free household refrigerator in the U.S.
24 25
REFRIGERATION
Convertible lower drawer Freezer drawer
The lower drawer provides the ultimate in temperature control.

For use as a freezer, it can be adjusted down as low as -6F
to 6F; or preserve fresh food from 34F to 46F. The lower
drawer can even be used to store wine from 40F all the way

up to 55F. Allow 24 hours for the unit to reach the temperature
you have set from one range of cooling to another.
integrated
34 to 46F 40 to 55F
Chill -6 to +6F Wine
Freeze
First convertible-drawer built-in refrigerator-freezer.
When the lower drawer is converted to a freezer, it can store

a variety of everyday items, including several frozen turkeys
for the holidays.
BUILT-IN
Center drawer contains hidden electronic icemaker that
dispenses filtered ice in crescent-shaped cubes. Unlike
Set to fresh-food temperatures, the lower drawer can hold up
bottom-drawer freezers, this separate freezer drawer exposes
to 6 gallon bottles or even 96 canned beverages.
ice to room temperatures only when needed. Handy ice bin
and scoop included. Everyday items such as pint ice cream
FREE-STANDING
containers or chilled pilsner glasses can be stored next to the
ice bucket for added convenience.
When set to wine

temperatures, the
drawer can be used
to chill ready-to-serve
white wine in the 40F
range or perhaps store
MODULES
wine for longer periods
of time at 55F.
26 27
REFRIGERATION
First HFC-free household refrigerators Dual refrigeration
and wine reserves in the U.S.
Dual-refrigeration system provides precise and customizable
The new 30" refrigerator replaces the typical hydrofluoro- climate control with 3 independent temperature management
carbon (HFC) refrigerant with a hydrocarbon (HC) zones. Three separate compartments are controlled by 2
alternative called R600a. R600a is a refrigerant that has compressors and 2 evaporators. They combine to provide

been used in Europe and parts of Asia to provide reliable optimal food preservation and convertibility of temperature
cooling with minimal negative impact on the environment. zones in the lower drawer.
It is the next generation of refrigerant for the U.S. market,
with no harmful fluorine (F) to contribute to global warming.
R600a replaces the current refrigerant R134a. In the 1990s,
R134a replaced R12 which contributed to the depletion
of the ozone layer. R600a does not contribute to global
warming nor the depletion of the ozone layer.
integrated
BUILT-IN
Energy Star qualified
30" Integrated solid door refrigerators
are 2014 ENERGY STAR-qualified.
FREE-STANDING
MODULES
What is R600a?
R600a is a naturally occurring refrigerant derived from
natural gas and is also used in aerosol sprays.
28 29
REFRIGERATION
The inside story Features
The Monogram refrigerator interior includes features that 1 | Adjustable glass shelves
cannot be readily seen. Interior cooling vents have been
integrated and combined with hidden adjustment tracks
2| S
elf-closing vegetable drawer
for door bins and glass shelves. By combining both of
has an innovative sliding
these features, the interior has a nice clean appearance
mechanism that automatically

thats easy to clean as well. Heavy-duty reversible hinges,
seals the compartment shut.
on all Integrated models, provide even more installation
Two dividers can be adjusted
flexibility. Glass touch controls are at waist level for even
left-to-right or removed
easier access.
completely to make room
for such items as a 13" pizza
or deli tray.
integrated
3 | Illuminated, electronic
glass-touch controls
4
1
4 | Three adjustable door bins
make it easy to organize and
access items. Bins can even be
lifted out for convenience.
5 | LED
interior lighting gradually
brightens and dims when
door or drawer is opened
and closed, providing clean,
5 white illumination thats both
attractive and energy efficient.
BUILT-IN
6 | Heavy-duty articulating hinge
allows the refrigerator door to
2 open fully, without interference
from adjacent cabinetry. When
the door is closed, it aligns
6
3 smoothly with cabinetry for
a true flush appearance.
7 | Soft-close freezer drawer

7 with electronic icemaker
FREE-STANDING
oft-close convertible
8| S
lower drawer
8 water filtration system

9 | GE
provides clean, fresh-tasting
ice cubes.
ENERGY STAR qualified

to use less energy and save money.
MODULES
Solid door only.
Sabbath modecapable to comply with Kosher practices.
30 31
REFRIGERATION
Choice of refrigerator cases Choice of installation heights
Each refrigerator is an un-paneled case that is approximately While each 30" refrigerator or wine reserve case is
80" high. The refrigerator is available as a solid-door or approximately 80" high, a custom panel can be made or a
glass-door model. Each case comes with a right-hand swing, European or Professional panel can be ordered in 80" or 84"
but is reversible during installation. heights. The 84" panel can be used to match the top of 84"

adjacent cabinets, even though the refrigerator or wine case
itself is only 80" in height. Panels are ordered for solid-door or
glass-door case installation.
Solid-Door Case Glass-Door Case
integrated
84"
80"
80"
BUILT-IN
80" panels
The 80" panels can be installed on a right- or left-hand
The glass is a dark gray tint, the same shade used on hinge case.
Monogram wall ovens. The glass is triple-paned and is 95%
UV resistant. The dark glass can be perfect for those times 84" panels
when you dont want the interior of the refrigerator to show The 84" stainless steel panels have to be ordered as either a
when the door is closed. To show off your interior, there are right-hand hinge or left-hand hinge panel. The case can then
two levels of lighting to illuminate whats inside. While glass- be converted to a left-hand hinge. The top space behind the
FREE-STANDING
door refrigerators do not have any interior door bins, they do top panel can be enclosed with wood and stained by the
provide 17" of deep shelving in the fresh-food compartment. cabinetmaker to match adjacent cabinetry.
32 33 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Choice of panels Maximize integration with cabinets
There are three panel choices for the 30" model.

integrated
Professional panel European panel Custom panel
30" refrigerator Inset door Beaded Full-overlay Partial-overlay
full-overlay panels inset door door door
(frameless)
Custom panels Aligns with adjacent drawers

These panels are provided by the customer or kitchen designer. Custom panel models can be installed to have the top of the
They can be 3/4" or thicker as long as they are within the freezer drawer align with and match the silverware drawer
BUILT-IN
prescribed weight limits (see installation section). European of adjacent cabinets. (Alignment may vary depending on
tubular handles are available as an accessory. adjacent cabinets. See installation instructions.)
European panels
These panels are stainless steel with square edges and tubular
handles. They are 3/4" thick. A stainless steel toekick is Dual installation
included with panels.
Professional panels 60" Finished Width Wall

These panels are stainless steel, approximately 1-1/4" thick, View
with chamfered edges and Pro handles. A stainless steel
toekick is included with panels. Anti-tip location do not obstruct
*Available on solid-door models only
FREE-STANDING
84"
max
80" 77"
min 25"min. Cutout
Finished Depth
Opening
Water Tube & Electrical Outlet 6"
When two units are placed side-by-side, order heater kit

number ZUG30.
MODULES
Note: For ZIC30GNDII and ZIK30GNDII models only
34 35
REFRIGERATION
30" fully integrated, customizable The basics
refrigerators with convertible drawer
Integrated
Models ZIC30GNHII* ZIK30GNHII*
30" Fully 30" Fully
Case The integrated refrigerator is an un-paneled case that
integrated, solid- integrated, glass- is approximately 80" high. They are available as a solid door or
Description door refrigerator door refrigerator glass door case.

Total (cu. ft.) 14.1 14.3
Panels Custom panels can be made, or stainless steel panel
Fresh-food compartment 10.4 10.6
accessories can be ordered from GE. Panels must be installed
Freezer drawer 1.1 1.1 onto the case for a complete installation. Stainless steel panels
Convertible drawer 2.6 2.6 are available in European or Professional styles.
Exterior
Two door heights While the refrigerator case in 80",
Fully-integrated panel-ready
84" panels can be used for a taller appearance.
Concealed door hinge
Reversible door swings Each case has reversible door swings.
integrated
Fresh-food compartment upper
Electronic touch controls 80" stainless steel accessory panels can be reversed when
LEDinterior lighting installed. 84" stainless steel panels, however, have to be ordered
Alum. trim adj. glass shelves 3 3 Deep design
by the left or right-hand door swing.
Deli drawer w/ full ext slides Anti-tip bracket installation The anti-tip bracket is required to
Adjustable drawer bins 3 be installed for every installation. The bracket is included with
Removable beverage rack every refrigerator case.
Freezer drawer (middle)
Soft-close drawer
Electronic icemaker
Removable ice bin & scoop Ordering the integrated refrigerator and correct stainless steel
Convertible drawer (lower) panel
Chill: 34/ 46F Chill: 34/46F 1O
rder solid- Solid-door case
Refrigeration, freezer or Freeze: -6/ 6F Freeze: -6/ 6F door case ZIC30GNHII
wine storage Wine: 40/ 55F Wine: 40/ 55F
2 D etermine
BUILT-IN
Soft-close drawer 80" 84"
panel height
Removable sliding bin 3 D etermine European Pro
European Pro
Removable drawer divider 1 1 panel style ZKST300N ZKSP300N
General features ZKST304NRH ZKSP304NRH
GEwater filtration system 4 If 84", determine
door swing
Sealed system design Auto defrost Auto defrost ZKST304NLH ZKSP304NLH
Sabbath Mode
Refrigerant type R600a - HFC-free R600a - HFC-free
Insulation (case/drawer/door) Cyclopentane Cyclopentane
4-point leveling system
Adjustable doorstop (90/115)
115 volts/20 amps each
FREE-STANDING
Accessories
Side-by-side installation ZUG30 to be used ZUG30 to be used
heater kit with ZIC30GNHII with ZIK30GNHII
European handle kit ZKHSS30 ZKHSS30
80" height European panel kit
(REV) ZKST300N ZKGT300N
1O
rder glass- Glass-door case
84" height European panel kit ZKST304NRH ZKGT304NRH door case ZIK30GNHII
(Order RHor LH) ZKST304NLH ZKGT304NLH
2 D etermine
80" height Pro panel kit (REV) ZKSP300N 80" 84"
panel height
84" height Pro panel kit ZKSP304NRH 3P
anel style European ZKGT300N European
(Order RHor L) ZKSP304NLH
4 If 84" determine ZKGT304NRH
GE Water/ice filter part # GSWF GSWF door swing ZKGT304NLH
RH = Right-hand hinge / LH = Left-hand hinge / REV = Reversible door swing
*Door panels required.
Warranty Information:
Limited two-year warranty, parts and labor.
MODULES
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on
the sealed refrigeration system
Limited twelve-year warranty on the sealed
system, parts.
The serial plate is located on the center of the floor of the fresh-food See written warranty for details.
compartment beneath the vegetable drawer.
36 37
REFRIGERATION
The cutout depth must The installation space
be 25" for flush installations.
Water and electrical locations
The
front face of the refrigerator fits flush with 25" depth Electrical and water supply should be located in the shaded
adjacent cabinets. area only as shown.

The refrigerator can fit into a 79-1/2" minimum, 84-1/2"
maximum height enclosure. Although the refrigerator case Anti-Tip location. Do
can only be raised to 80 3/8", the fresh-food door panel can not obstruct this area.
be constructed to fill additional height.
25 min. depth 30 Finished Width
integrated
80 Front view Side View
Height options 77 Install Space
80 or * 84
Refrigerator dimensions with 3/4" panels

6
BUILT-IN
Case
Top with Panels Water and Electrical
Tube Outlet
Door
23-3/4
3/4 (Case and Door only)
Panel
29-3/4
FREE-STANDING
Height adjustable
from 79-3/8 to 80-3/8 *
1/8
Clearance
4
4
MODULES
3-1/8 1-1/4
Front with Panels Side with Panels
*The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit into a cabinet space that is 83-3/8"
to 84-3/8" with the appropriate door panel kit.
38 39
REFRIGERATION
3/4" custom panel dimensions
80" Fully Integrated installation IMPORTANT NOTE: Maximum panel weight:

If you choose to install custom panels, they must be cut to A Fresh-Food Door Panel: 33 lbs.
the dimensions shown. The panels will attach to the door and B Freezer Drawer Panel: 9 lbs.
drawers using a hook-and-bracket system. C Convertible Drawer Panel: 19 lbs.

Panels for solid door and drawers Panels for glass door
29-3/4 29-3/4
6
integrated
45-3/8
A 33-3/8
45-3/8
3-3/8 3-3/8
7-1/2 B 23
BUILT-IN
*Stiles must be a min 3-3/8" to cover aluminum door frame.
22-3/4 C EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is

required where the hooks and brackets attach to the
4 panel. Custom wood panels must be at least 3/4" thick
where hooks and bracket hardware are attached.
3/4
FREE-STANDING
Note: This product is designed to handle 3/4" panels that are Note: 33-3/8" x 23" is the maximum opening for a glass
made of wood. window. The opening may be smaller if desired.
EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is

required where the hooks and brackets attach to the Design Tip: Some amount of each panel will
panel. Custom wood panels must be at least 3/4" thick be visible on the interior side of the unit. It is
where hooks and bracket hardware are attached. recommended that both sides of each panel be
finished.
Design Tip: If using custom panels, a custom

toekick should be considered. The bottom of
case is black.
40 41 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
3/4" custom panel dimensions
84" Fully Integrated installation IMPORTANT NOTE: Maximum panel weight:

If you choose to install custom panels, they must be cut to A Fresh-food door panel: 33 lbs.
the dimensions shown. The panels will attach to the door and B Freezer drawer panel: 9 lbs.
drawers using a hook-and-bracket system. C Convertible drawer panel: 19 lbs.

Panels for solid door and drawers Panels for glass door
29-3/4
29-3/4
integrated
10
A
49-3/8 49-3/8
33-3/8
BUILT-IN
7-17/32 B 3-3/8 3-3/8
23
*Stiles must be a min 3-3/8" to cover aluminum door frame.
22-23/32 C
4 required where the hooks and brackets attach to the
panel. Custom wood panels must be at least 3/4" thick
FREE-STANDING
Note: This product is designed to handle 3/4" wood panels.
Note: 33-3/8" x 23" is the maximum opening for a glass
window. The opening may be smaller if desired.
Design Tip: Some amount of each panel will

EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is be visible on the interior side of the unit. It is
required where the hooks and brackets attach to the recommended that both sides of each panel be
panel. Custom wood panels must be at least 3/4" thick finished.
Design Tip: If using custom panels, a custom
toekick should be considered. The bottom of
case is black.
42 43 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Panel hooks and bracket Install anti-tip bracket
Inside top face of bracket
Bracket should be installed at 80".
Screw Post Slot in bracket should be
placed in center of install
Slots

space (typically 15").
Hooks
M
ark (within slots, place-
ment) stud and anchor posi-
tions on brackets.
Slot
integrated
Hooks on the freezer
drawer panel face up.
80
BUILT-IN
Back view of panels
Secure bracket using combination of studs and anchors.
Freezer A
t least 1 stud must be engaged. However, please engage as
Drawer many studs as possible within the enclosure. A minimum of 3
fasteners should be used for proper installation.
Note: T
his unit is top-heavy.
Fresh-
Food
FREE-STANDING
Door
Convertible
drawer
MODULES
44 45
REFRIGERATION
Solid-door panel options Glass-door panel options
For 80" installation For 80" installation

European Panel Model ZKST300N, LH & RH capable European Model ZKGT300N, LH & RH capable
Professional Panel Model ZKSP300N, LH & RH capable For 84" installation

For 84" installation The door panel is not reversible for 84" installations. A left
The door panel is not reversible for 84" installations. A left or right-hand door panel accessory must be purchased.
or right-hand door panel accessory must be purchased. LH European Model ZKGT304NLH
LH European Model ZKST304NLH RH European Model ZKGT304NRH
RH European Model ZKST304NRH Note: Each option also contains matching freezer and convertible
drawer panels, handles and toekick.
LH Professional Model ZKSP304NLH
integrated
RH Professional Model ZKSP304NRH
Note: Each kit also contains matching freezer and customizable drawer
panels, handles and toekick.
29-3/4
29-3/4
23 6 10
* 80
Install.
84
Install.
Glass Panel
for Fresh Food
45-3/8
BUILT-IN
Fresh 49-3/8
Food 45-3/8 for 80 Installation
49-3/8 for 84 Installation
6
Cabinets
3-3/8
*Pro style window is slightly smaller.
7-1/2
Ice Drawer EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is
FREE-STANDING
Freezer where hooks and bracket hardware are attached.
Convertible
Drawer 22-3/4
1/8 Min.*
*There must be a minimum 1/8" gap between panels and

surrounding cabinetry.
46 47 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Optional accessory kits Electronic control showroom
demonstration mode
Side-by-side installation heater kit ZUG30
European tubular handle kit (Includes 3 handles) order
ZKHSS30.
(GE part number WR12X10988)

Side-by-side installation heater kit ZUG30 is for models
ZIC30GNDII and ZIK30GNDII.
Showroom demonstration mode: ZIC30/ZIK30
integrated
Sabbath Mode 1. This mode enables normal light and controls functionality
while disabling the cooling system.
The SabbathMode was designed for use on the Jewish 2. T
o enable the showroom mode, simultaneously press the
Sabbath and holidays. While in Sabbath Mode, the alarm and keys for 5 seconds. SHO will be displayed
refrigerator will still operate normally, but will not respond on the control.
to actions by the consumer, making it possible for the
consumer to refrigerate and freeze food during the duration 3. The word SHO will disappear after 5 seconds and
of the Sabbath or holiday. ambient temperature will be displayed. Customers will then
be able to investigate how to change temp display settings.
1. Sabbath Mode locks the controls (and main light switch) so
that user input causes no perceivable changes. The cooling 4. Default showroom settings: Same as default factory
system still functions normally. settings.
2. To enable Sabbath Mode, hold down the alarm and + 5. If the user scrolls up to the top of the temp range while
keys for 5 seconds. SAB, alarm and + will remain in this mode, the word SHO will display instead of the
displayed on the control. normal OFF.
BUILT-IN
3. All other controls and display lights now remain off. 6. U
nit returns to showroom mode even if unplugged. Mode
can only be stopped when the alarm and keys are
4. During Sabbath Mode, any controls (including digits, icons held again for 5 seconds.
and tones) cannot be displayed, activated or changed by
the user. 7. In the event of power failure, the unit will restore to
showroom mode upon the return of power.
uring Sabbath Mode, user input will not result in solenoids
5. D
being engaged or disengaged or fans turning on or off.
6. During Sabbath Mode, a 15-25 second delay is built in
between the time the thermostat calls for the compressor
to the time it actually turns on.
7. During Sabbath Mode, any power failure should return unit
to same configuration as before failure.
FREE-STANDING
8. To disable Sabbath Mode, the alarm and + keys are held
again for 5 seconds.
No Sabbath Mode kit needed for 30" fully integrated

refrigerators.
48 49 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS
built-in side-by-side refrigerators

Monogram built-in side-by-side refrigerators have a
two-door configuration with a wide range of features
available, including an optional water and ice dispenser
thats easily accessible through the freezer door.
integrated
Custom. Matching custom panels, in either standard or flush
BUILT-IN
installations without the need for additional kits, allow perfect
alignment with cabinetry.
FREE-STANDING
MODULES
Professional. Stainless steel with bold and solid tubular European. Stainless steel wrap combines with signature
handles and louvered grille are the perfect complement to tubular handles for a beautiful and timeless addition
Monogram commercial-style cooking appliances. to any home.
50 51
REFRIGERATION
Inside the Monogram side-by-side
Monogram built-in side-by-side refrigerators make a Bright lighting

statement of beauty and craftsmanship, and this collection enhances visibility and
demonstrates that whats inside can be equally outstanding. space. Light columns
extend the full height of the

Advanced commercial cooling technology. Monogram interior, illuminating every
models use an overhead evaporator system that allows shelf and drawer. Columns
independent cooling of the fresh-food and freezer of light on the back wall are
compartments, without exchange of moist air and odors. flat to create extra room. LED lighting is recessed into the top,
LED lights recessed into allowing more room for tall items.
An air tower between the light columns ensures even air
distribution throughout the refrigerator. A climate-control the top of the cabinet, and
drawer also maintains freshness. the top-front of the bottom
drawers, further enhance
integrated
visibility and storage space.
LED lighting at the top of the Advanced temperature
fresh-food compartment and management system with
climate-control drawers. overhead evaporator and
multi-shelf air tower.
LED lighting at the top and front of the
humidity and climate-control drawers.
Flexibility to customize
storage by rearranging
shelves or gallon door bins
and by repositioning or
removing the deli drawer.
A drop-down shelf provides
BUILT-IN
additional space for a
casserole dish or pizza box.
Climate control drawer
is a system that provides:
Express Thaw 1/2 lb. in 4 hrs. and up to 3 lbs. in 12 hours.
Express Chill to chill a beverage can in 15 minutes,
or a 2-liter beverage in 45 minutes.
Select Temp with settings for citrus at 43F, produce
at 34F and meat at 32F.
FREE-STANDING
Extra-tall dispenser with
proximity sensor lights up
as you approach and
automatically switches off
when you walk away.
Light columns in the freezer and fresh-food

compartments provide brilliant all-level illumination.
GE water filtration system

delivers clean, great-tasting water and
cubed and crushed ice through the
MODULES
dispenser. GEs MWF water filters have
been tested and verified to remove
94% of 5 trace pharmaceuticals.*
*The contaminants or other substances removed
or reduced by this water filter are not necessarily
in all users water.
52 53
REFRIGERATION
How refrigerators work The Monogram side-by-side refrigerator
Four major components

integrated
CompressorPressurizes refrigerant and forces it through
the condenser.
CondenserThe condenser is the first heat exchanger in the
system. A condenser fan helps dissipate the heat away from
the condenser. Refrigerant absorbs heat energy from the
food zone or compartment.
Expansion valve (capillary tube)Reduces pressure in the
refrigerant by expanding the refrigerant into the evaporator.
EvaporatorThe primary cooling compartment of the system Direct airflow
and source of cold air used to cool the food. Cool air is delivered straight from the overhead evaporator
BUILT-IN
to the freezer and fresh-food compartments, allowing
independent airflow for each zone without any direct
Traditional built-in side-by-side air exchange.
refrigerators have a single
compressor located in the top Largest capacity
of the refrigerator in a separate The outside location of the overhead evaporator makes the
housing. Many built-in refrigerators, Monogram side-by-side refrigerator more spacious inside.
such as KitchenAid and Viking, have Its one of the largest-capacity built-in refrigerators available.
the evaporator located inside the Among leading brands
freezer compartment. The fresh- Variable-speed compressor for quiet operation and better
food compartment is cooled using temperature control.
Evaporator cold air taken from the freezer
through a damper.
FREE-STANDING
Door reopening resistance
All Monogram built-in refrigerators and freezers have an
extremely strong door seal. The tight seal maintains proper
temperatures in the fresh-food and freezer compartments.
Two-compressor built-in Because air contracts when cooled, you may notice
refrigerators, such as SubZero, resistance to reopening the door up to 30 seconds after
have separate compressors for being closed.
freezer and fresh-food, with the
evaporators located on the rear
wall of the freezer and fresh-food
compartments. The perceived
benefit of this design is less odor
transfer. However, the evaporators
MODULES
Evaporator Evaporator rob food storage space. This design
has less capacity and is less energy
efficient than many other built-in
refrigerators.
54 55
REFRIGERATION
Built-in side-by-side refrigerators The basics
ZISB480DH ZISB420DH Custom, European, Professional models
ZIS480NH ZIS420NH
ZISS480DHSS ZISS420DHSS Custom panel NO KITS REQUIRED. Choose either flush
ZISS480NHSS ZISS420NHSS ZISB360DH inset or standard trimmed installation. Trimmed refrigerators
Models ZISP480DHSS ZISP420DHSS ZISS360DHSS
require 1/4" or 3/4" overlay door and grille panels. Flush inset

Dispenser models
installation requires field-installed 1/2" or 3/4" door and grille
Total (cu. ft.) 28.81 24.61 20.41
panels. Use supplied handles for door-panels or choose
Fresh Food (cu. ft.) 17.17 15.77 11.58
custom handles of your choice.
Freezer (cu. ft.) 11.64 8.84 8.87
Disappearing glass touch 2-position handles adjust to accommodate 1/4" framed or
dispenser controls 3/4" overlay panel thickness for Standard installation only.
Cubes, crushed ice European-style stainless steel models have beveled door
& chilled water
edges and tubular stainless steel handles. Professional
integrated
Non-dispenser models
stainless steel models have heavy-duty tubular handles and
Total (cu. ft.) 29.56 25.17
louvered grille. These refrigerators are shipped ready for
Fresh-food (cu. ft.) 17.17 15.77
installation.
Freezer (cu. ft.) 12.39 9.40
Fresh-food features The 3-position doorstop is factory-set for a 115 door swing
Up-front electronic controls
and can be adjusted to stop at 90 or 130. No kit required for
with digital readouts this adjustment. For precise incremental door swing settings
Recessed LED top lighting between 90 and 130, order the WX14X99 doorstop. The
All-level light towers 130 door stop position cannot be used on flush inset models.
Multi-shelf air The incremental door swing can be used on flush inset so
management tower long as the door opening angle does not exceed 115.
Clear bins and pans 83-1/2" to 85" installation heights are accomplished
Climate control drawer by adjusting the leveling legs and wheels. No kits required.
with express chill, thaw,
select temp Equipped to accept optional Sabbath Mode Product
Spillproof glass shelves 6/1 drop down 6/1 drop down 6/1 drop down Kit ZSAB1. Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit installed and
BUILT-IN
High-humidity sealed icemaker off.
produce pan with
full-extension slides
Adjustable sealed deli pan
Adjustable door bins 4 4 4 Advance planning
Gallon door storage bin
Sealed dairy compartment
Monogram refrigerators can either be a focal point in the
Glass covered butter dish kitchen, or they can blend into the woodwork. Follow these
Freezer section steps to accomplish the effect you have envisioned.
Utility baskets 2 2 2
1. Consider the available space including clearances to walls,
Adjustable shelves (wire) 5 5 5
islands or cabinetry. Select a 36", 42" or 48" wide model.
Icemaker/removable ice bin
Adjustable door bins 2. Choose a stainless steel model with tubular handles,
FREE-STANDING
General features professional handles or a custom-panel model to match
Overhead evaporator panels and handles with surrounding cabinetry.
GE water filtration system 3. For custom-panel models, order door and grille panels
Drawers/baskets on from the cabinet manufacturer. See custom panel sizes
full-extension slides on the following pages.
Optional Sabbath Mode
product kit ZSAB1 ZSAB1 ZSAB1 4. S
ide panels must be used whenever the sides of the
115 volts/20 amps refrigerator will be exposed. 1/4" thick side panels slip
*Dispenser models only. into the side trim. Order side panels from your cabinet
manufacturer.
Warranty Information: 5. Full-size 130 and 90 door-swing templates are included
Limited two-year warranty, parts and labor. in the product installation instructions. Use these templates
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating to determine approximate clearances to adjacent cabinetry
system (compressor, condenser, evaporator and all connecting tubing). and custom panels.
Limited twelve-year warranty on the sealed system, parts.
MODULES
See written warranty for details.
The serial plate is located in the lower right side of the fresh-food
compartment beneath the climate-control drawer.
Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit

installed and icemaker off A 2nd serial plate is located behind grille panel in the upper left
side of the overhead compartment.
56 57
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationstainless models Standard installationstainless models
Dimensions Cutout dimensions
A A C C

TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
A A F F
A C
B B E E
G E G E
B B
integrated
H H
D D I I
B
D D
FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW
J J J J
A B* C D C C
36" models E36" E 84" 26" 3-3/4" W W WATER WATER K K
42" models 42" 84" 26" 3-3/4" SIDE VIEWSIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW
BUILT-IN
48" models 48" D 84" 26" 3-3/4"
The refrigerator will project forward, slightly beyond
FRONT VIEWUse leveling legs and wheels SIDE VIEW
*Shipping height. for maximum 1" height adjacent cabinetry.
adjustment
F from Fshipping height. G G
Mounting the junction box in this location will also allow
E for front accessibility through access panel.
H H A B C D
36" models 24" 2" 3-1/2" 83-1/2" min.
84-1/2" max.
F TOP VIEW TOP VIEWG 42" models 24" 2" 3-1/2" 83-1/2" min.
84-1/2" max.
83-1/2" min.
I I I I
FREE-STANDING
48" models 24" 1-1/2" 3-1/2" 84-1/2" max.
H STANDARD
STANDARD
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
ZISB420DH
E ZISB420DH
F G H
TOP VIEW 36" models 12" 35-1/2" 6" 5"
42" models 18" 41-1/2" 6" 5"
I I 48" models 20" 47-1/2" 6" 5"
ZISB420DX
ZISB420DX
These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop.
I J K
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 or
130 if clearances to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. All models 75" 5" 3-1/2"
Allow full 130 door swings for pan removal.
If the 90 door stop position is used, pan access is maintained,
but pan removalZISB420DX
is restricted.
E F G H I
MODULES
36" models 35" 13" 15" 20-5/8" 4"
42" models 41" 13" 19" 26-5/8" 4"
48" models 47" 15" 20" 28-5/8" 4"
58 59
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationcustom models Standard installationcustom models
Dimensions 3/4" or 1/4" panel models Cutout dimensions 3/4" or 1/4" panels
A A C C

TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
A C A A F F
B B E E
G E G E
integrated
B B
H H
B D D I I
D D
FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW
J J J J
A B* C D C C
36" models 36" 84" 25-3/8" 3-1/2" W W WATER WATER K K
E E
42" models 42" 84" 25-3/8" 3-1/2" SIDE VIEWSIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW
BUILT-IN
48" models 48" D84" 25-3/8" 3-1/2"
FRONT
*Shipping VIEW
height. SIDE
Use leveling legs and wheels for VIEW
maximum 1" height
The refrigerator will project forward, slightly beyond
adjustment from shipping height. adjacent cabinetry.
F F G G
Mounting the junction box in this location will also allow
E for front accessibility through access panel.
A B C D
H H 36" models 24" 1-9/16" 3-1/2" 84-1/2"
42" models 24" 1-9/16" 3-1/2" 84-1/2"
F G
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW 83-1/2" min.
48" models 24" 1-1/2" 3-1/2" 84-1/2" max.
FREE-STANDING
I I I I
H STANDARD
STANDARD
INSTALLATION
E INSTALLATION
F G H
36" models ZISB420DH
12" ZISB420DH
35-1/2" 6" 5"
42" models 18" 41-1/2" 6" 5"
TOP VIEW
48" models 20" 47-1/2" 6" 5"
I I
ZISB420DX
ZISB420DX I J K
All models 75" 5" 3-1/2"
hese refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop.
T
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 or
130 if clearances to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
Allow full 130 door swings for pan removal.
If the 90 door stop position is used, pan access is maintained,
ZISB420DX
but pan removal is restricted.
MODULES
E F G H I
36" models 35" 13" 15" 20-5/8"
42" models 41" 13" 19" 26-5/8"
48" models 47" 15" 20" 26-5/8"
Custom handle dimension
60 61
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationcustom models Standard installationcustom models
1/4" framed panel dimensions 3/4" overlay panel dimensions
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with 3/4 overlay panels:
decorative panels. Field-installed custom door and grille For 3/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet
panels are required. maker, the decorative panels slide into the trim.

1/4 framed panels: The overlay panel must be secured to a 1/4"-thick backer
For 1/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet panel which slides into the trim. A spacer panel 0.10" thick
maker, the decorative panels slide into the trim. must be placed between the overlay and backer panels.
Maximum total panel weight: Center each panel over the other. Assemble the panels
Fresh food door panel75 lbs. with glue and screws. Screws must be countersunk into the
Freezer drawer panel53 lbs. backer panel.
Grille panel18 lbs. NOTE: Left-to-right offset is not always equal to
integrated
top-to-bottom offset.
A Maximum total panel weight:
Fresh food door panel75 lbs.
B
Freezer drawer panel53 lbs.
Grille Panel
Grille panel18 lbs.
D E
A
Dispenser F
Cutout
Grille Panel B
D E
G C
F
BUILT-IN
Dispenser Dispenser 15 3/8"
Cutout (39.1)
Cutout
Fresh
Freezer Food
Panel Panel 9 5/8"
G C (24.4)
Dispenser Cutout Position

1/4" Framed Panel Dimensions
F G
A B C D E Fresh
36" models 17-15/16" 3-1/4"
36" models 33-7/8" 9" 68-3/8" 14-9/16" 18-9/16" Freezer Food
Panel Panel 42" models 17-15/16" 3-1/4"
42" models 39-7/8" 9-1/2" 68-3/8" 14-9/16" 24-9/16"
48" models 17-15/16" 5-1/4"
48" models 45-7/8" 9-1/2" 68-3/8" 18-9/16" 26-9/16"
FREE-STANDING
Dispenser Cutout Position 36" Side-By-Side
F G A B C D E
36" models 17-13/16" 3-1/8" 1/4" backer panel 33-7/8" 9" 68-3/8" 14-9/16" 18-9/16"
42" models 17-13/16" 3-1/8" Dispenser 15 3/8" .10" spacer panel 33" 8-3/8" 67" 13-1/4" 17-1/4"
Cutout (39.1)
48" models 17-13/16" 5-1/8" 3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8" 9-1/4" 68-5/8" 14-13/16" 18-13/16"
42" Side-By-Side
9 5/8"
(24.4) A B C D E
1/4" backer panel 39-7/8" 9-1/2" 68-3/8" 14-9/16" 24-9/16"
.10" spacer panel 39" 8-5/8" 67" 13-1/4" 23-1/4"
panel assembly cross section
3/4" overlay panel 40-1/8" 9-3/4" 68-5/8" 14-13/16" 24-13/16"
Trim 48" Side-By-Side

Door
MODULES
A B C D E
1/4" backer panel 45-7/8" 9-1/2" 68-3/8" 18-9/16" 26-9/16"
.10" spacer panel 45" 8-5/8" 67" 17-1/4" 25-1/4"
1/4" Framed Panel Supplied Handles 3/4" overlay panel 46-1/8" 9-3/4" 68-5/8" 18-13/16" 26-13/16"
.25" + .10" + .75" = 1.10" TOTAL PANEL THICKNESS

62 63
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationcustom models
3/4" overlay panel dimensions
panel assembly cross section 3/4" overlay panel dispenser trim:
The 3/4" overlay dispenser trim is designed to fit a total panel
thickness of 1.100".

Trim
Door
1/4" Backer Panel If the panel is less than 1.100" thick, a noticeable gap may
be created around the dispenser trim.
.10" Spacer Panel 3/4" Overlay Panel
If the panel is more than 1.100" thick, the dispenser trim
cannot be secured to the door.
Supplied Handles
The overlay panel must be constructed according to the
specifications shown to achieve the correct total thickness.
Door Handles:
integrated
Alternative panel construction methods such as securing a
The supplied handles can be adjusted to accommodate both 3/4" panel to a 1/4" backer panel cannot be used. Another
framed or overlay panels. Custom handles of your choice, method, routing a 3/4"-thick panel on all sides, cannot be
supplied by your cabinet maker, can also be installed. used. These methods will not result in the required 1.100"
panel thickness.
When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom middle
rail is required.
Freezer Door 1.10"

1/4" Backer Panel Total
Thickness
.10" Spacer Panel
Ice/Water Dispenser
BUILT-IN
3/4" Overlay Panel
Standard installation
Dispenser trim
These refrigerators are supplied with 3 dispenser trims, Raised Overlay Panel Design on Dispenser Models:
2 for Standard installations (one for 1/4 framed panels and When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom wide
one for 3/4 overlay panels) and 1 trim for Flush installations. middle rail is required to accept the dispenser trim.
The middle rail must be wide enough to allow for the
1/4" panel dispenser trim: dispenser trim to overlap the opening.
The framed panel must be 1/4" nominal thickness to fit the The middle rail must be 1.10" total thickness to accept the
FREE-STANDING
dispenser trim. dispenser trim.
The dispenser trim fits over the custom panel and snaps
1/4" Backer Panel
into the freezer door. .10" Spacer
If the panel is less than 0.250" thick, a noticeable gap 3/4" Overlay Panel
may be created around the dispenser trim. Foam tape
may be applied on the door to improve the fit.
If the panel is more than 0.250" thick, the dispenser trim can- 16 3/4"
not be secured to the door.
Freezer Door 1/4" 1.10

1/4" Framed Panel Total 10 5/8" Total
Thickness Thickness
C D
Ice/Water Dispenser
64 65 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Flush inset installationcustom panels Flush inset installationcustom panels
Dimensions 3/4" or 1/2" after panel install Cutout dimensions 3/4" panels
A A C C
TOP VIEW
Case

Finished cleats
Case Trim
Door
D
A C 3/4" Panel E
A
F
B G
Width of
side cleats H Width between cleats
B B
integrated
K E
L M
Finished
B cleats
I J
D D
front
FRONT VIEW
FRONT view
VIEW SIDEview
side VIEW
SIDE VIEW
After panel installation N N

A B* C D
E E C
36" models 38" 84-1/2"* 25-7/8" 3-3/8"
W WATER O
42" models 44" 84-1/2"* 25-7/8" 3-3/8"
BUILT-IN
D SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
48" models 50" 84-1/2"* 25-7/8" 3-3/8"
FRONT VIEW Use leveling legs and wheels for maximum 1" height SIDE VIEW
*Install height. Mounting the junction box in this location will also allow
adjustment from shipping height. Nominal installation height is 84-1/2". for front accessibility through access panel.
F F G G
E
A B C
All models 26-3/16" 20-15/16" 3-1/2"
*115 Door swing
*115 Door swing H H
Doors canDoors
be adjusted
can be to
adjusted to
90 door swing
90 door swing
F G D E F G
36" models 5-1/4" 1/2" 39" 37-1/2"
42" models 5-1/4" 1/2" 45" 43-1/2"
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW
48" models 5-1/4" 1/2" 51" 49-1/2"
I I I I
FREE-STANDING
*115 Door swing H
FLUSH INSTALLATION
Doors can be adjusted to ZISB420DH
90 door swing
H I J K
All models 3/4" 84-1/2" 75" 6"
TOP VIEW
I I L M N O
36" models 5" 12" 7" 3-1/2"
E F G H I 42" models 5" 19" 7" 3-1/2"
ZISB420DH
ZISB420DH
36" models 35" 13" 15" 20-5/8" 48" models 5" 22-1/4" 7" 3-1/2"
42" models 41" 13" 19" 26-5/8"
48" models 47" 15" 20" 28-5/8"
Custom handle dimension.
ZISB420DH
66 67 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Flush inset installationcustom models Flush inset installationcustom models
3/4" panel dimensions Cutout dimensions 1/2" panels
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with
decorative panels. Field-installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door TOP VIEW
and grille panels are required. Case

Finished cleats
*For 3/4 raised door and grille panels, routing is required. Case Trim
Door
The router depth is 1/4 all the way around the panels backs.
D
Additional panel width reductions are required per diagrams E
3/4" Panel
shown in Quickspecs and Installation Instructions. This will A
create picture frame routing allowing panels to slide into the F
attached door and grille trims. B G
Width of
side cleats H Width between cleats
integrated
Maximum total panel weight: K E
Fresh food door panels75 lbs.
Freezer drawer panel53 lbs. L M
Grille panel18 lbs.
Finished
cleats
I J
Door
N N
C
W WATER O
BUILT-IN
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
3/4" Mounting the junction box in this location will also allow
Raised for front accessibility through access panel.
Panel
A B C D
All models 26-3/16" 20-13/16" 84-1/2" 5-3/8"
D E F G
36" models 5-3/8" 1/2" 39" 37-1/2"
Panel Dimensions
42" models 5-3/8" 1/2" 45" 43-1/2"
Fresh Food Freezer Grille
48" models 5-3/8" 1/2" 51" 49-1/2"
36" models 68-5/8" x 20-7/8" 68-5/8" x 16-7/8" 38" x 11-3/16"
FREE-STANDING
FLUSH INSTALLATION
42" models 68-5/8" x 26-7/8" 68-5/8" x 16-7/8" 44" x 11-3/16"
ZISB420DH
48" models 68-5/8" x 28-7/8" 68-5/8" x 20-7/8" 50" x 11-3/16"
H I J K
All models 3/4" 85" 75" 6"

F G L M N O
36" models 17-23/32" 3-3/8" 36" models 5" 12" 7" 3-1/2"
42" models 17-23/32" 3-3/8" Dispenser 15 3/8" 42" models 5" 19" 7" 3-1/2"
Cutout (39.1)
48" models 17-23/32" 3-3/8" 48" models 5" 22-1/4" 7" 3-1/2"
9 5/8"
(24.4)
68 69 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
Flush inset installationcustom models Flush inset installationcustom models
1/2" panel dimensions 1/2" panel dimensions
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with The 1/2" overlay panel must be secured to a .10" spacer panel
decorative panels. Field-installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door and a 1/4" thick backer panel, which slides into the trim.
and grille panels are required. Assemble the panels with glue and screws.

Adjustment brackets allow 1/8" fine adjustment of panel Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right
position in 3 dimensions. and top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
Use templates provided to locate mounting brackets on the Refer to the chart for locating the backer panel to the
door and grille panels. overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the backer panel
with glue and screws. Screws must be countersunk into the
Maximum total panel weight: backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for dual installa-
Fresh food door panels75 lbs. tion. Maximum total panel weight - 25 lbs.
integrated
Grille panel18 lbs. Hinge Side
Panel Dimensions Door

C C
1/2"
Overlay
Panel
E
15-3/8" F Backer with

Overlay Panel 1/4"
Assembly Backer .10"
Panel Spacer
Freezer Fresh Food
BUILT-IN
Back Back
D D
B A A B
9-5/8"
Panel Dimensions
Fresh Food Freezer Grille
36" Side-by-Side Grille Back
C
1/4" Backer Panel 68-3/8" x 18-9/16" 68-3/8" x 14-9/16" 33-7/8" x 9"
FREE-STANDING
.10" Spacer Panel 67" x 17-9/16" 67" x 13-9/16" 33" x 8-3/8" A B
D
1/2 Overlay Panel 68-5/8 x 20-7/8 68-5/8 x 16-7/8 38" x 11-3/16"
42" Side-by-Side
1/4" Backer Panel 68-3/8" x 24-9/16" 68-3/8" x 14-9/16" 39-7/8" x 9-1/2"
.10" Spacer Panel 67" x 23-9/16" 67" x 13-9/16" 39" x 8-5/8"
1/2" Panel to 1/4" Backer Panel Assembly
A B C D
48" Side-by-Side
SxS Fresh Food 2-1/16" 1/16" 1/8" 1/8"
1/4" Backer Panel 68-3/8" x 29-9/16" 68-3/8" x 18-9/16" 45-7/8" x 9-1/2"
SxS Freezer 2-1/16" 1/16" 1/8" 1/8"
.10" Spacer Panel 67" x 25-9/16" 67" x 17-9/16" 45" x 8-5/8"
SxS Grille 2-1/16" 2-1/16" 1-15/32" 7/32"

E F
MODULES
36" models 17-23/32" 3-3/8"
42" models 17-23/32" 3-3/8" Dispenser 15 3/8"
Cutout (39.1)
48" models 17-23/32" 5-3/8"
9 5/8"
(24.4)
70 71
REFRIGERATION
Flush inset installationcustom models Optional accessory kits
Dispenser trim
These refrigerators are supplied with 3 dispenser trims, 2 for
standard installations (one for 1/4 framed panels and one for professional style handle kit
3/4 overlay panels) and 1 trim for flush inset installations. *ZKHPSS1: Professional tubular stainless steel handle
designed to fit 3/4" overlay panels. Kit includes one handle.

Order 2 kits for side-by-side refrigerators from your
Freezer Door Monogram supplier.
Note: The Professional handle is 31" long.
Ice/Water Dispenser
Tubular handle kit
integrated
*ZKHSS2: Monogram tubular stainless steel handles
3/4" Flush Panel designed to fit 3/4" overlay panels. Order this kit from
your Monogram supplier.
The provided dispenser trim is designed to fit a total panel Note: Tubular handles are 62-3/8" long, 3/4" diameter.
thickness of 3/4" or 0.85".
If the panel is less than 3/4" thick, a noticeable gap may be ZSAB1 Sabbath Mode kit
created around the dispenser trim. For use on the Jewish Sabbath and holidays. While in
If the panel is more than 0.85" thick, the dispenser trim Sabbath Mode, your refrigerator will still operate normally,
cannot be secured to the door. but the refrigerator will not respond to your actions.
The overlay panel must be constructed according to the
specifications shown to achieve the correct total thickness. MWF Replacement Water Filter
When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom middle Order MWF, GE Water Filter Replacement Cartridge.
rail is required. Fits all Monogram built-in refrigerator models.
BUILT-IN
Raised Panel Design on Dispenser Models:
When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom wide
middle rail is required to accept the dispenser trim.
The middle rail must be wide enough to allow for the
dispenser trim to overlap the opening.
The middle rail must be 3/4" total thickness for 3/4" panels
or 0.85" total thickness for 1/2" panels to accept the
dispenser trim.
FREE-STANDING
3/4" or 1/2" Flush Panel
16 3/4"
3/4" or .85"
Total
Thickness
B C
10 5/8"
MODULES
*Available through GE parts.
72 73
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS Aluminum trimmed glass
new french-door BUILT-IN shelves allow convenient
BOTTOM-FREEZER REFRIGERATORS access to contents in the
fresh-food compartment.

French-door design provides wide-open
access to every fresh food shelf and bin.
A choice of Professional, European and Custom styles
assures there's an option for every kitchen. Inside, thoughtful
consideration is given to design and food storage. Wide
glass shelves make a stunning statement, while maximizing
valuable space. Glass door bins with sleek metal accents
integrated
are positively riveting. Large full-extension freezer
drawer has storage bins that
slide out independently of
one another for easy loading
and unloading. An automatic
icemaker keeps plenty of
filtered ice on hand.
Precision glass-front
BUILT-IN
produce and deli drawers
feature full-extension,
soft-close slides for a
durable and luxury feel.
FREE-STANDING
Upfront electronic
controls with digital readout
offer a range of precise
temperature settings, all
within easy reach.
Extra-deep glass door
bins with riveted metal
accents offer easy
access to beverages and
quick-grab items.
74 75 MODULES
REFRIGERATION
36" built-in French-door bottom-freezer The basics
refrigerators
ZIPS360NH Custom, European,
ZIPP360NH Professional models
ZIP360NH*
Capacity Custom paneltrimmed refrigerators
Total (cu. ft.) 20.5 require 1/4" framed or 3/4" overlay

Fresh Food (cu. ft.) 14.49 door and grille panels.
Freezer (cu. ft.) 6.06 European stainless steel models have
Fresh-food section beveled door edges and tubular
Upfront electronic controls with stainless steel handles.
digital readouts
Multi-shelf air management tower 2
Professional stainless steel models
have heavy-duty tubular handles and louvered grille. These
Glass front produce drawers with
full-extension soft close slides refrigerators are shipped ready for installation.
integrated
Deli drawer with full-extension, Easy-access hinged grille panel.
soft-close slides
Stainless steel trimmed glass shelves 4 The 3-position doorstop is factory-set for a 115 door swing
Adjustable door bins and can be adjusted to stop at 90 or 130. No kit required
Gallon door storage 2
for this adjustment.
Freezer section Monogram French-door bottom-freezer refrigerators come
Freezer drawer with full-extension slides with a Sabbath Mode feature, no kit required.
Independent utility basket with
full-extension slides
Automatic icemaker
Removable ice storage bin
GE advanced water filtration system
General features
Stainless steel tubular handle
BUILT-IN
Monogram professional handle
Easy-access hinged grille
Handle side trim kit
Master light control switch
Four-point leveling system
Adjustable door stop (90/130)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Advance planning for bottom-freezer
Toekick color Black
115 volts/20 amps Monogram refrigerators can be a focal point in the kitchen
Variable speed compressor or can blend into the woodwork. Follow these steps to
*C ustom door panel required. Accepts 1/4" framed panels or 3/4" accomplish the effect you have envisioned.
overlay panels.
FREE-STANDING
1. Review the kitchen layout.
2. Choose a stainless steel model with tubular handles or
professional handles, or choose a custom-panel model
to match panels and handles with surrounding cabinetry.
L
imited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating
system (compressor, condenser, evaporator and all connecting tubing). 3. Order custom door and grille panels from the cabinet
Limited twelve-year warranty on the sealed system, parts. manufacturer. See custom panel sizes on the following
See written warranty for details. pages.
Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit Side panels

installed and icemaker off
Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the
refrigerator will be exposed. 1/4"-thick side panels slip into the
side trim. Order side panels from your cabinet manufacturer.
Door Handles
MODULES
Custom models come with supplied handles which can be
adjusted to accommodate both framed or overlay panels.
Custom handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet
The serial plate is located inside the fresh-food compartment, maker can also be installed.
below the bottom storage drawer on the right side.
76 77
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationstainless
23 13/16"
models STANDARD installationstainless models
36"
(91.4) (60.5)
Models: ZIPS360 & ZIPP360 35 1/2" (90.2) 3 15/16" 24

(10.1)
2 5/16" 2"

36" (91.4) 23 13/16" (60.5) (5.9) (5.1)
ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
*84" *83 1/2"

(213.4) (212.1) 10"
(25.4)
integrated
*84" *83 1/2"
(213.4) (212.1) *83 1/2" min
*84 1/2" max 75"
(212.1-214.6) (190.5 )
*Trim will overlap From floor
additional 7/16" to bottom
of electrical
area
*4 5/16"
FRONT VIEW (11.0) SIDE VIEW
5" 5" 3 1/2"

(12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
*4 5/16"
WATER
BUILT-IN
35" (89.0)
Case width
35 1/2" (90.2) 3 15/16" FRONT

24" VIEW
(61.0) SIDE
2 5/16"
(10.1) 7/16" (1.1)
(5.9)
2" Trim overlap
12 7/8" 12 7/8" (5.1)
(32.7) 35" (89.0)
(32.7)
Case width
ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
18 3/16" European
130 Door swing
(46.2) 10" model shown
(25.4)
Doors can be adjusted to
1290
7/8"
door swing 12 7/8" Professional
(32.7) (32.7) model ZIPP has
same cutout
FREE-STANDING
TOP VIEW except dimension
18 3/16" to handle is
(SHOWING DOOR SWING)
130 Door swing
*83 1/2" min
(46.2)
*84 1/2" max 4-13/16"
75" from case.
Doors can be adjusted to (212.1-214.6) (190.5 )
*8 4" is shipping height The refrigerator can be adjusted
90 door swing to fit
*Trim will overlap From floor
additional 7/16"
into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height.
ZIPS360NZ
to bottom
of electrical
area
Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will
TOP VIEW
overlap the upper(SHOWING
cabinetry
DOORorSWING)
soffit.
Leveling legs and wheels allow maximum 1" height adjustment.
Depth including handles:
ZIPS360NZ
27-5/16" European models 5" 5" 3 1/2"
(12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
28-13/16" Professional-style models 3 1/2"
(8.9)
These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop. WATER W
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
MODULES
FRONT VIEW The refrigerator will project forward
SIDE VIEW slightly beyond
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 12-7/8". adjacent cabinetry.
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 115 = 8".
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 90 = 4" for European Mounting the junction box in this location will allow for front
models, 5" for Professional-style models. accessibility through the access panel.
Refer to Anti-Tip Instructions in the Installation Instructions
78 when installing this refrigerator. 79
25 3/8" (64.5)
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD36"
installationcustom model
(91.4) 23 13/16" (60.5)
STANDARD installationcustom model
Dimensions 9 7/8"
1 5/8"
(4.1)
Cutout dimensions3/4" or 1/4" panels
(25.1)
25 3/8" (64.5)
36" (91.4) 9/16" 23 13/16" (60.5)
(1.4)

1 5/8"
9 7/8"
(25.1)
(4.1)
TOP VIEW
46 5/16"
*84" 9/16"
(117.7)
(213.4) (1.4)
*83 1/2"
(212.1)
*73 1/4"
(186.1) 3 1/8" 24" (61)
(7.93) 35 1/2" (90.2)
1/2" 7/16" (1.1) 2 5/16"
(1.3) 1 9/16" Trim overlap
(3.97) (5.874)
integrated
46 5/16"
*84" (117.7)
(213.4) *83 1/2" 6"
*73 1/4"
(212.1) ELEC. (15.24)
(186.1)
*26 7/16"
(67.1)
1/2"
(1.3)
10"
(25.4)
*4 1/8"
FRONT VIEW *26 7/16"
(10.5) SIDE VIEW 75"
(67.1) *84" (190.5 )
(213.4) From floor
*Trim will overlap to bottom
additional 7/16" of electrical
area
*4 1/8"
BUILT-IN
35" (89.0)
Case width
5" 5" 3 1/2"

(12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W WATER TOP VIEW
**12 7/8" 35" (89.0) **12 7/8"
(32.7) Case width (32.7) SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
18 3/16" 3 1/8" 24" (61)

(46.2) (7.93) 35 1/2" (90.2)
**130 Door swing
7/16" (1.1) 2 5/16"
**12 7/8" Doors can be adjusted to
**12 7/8" 1 9/16" Trim overlap
(32.7) 90 door swing (32.7) (3.97) (5.874)
6"
FREE-STANDING
Allow 4" (10.2) min Allow 4" (10.2) min
ELEC. (15.24)
distance to adjacent distance to adjacent 18 3/16" The refrigerator will project
wall from cutout **130 Door swing wall from cutout (46.2)
TOP VIEW forward slightly beyond 10"
Doors can be adjusted to (25.4)
90 door swing adjacent cabinetry.
Mounting the junction box
Allow 4" (10.2) min ZIP360NZ Allow 4" (10.2) min in this location will allow for
distance to adjacent distance to adjacent
wall from cutout wall from cutout front accessibility
*84" through
TOP VIEW
*8 4" is shipping height TheDOOR
(SHOWING refrigerator
SWING) can be adjusted to fit
the access (213.4)
panel.
*Trim will overlap
into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height. Refer toadditional
Anti-Tip Instruc-
7/16"
Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will tions in the Installation
ZIP360NZ Instructions when installing
overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit.
this refrigerator.
STANDARD_INSTALLATION
**These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door
ZIP360NH 5"
MODULES
stop. The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 (12.7) (1
if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. 3 1/2"
(8.9)
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 12-7/8". W WATER
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 115 = 8". SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
80 81
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationcustom models STANDARD installationcustom models
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with 3/4" Overlay Panels:
decorative panels. Field installed custom door and grille panels For 3/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet
are required. maker, the decorative panels slide into the trim.

1/4 Framed Panels: The 3/4" overlay panel must be secured to a .10" spacer panel
For 1/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet maker, and a 1/4" thick backer panel, which slides into the trim.
the decorative panels slide into the trim. Assemble the panels with glue and screws.
Maximum total panel weight: Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right and
Fresh food door panel30 lbs. top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
Freezer drawer panel28 lbs. Refer to the Installation Instructions for locating the backer
Grille panel11 lbs. panel to the overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the
integrated
backer panel with glue and screws. Screws must be counter-
A sunk into the backer panel.
Maximum total panel weight:
B
Grille Panel
Grille panel11 lbs.
E E
Fresh Fresh
Food Food C Grille Panel B
Panel Panel
E E
BUILT-IN
Fresh Fresh
Freezer Drawer Panel D Food Food C
Panel Panel

A B C D E
33-7/8" 8-7/8" 46-1/16" 21-7/8" 16-1/2"
Freezer Drawer Panel D
FREE-STANDING
Overlay Panel Dimensions
A B C D E
Trim
Door 1/4" backer panel 33-7/8" 8-7/8" 46-1/16" 21-7/8" 16-1/2"
.10" spacer panel 32-1/2" 7-5/8" 44-11/16" 20-1/2" 15"
3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8" 9" 46-5/16" 22" 16-5/8"
1/4" Framed Panel Supplied Handles

Door Handles: The supplied handles can be adjusted to
accommodate both frames or overlay panels. Custom
handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet maker can Trim
Door
also be installed. 1/4" Backer Panel
MODULES
Supplied Handles
82 83
TOP VIEW
Case
Finished cleats
5 1/4" (13.3)
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
flush inset installationcustom models flush inset installationcustom models
Dimensionsafter panel install Cutout dimensions3/4"
Door
panels
3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Flush inset depth
25 7/8" (65.7)
38" (96.5) 39" (99.1) Flush inset width
20 5/8" (52.4)
20 15/16" (53.2)
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)

Width of side cleats Width between cleats
10 13/16"
(27.5)
ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
7/16"
(1.1) 4 1/16" 10"
(11.0) (25.4)
integrated
Finished cleats
*84 1/2" *83 1/2" 75 1/2"
(214.6) (212.1)
*73 5/16" (191.8 )
(186.2) 85" 85" From floor
(215.9) (215.9) to bottom
of electrical
area
7/16"
(1.1)
*26 3/8"
(70.0) 7" 7"
(17.8) (17.8)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W WATER
front view
FRONT VIEW *4"
(10.2)
side SIDE VIEW
SIDE view
VIEW FRONT VIEW
front view
* Shipping height. Use leveling legs and wheels for maximum
BUILT-IN
1" height adjustment from shipping height.
35" (89.0) TOP VIEW

Case width
Case
5 1/4" (13.3) Finished cleats TOP VIEW

Case Trim
Case
Finished cleats
Door 5 1/4" (13.3)
**8" **8" Case Trim
(20.3) (20.3) 3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Flush inset depth Door
39" (99.1) Flush inset width 3/4" Panel
20 15/16" (53.2) 26 3/16" (66.5)
19 1/2"
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
*115 Door swing (49.5) Flush inset depth
39" (99.1) Flush inset width
FREE-STANDING
Doors can be adjusted to
20 15/16" (53.2)
90 door swing
Depth ELEC.
to cleat 6" 3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
(15.2) Width of side cleats Width between cleats
FLUSH INSTALLATION Placement of the junction
4 1/16" 10" 6"
Allow 4" (10.2) min
distance to adjacent top
TOP view
VIEW
Allow 4" (10.2) min
distance to adjacent ZIP360NH(11.0) (25.4)
box in this location will allow
ELEC. (15.2)
wall from cutout wall from cutout for front accessibility
through the access
4 1/16" panel.10"
(11.0) (25.4)
** These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position door stop. The factory-set 115 door Finished cleats
swing can be adjusted to 90 if clearances to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. Allow 75 1/2"
a 15" minimum clearance to wall for pan removal. If the 90 door stop position is used, pan (191.8 )
*Install height.
access is Use
maintained, leveling
but pan removal legs and wheels for85"
is restricted. 85" From floor
Finished cleats to bottom
maximum 1" height adjustment from shipping(215.9)
height. (215.9)
of electrical
Nominal installation height is 84-1/2". area
85" 85"
(215.9) (215.9)
ZIP360NH
MODULES
7" 7"
(17.8) (17.8)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2" 7" 7"
(8.9)
(17.8) (17.8)
W WATER
SIDE VIEW 3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW (8.9)
W WATER
84 side view
SIDE VIEW FRONT
85 VIEW
TOP VIEW
Case
Finished cleats
5 3/8" (13.7)
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
3/4" panel dimensions Cutout dimensions1/2"
Door
panels
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Flush inset depth
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with 39" (99.1) Flush inset width
decorative panels. Field installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door
20 13/16" (52.9)
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
and grille panels are required. Depth to cleat

*For 3/4 raised door and grille panels, routing is required.
The router depth is 1/4 all the way around the panels backs. ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
Additional panel width reductions are required per diagrams
shown in Quickspecs and Instructions. This will create 4 1/16" 10"
picture frame routing allowing panels to slide into the (11.0) (25.4)
attached door and grille trims.
integrated
Finished cleats
Maximum total panel weight: 75 1/2"
Fresh food door panels - 30 lbs. 85" 85"
(191.8 )
From floor
Freezer drawer panel - 28 lbs. (215.9) (215.9) to bottom
of electrical
Grille panel - 11 lbs. area
38"
7" 7"
Grille Panel 10-13/16" (17.8) (17.8)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W WATER
Fresh Fresh SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
front view
Food Food
BUILT-IN
Panel Panel
TOP VIEW
46-7/16" Case
18-3/4" 18-3/4" 5 3/8" (13.7) Finished cleats TOP VIEW
Case Trim
Case
Finished cleats
Door 5 3/8" (13.7)
Case Trim
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Fresh Drawer Flush inset depth Door
Panel 22-3/8" 39" (99.1) Flush inset width 1/2" Panel

20 13/16" (52.9) 26 3/16" (66.5)
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
Flush inset depth
FREE-STANDING
20 13/16" (52.9)
Depth ELEC.
to cleat 6" 3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
FLUSH INSTALLATION Placement of the junction
4 1/16" 10" box in this location will allow 6"
ZIP360NH(11.0) (25.4)
ELEC. (15.2)
for front accessibility
through the access panel. 10"
4 1/16"
(11.0) (25.4)
Finished cleats
75 1/2"
(191.8 )
85" 85" Finished cleats
From floor
(215.9) (215.9) to bottom
of electrical
area
85" 85"
(215.9) (215.9)
MODULES
7" 7"
(17.8) (17.8)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2" 7" 7"
(8.9)
(17.8) (17.8)
W WATER
SIDE VIEW 3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW (8.9)
W WATER
86 side view
SIDE VIEW FRONT
87 VIEW
REFRIGERATION
flush inset installationcustom models Optional accessory kit
1/2" panel dimensions
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with ZKHFD2H

decorative panels. Field-installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door European tubular Stainless steel handles designed to

and grille panels are required. fit 3/4" panels. Kit includes three handles.
Fresh food door panel - 58 lbs.
Freezer drawer panel - 28 lbs.
Grille panel - 11 lbs.
36" bottom-freezer Fresh Food Freezer Drawer Grille
integrated
1/4" Backer Panel 46-1/16" x 16-1/2" 21-7/8" x 33-7/8" 8-7/8" x 33-7/8"
.10" Spacer Panel 44-11/16" x 15" 20-1/2" x 32-1/2" 7-5/8" x 32-1/2"
1/2" Overlay Panel 46-7/16" x 18-3/4" 22-3/8" x 38" 10-13/16" x 38"
The 1/2" overlay panel must be secured to a .10" spacer panel

and a 1/4" thick backer panel, which slides into the trim.
Assemble the panels with glue and screws.
Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right
and top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
Refer to the chart for locating the backer panel to the
overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the backer panel
with glue and screws. Screws must be countersunk into
the backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for dual
installation. Maximum total panel weight 25 lbs.
BUILT-IN
Hinge Side
Door
1/2"
C C Overlay
Panel
1/4"
Backer .10"
Panel Spacer
Backer with
Overlay Panel
Assembly
FREE-STANDING
Fresh Food Fresh Food
Back Back
B A A B
D D
Grille Back
C C
Freezer Drawer
A B
D
MODULES
A B
D
A B C D
Fresh Food Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 3/16" 3/16"
Freezer Drawer Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 1/4" 1/4"
Grille Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 1-11/16 1/4"
88 89
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS Optimum moisture
BUILT-IN BOTTOM-FREEZER REFRIGERATORS for vegetables
Humidity-controlled
vegetable compartments

THE BOTTOM-FREEZER OFFERS ROOM and sealed deli pans keep
WITH AN EYE-LEVEL VIEW food fresh and delicious for
Monogram bottom-freezer refrigerators are configured with longer periods of time,
the fresh food compartment on top, putting everyday items while also keeping it easily
within eye-level view. accessible.
integrated
A freezer drawer
open to your needs
For kitchens frequently used
for entertaining, consider
installing two Monogram
bottom-freezer refrigerators
alongside one another for
an abundance of space and
possibility. Fresh or frozen,
the food is close at hand for
your next get-together.
Unmistakable
BUILT-IN
European sophistication
For a polished look of
refinement, the appeal
of Monogram European
bottom-freezer refrigerators
is unmistakable. Clean,
simple lines and seamless
hand finishing define
the style.
FREE-STANDING
An even flow of air that Professional styling with a
makes its way even to distinctive edge
far-corner containers A Monogram professional
An advanced temperature- bottom-freezer refrigerator
management system in the with chamfered edges makes
Monogram bottom-freezer a powerfully compelling
refrigerator maintains consis- statement, especially when
tent cooling throughout the paired with Monogram
fresh food and freezer com- ranges and rangetops. A
partments, helping to keep louvered grill panel adds to
contents perfectly chilled and the refrigerator's distinctive
MODULES
ready for cooking or serving. commercial styling.
90 91
REFRIGERATION
36" built-in bottom-freezer refrigerators The basics
ZICP360NHRH, ZICP360NHLH Custom, European,
ZICS360NHRH, ZICS360NHLH Professional models
Models ZIC360NHRH, ZIC360NHLH
Capacity Custom paneltrimmed refrigerators
Total (cu. ft.) 21.33 require 1/4" framed or 3/4" overlay

Fresh food (cu. ft.) 14.99 door and grille panels.
Freezer (cu. ft.) 6.34 European stainless steel models have
Fresh-food features beveled door edges and tubular
Up-front dual electronic controls stainless steel handles.
Multi-shelf air management tower
Professional stainless steel models
Adjustable spillproof glass shelves 4 Adjustable, 1 Fixed have heavy-duty tubular handles and louvered grille. These
Sealed adjustable-humidity, slide-out refrigerators are shipped ready for installation.
integrated
produce pans with easy-access lids on
full-extension slides 2 For standard installations a 3-position doorstop is
Sealed deli pan with full-extension slides 2 factory-set for a 115 door swing and can be adjusted to
Adjustable door bins 6 stop at 90 or 130. No kit required for this adjustment.
Gallon door bins 2 For precise incremental door-swing settings between 90
Sealed dairy compartment 2 and 130, order the WX14X99 doorstop.
Interior lighting 83-1/2" to 85" installation heights are accomplished by
Freezer section adjusting the leveling legs and wheels. No kits required.
Freezer drawer on full-extension slides
Equipped to accept Sabbath Mode Product Kit ZSAB1. Star
Independent utility basket
on full-extension slides K compliant with ZSAB1 kit installed and icemaker off.
Automatic icemaker
Removable ice storage bin
Interior lighting
Freezer drawer Self-Closing
BUILT-IN
General features
ENERGY STAR qualified Advance planning for bottom-freezer
Easy-access hinged grille Monogram refrigerators can be a focal point in the kitchen
Master light control switch or can blend into the woodwork. Follow these steps to
Optional Sabbath Mode kit ZSAB1 accomplish the effect you have envisioned.
Independent temperature controls
1. Review the kitchen layout. These refrigerators are factory-
115 volts/20 amps
set for left or right door swings. The door swing is NOT
Variable speed compressor reversible. Choose RH models with hinge on the right side;
the door swings left to right. Choose LH models with hinge
on the left side; the door swings right to left.
2. C
hoose a stainless steel model with tubular handles or
FREE-STANDING
professional handles, or choose a custom-panel model
to match panels and handles with surrounding cabinetry.
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating
system (compressor, condenser, evaporator and all connecting tubing). 3. Order custom door and grille panels from the cabinet
Limited twelve-year warranty on the sealed system, parts. manufacturer. See custom-panel sizes on the following
pages.
Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit

Side panels
installed and icemaker off Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the
Door Handles
MODULES
adjusted to accommodate both framed or overlay panels.
The serial plate is located inside the fresh-food compartment,
below the bottom storage drawer on the right side. Custom handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet
maker can also be installed.
A 2nd serial plate is located behind grille panel in the upper

left side of the overhead compartment.
92 93
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationstainless models STANDARD installationstainless models
Models: ZICS360 & ZICP360 35 1/2" (90.2) 4" 24"

36" (91.5) 25 3/4" (65.4) (10.2)
2 5/16" 2"

36" (91.5) 25 3/4" (65.4) (5.9) (5.1)
E 6"
(15.2)
10"
(25.4)
*83 1/2" min
integrated
*84 1/2" max
84" (212.1-214.6)
(213.4)
84" *Trim will overlap
(213.4) additional 7/16"
75"
(190.5 )
From floor
to bottom
of electrical
area
3 3/4"
(9.5)
3 3/4" WATER
FRONT VIEW (9.5) SIDE VIEW 3 1/2"
5" (9.0) 5" 3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW (12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
35" (89.0)
Case width
35" (89.0)
BUILT-IN
Case width
FRONT VIEW SIDE V
Allow 25" (63.5) min
clearance for 130
door swing Allow 25" (63.5) min 35 1/2" (90.2) 4" 24" (61.0)
clearance for 130 (10.2) 7/16" (1.1)
door swing
2 5/16" 2" Trim overlap
(5.9) (5.1)
E 6"
(15.2)
TOP VIEW
36 3/4" TOP VIEW European
(93.4)
36 3/4" 10" model shown
(93.4) (25.4)
Professional
*83 1/2" min model ZICP has
*84 1/2" max same cutout m
int
Allow 4" (10.2) min
(212.1-214.6)
FREE-STANDING
clearance to a wall
swing4" (10.2) min
for 90 doorAllow *Trim will overlap except dimension w
clearance to a wall additional 7/16" En
for 90 door swing to handle is 4-3/4" se
ce
from case.
75" t
84" is shipping height The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit (190.5 )
Use two
From floor
into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height. to bottom additional hole
of electrical locations at end
of brackets
Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will area
overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit. 81 1/2"

(207.0)
ZIC360NXRH
ZIC360NXRH
Depth including handles: WATER
3 1/2"
27-3/4" European models 5" (9.0) 5" 3 1/2"
28-11/16" Professional-style models (12.7) (12.7) (8.9) 10" (25.4)
These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop. WATER

The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
MODULES
The refrigerator will project forward slightly beyond
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 25". adjacent cabinetry.
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 90 = 4" for European Mounting the junction
SIDE box
VIEWinINSTALLED
this location will allow for front FRONT VIE
models, 5" for Professional-style models. WITHthe
accessibility through ANTI-TIP
accessBRACKET
panel. WITH ANT
Refer to Anti-Tip Instructions in the Installation Instructions
94 when installing this refrigerator. CL 95
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationcustom models STANDARD installationcustom models
Dimensions Cutout dimensions3/4" or 1/4" panels
25 1/4" (64.1)
36" (91.5) 23 7/8" (60.7)

1 7/8"
9 7/8"
(25.1)
(4.8)
TOP VIEW
3 1/8" 24" (61)

(7.93) 35 1/2" (90.2)
*84" 7/16" (1.1) 2 5/16"
(213.4)
1 9/16" Trim overlap
46 1/4" (3.97) (5.874)
integrated
(117.5) *83 1/2"
(212.1)
ELEC. 6"
*73 1/4" (15.24)
(186.1)
10"
(25.4)
*26 1/2" *26"

(66.0)
(67.3)
*24 1/8" 75"
(61.3) *84 1/2" (190.5 )
(214.6) From floor
*Trim will overlap to bottom
additional 7/16" of electrical
*3 5/8" area
35" (89.0)
BUILT-IN
Case width WATER
3 1/2"
5" (9.0) 5" 3 1/2"
(12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
** Allow 25" (63.5) min 3 1/2" TOP VIEW
clearance for 130 (8.9)
door swing
W
3 1/8" 24" (61)
(7.93) 35 1/2" (90.2)
TOP VIEW 7/16" (1.1) 2 5/16"
1 9/16" Trim overlap
(3.97) (5.874)
36 3/4"
(93.4)
ELEC. 6"
(15.24)
FREE-STANDING
** Allow 4" (10.2) min 10"
The refrigerator will project(25.4)
clearance to a wall
for 90 door swing forward slightly beyond
** These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position door stop. The factory-set 130 door
swing can be adjusted to 90 if clearances to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. Allow
adjacent cabinetry.
a 15" minimum clearance to wall for pan removal. If the 90 door stop position is used, pan
access is maintained, but pan removal is restricted.
in this location*84 will
1/2" allow for
front accessibility(214.6)through
*Trim will overlap
84" is shipping height The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit the access panel.
additional 7/16"
into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height. Refer to Anti-Tip Instructions
Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will in the Installation Instructions
ZIC360NXRH
overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit. when installing this refrigerator.
Leveling legs and wheels allow maximum 1" height adjustment. WATER
3 1/2"
These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop. 5" (9.0) 5
STANDARD INSTALLATION (12.7) (1
MODULES
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if 3 1/2"
(8.9)
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. ZIC360NHLH_RH W
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 25". SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
96 97
REFRIGERATION
Standard installationcustom models STANDARD installationcustom models
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with 3/4 Overlay Panels:
decorative panels. Field installed custom door and grille panels For 3/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet
are required. maker, the decorative panels slide into the trim.

1/4 Framed Panels: The 3/4" overlay panel must be secured to a .10" spacer panel
For 1/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet maker, and a 1/4" thick backer panel, which slides into the trim.
the decorative panels slide into the trim. Assemble the panels with glue and screws.
Maximum total panel weight: Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right and
Fresh food door panel58 lbs. top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
Freezer drawer panel28 lbs. Refer to the Installation Instructions for locating the backer
Grille panel11 lbs. panel to the overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the
integrated
backer panel with glue and screws. Screws must be counter-
A sunk into the backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for
dual installation. Maximum total panel weight - 25 lbs.
B
Grille Panel
Grille panel11 lbs.
A
Fresh
Food
C Grille Panel B
Panel
BUILT-IN
Fresh
Freezer Drawer Panel D Food
C
Panel

A B C D
33-7/8" 8-7/8" 46-1/16" 21-7/8"
Freezer Drawer Panel D
FREE-STANDING
Overlay Panel Dimensions
Trim A B C D
Door 1/4" backer panel 33-7/8" 8-7/8" 46-1/16" 21-7/8"
.10" spacer panel 32-1/2" 7-5/8" 44-11/16" 20-1/2"
3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8" 9" 46-5/16" 22"
Supplied Handles 1/4" Framed Panel
Door Handles: The supplied handles can be adjusted to panel assembly cross section
handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet maker can Trim
also be installed. Door
1/4" Backer Panel
MODULES
3/4" Overlay Panel .10" Spacer Panel
Supplied Handles
98 99
TOP VIEW
Case
5 1/4" (13.3) Finished cleats
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
Dimensionsafter panel install Cutout dimensions3/4"
Door
raised panels
3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
38" (96.5) Flush inset depth
26" (65.7)
20 15/16" (53.2)
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)

ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
10" 24 3/16"
(25.4) (61.4)
integrated
Finished cleats
84 1/2" 75 1/2"
(214.6) 84" (191.8 )
85" (213.4) From floor
(215.9) height to bottom
of electrical
to cleat area
7" WATER 7"

(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
(8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
4" W
(10.2)
FRONT VIEW SIDE SIDE

VIEW VIEW FRONT VIEW
front view
BUILT-IN
35" (89.0) TOP VIEW
Case width Case
Case Trim
Case
Allow 15" (38.1) min
clearance for 115 Door 5 1/4" (13.3) Finished cleats
door swing Case Trim
3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Flush inset depth Door
39" (99.1) Flush inset width 3/4" Panel
20 15/16" (53.2) 26 3/16" (66.5)
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
Flush inset depth
TOP VIEW
FREE-STANDING
20 15/16" (53.2)
Depth ELEC. 6" 3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
38 3/4"
(98.4) FLUSH INSTALLATION to cleat
ZIC360NHLH_RH 10" Placement of the junction

24 3/16" box in this location will allow 6"
(25.4) (61.4)
ELEC. (15.2)
Allow 4" (10.2) min through the access panel.10" 24 3/16"
clearance to a wall (25.4) (61.4)
for 90 door swing Finished cleats
75 1/2"
84" (191.8 )
(215.9) Finished cleats to bottom
height
84" is shipping height. Use leveling legs and wheels for to cleat
of electrical
area84"
maximum 1" height adjustment from shipping height. 85" (213.4)
Nominal installation height is 84-1/2". (215.9) height
to cleat
MODULES
7" WATER 7"
ZIC360NHRH (17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
(9.0) 3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2" 7" WATER 7"
(8.9)
W
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
(9.0)
SIDE VIEW 3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW (8.9)
W
100 side view
SIDE VIEW FRONT
101 VIEW
TOP VIEW
Case
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
3/4" panel dimensions Cutout dimensions1/2"
Door
flat panels
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5)
Flush inset depth
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with 39" (99.1) Flush inset width
20 and
13/16" (52.9)
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
grille panels are required. Depth to cleat

The router depth is 1/4 all the way around the panels ELEC. 6"
(15.2)
backs. Additional panel width reductions are required per
diagrams shown in Quickspecs and Installation Instructions. 10" 24 3/16"
This will create picture frame routing allowing panels to (25.4) (61.4)
slide into the attached door and grille trims.
integrated
Finished cleats
Fresh food door panel - 58 lbs. 84" (191.8 )
Freezer drawer panel - 28 lbs. (215.9) height to bottom
of electrical
Grille panel - 11 lbs. to cleat area
38"
7" WATER 7"
Grille Panel 10-11/16" (17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
(9.0) 3 1/2"
(8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W
BUILT-IN
Fresh Food
Panel TOP VIEW
46-9/16" Case
Case Trim Case
Door
Case Trim
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16" (66.5) Door
Fresh Drawer Flush inset depth
Panel 22-7/16" 26 3/16"39" (66.5)

(99.1) Flush inset width 1/2" Panel
20 13/16" (52.9)
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
Flush inset depth
Width of side cleats Width between cleats 39" (99.1) Flush inset width
20 13/16" (52.9)
FREE-STANDING
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
6" Width of side cleats Width between cleats
FLUSH INSTALLATIONELEC. (15.2)
Placement of the junction
ZIC360NHLH_RH 10" ELEC.
24 3/16"box in this location will allow 6"
(15.2)
(25.4) (61.4)
10"
through the access panel. (25.4) 24 3/16"
(61.4)
Finished cleats
75 1/2"
84" (191.8 )
85" (213.4) Finished cleats From floor
(215.9) height to bottom
of electrical
to cleat
85" area84"
(213.4)
(215.9) height
to cleat
MODULES
7" WATER 7"
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
3 1/2" (8.9) 7" WATER 7"
(8.9) (17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
W 3 1/2"
(9.0)

(8.9)
W
102
SIDE VIEW FRONT
103
VIEW
REFRIGERATION
flush inset installationcustom models Optional accessory kits
1/2" panel dimensions
Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with ZKHCT: Handle side trim for left-hand and right-hand door.
decorative panels. Field installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door For use on a custom panel when using a custom handle.
and grille panels are required.

ZKHCSS2: Custom European tubular handle designed to fit
Maximum total panel weight: custom panels. Kit includes 2 handles. Door handle is 44-3/16"
Fresh food door panel - 58 lbs. and drawer handle is 33-3/16". This kit also includes a handle
Freezer drawer panel - 28 lbs. side trim for custom handles.
Grille panel - 11 lbs. ZKHPSS1: Professional tubular stainless steel handle designed
to fit custom panels. Kit includes one handle 30-1/2" long.
Panel Dimensions
Order 2 kits from your Monogram supplier.
36 Bottom-freezer Fresh Food Freezer Drawer Grille
integrated
1/4 Backer Panel 46-1/16" x 33-7/8" 21-7/8" x 33-7/8" 8-7/8" x 33-7/8"
ZUG2: For side-by-side installation of two custom panel
bottom-freezer refrigerators. This kit provides for the
.10 Spacer Panel 44-11/16" x 32-1/2" 20-1/2" x 32-1/2" 7-5/8" x 32-1/2"
installation of a unified custom grille panel to span the width
1/2 Overlay Panel 46-9/16" x 38" 22-7/16" x 38" 10-11/16" x 38"
of two units using a framed or overlay panel. Maximum total
panel weight - 25 lbs.
and a 1/4" thick backer panel, which slides into the trim. ZUGSS2: For side-by-side installation of two European-style
Assemble the panels with glue and screws. bottom-freezer refrigerators. This kit provides a unified
stainless steel grille panel to span the width of two units.
Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right
and top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue. ZUGPP2: For side-by-side installation of two Professional-
style bottom-freezer refrigerators. This kit provides a unified
Refer to the chart for locating the backer panel to the
stainless steel grille panel to span the width of two units.
overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the backer panel
the backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for dual
multiple product installation
BUILT-IN
C
Cutout dimensions and door swing for multiple product
installation varies for stainless, standard custom and flush
Hinge Side custom installations. Reference Quickspecs or Installation
Door
1/2" Instructions for specific cutout information and panel
Overlay dimensions.
Panel
Door Panel Back
Backer with 1/4"

Overlay Panel Backer .10"
Assembly Panel Spacer
FREE-STANDING
A B
D
Grille Back
C C
Freezer Drawer
A B
D
A B
MODULES
D

A B C D
Fresh Food Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 5/16" 3/16"
Freezer Drawer Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 5/16" 3/16"
Grille Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 1-11/16 3/16"
104 105
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS
all-refrigerator, all-freezer

Versatile configurations
Custom panels can be installed without the need for a trim
kit. Or use a unified grille panel kit to span the width of an
all-refrigerator and all-freezer into a single 72"-wide unit.
Custom models can be
integrated
personalized with cabinet-
matching panels and handles.
36" all-freezer ZIF360NHLH,
36" all-refrigerator
ZIR360NHRH with unified
grille ZUG2 and custom panels
and handles.
BUILT-IN
European-style models
Heavy-gauge stainless steel
extends completely across
the doors and around the
edges. Slim Monogram
All-refrigerators and all-freezers are available in three distinct tubular handles enhance
styles European, Professional and Custom. All models have the look and feel.
been redesigned and simplified for easy installation and
36" all-freezer ZIFS360NHLH,
customization without the need for trim kits.
ZIRS360NHRH with unified
grille ZUGSS2.
FREE-STANDING
Professional models
Stainless steel exterior
conveys both a sense of
solidity and beauty with
heavy-duty tubular
handles and chamfered
hand-finished edges.
36" all-freezer ZIFP360NHLH,
ZIRP360NHRH with
unified grille ZUGPP2.
MODULES
Inside and out, there are superb features and refinements
from streamlined lighting to hidden door hinges.
A variable-speed compressor allows quiet
operation and efficient performance.
All-refrigerators meet 2014 ENERGY STAR
106 guidelines for energy efficiency. 107
REFRIGERATION
All-Freezers All-Refrigerators
GE water filtration system Wide-open food storage
is hidden discreetly behind with brilliant illumination.
the hinged overhead panel, A low-profile halogen
so it doesnt take up usable lighting system provides

space in the freezer. The filter space-saving illumination.
provides clean, fresh-tasting
water for the icemaker.
integrated
Great flexibility to
customize storage by
rearranging shelves or
gallon door bins and by
repositioning or removing
the deli drawer.
Concealed ice drawer provides easy Humidity-controlled

access to filtered ice. compartments and sealed
snack drawers help preserve
Temperature management system freshness.
with precise electronic controls and
thermistors maintains ideal storage
BUILT-IN
conditions in both the all-refrigerator
and all-freezer units.
Brilliant interior lighting, as in
the all-refrigerator, is a low-profile
halogen lighting system for space-
saving illumination. Slim digital control panel
Pull-out baskets with clear-view fronts allow frees up space on the top
compartmentalized storage for different types of food. shelf, making room for tall
Adjustable wire shelves move up or down for custom storage bottles and containers.
and the door bins are adjustable, too. Adjustable split glass shelves
and door bins move up
or down for convenient
FREE-STANDING
storage.
Left-hand freezer or refrigerator models Right-hand freezer or refrigerator models
MODULES
ZIFP360NHLH ZIFS360NHLH ZIF360NHLH ZIR360NHRH ZIFS360NHRH ZIFP360NHRH
ZIRP360NHLH ZIRS360NHLH ZIRS360NHRH ZIRP360NHRH
108 109
REFRIGERATION
36" built-in all-refrigerators, all-freezers The basics
ZIR360NHRH ZIF360NHLH Custom, European, Professional models
ZIRS360NHRH ZIFS360NHRH
ZIRS360NHLH ZIFS360NHLH Custom panel trimmed refrigerators require 1/4" framed or
ZIRP360NHRH ZIFP360NHRH 3/4" overlay door and grille panels. Use the supplied handles
Models ZIRP360NHLH ZIFP360NHLH
for either door-panel thickness or use custom handles.

Description All-Refrigerator All-Freezer
2-position handles adjust to accommodate 1/4" framed or
Total (cu. ft.) 21.97 21.92 3/4" overlay panel thickness. Or, on 3/4" panels, replace the
Spillproof glass shelves 6 adj./1 fixed supplied handles with custom handles of your choice.
Adjustable-humidity produce pan
with easy-access lids on European stainless steel models have beveled door edges
full-extension slides 2 extra-large and tubular stainless steel handles. Professional stainless
Sealed snack pan with steel models have heavy-duty tubular handles and louvered
full-extension slides 2 regular grille. These refrigerators are shipped ready for installation.
integrated
6 adjustable
Wire shelves 1 full-width fixed 83-1/2" to 84-1/2" installation heights are accomplished by
Wire baskets on 2 regular adjusting the leveling legs and wheels. No kits required.
full-extension slides 4 4 large
Both the all-refrigerator and all-freezer are equipped to
Door bins 4 8
accept optional Sabbath Mode Product Kit ZSAB1. Star K
Gallon door storage 2 2 compliant with ZSAB1 kit installed and icemaker off.
Sealed dairy compartment 2
Automatic icemaker
Ice storage drawer
General features
Anti-tip protection is required
Optional Sabbath Mode kit ZSAB1 ZSAB1 These refrigerators and freezers are top-heavy. They must
Sealed system design Auto defrost Auto defrost
be secured to prevent the possibility of tipping forward. This
new design provides extra security and stability for heavy
refrigeration models.
These units have rods behind the grille panel, one on each
BUILT-IN
Easy-access hinged grille
Four-point leveling system side. The rods engage a bracket mounted on the back wall.
Adjustable doorstop The rods are locked in place at the front, easily accessible in
Accepts custom panels/handles ZIR360 ZIF360 the event that the product is moved or serviced.
Stainless steel tubular handles ZIRS360 ZIFS360
Professional handles ZIRP360 ZIFP360 Side panels
115 volts/20 amps each
Variable speed compressor
Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the
MWF replacement water filter
FREE-STANDING
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed Order MWF, GE water filter replacement cartridge. Fits all
refrigeration system Monogram built-in refrigerator models.
See written warranty for details. Door Handles
Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit adjusted to accommodate both framed or overlay panels.
installed and icemaker off Custom handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet
maker can also be installed.
MODULES
The serial plate is located inside the refrigerator/freezer
A 2nd serial plate is located behind grille panel in the

upper left side of the overhead compartment.
110 111
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationstainless models STANDARD installationstainless models
Dimensions Dimensions
Models: ZIFP360 (shown) & ZIFS360 Models: ZIRP360 & ZIRS360 (shown)

25 3/4" (65.4) 25 3/4" (65.4)
36" (91.5) 23 7/8" (60.7) 36" (91.5) 23 7/8" (60.7)
2 3/4"
(7.0) 2 3/4"
(7.0)
integrated
*84"
(213.4)
*84" 30 1/2" *83 1/2" *83 1/2"

(77.5) (212.1) (212.1)
(213.4)
*73 1/4"
(186.1) 64 1/4"
(163.2) *73 1/4"
(186.1)
*31 3/4"
(80.7)
*6 1/2"
(16.5)
*3 1/2" *3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW (8.9) SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW (8.9) SIDE VIEW
* Shipping height. Use leveling legs and wheels for maximum * Shipping height. Use leveling legs and wheels for maximum
1" height adjustment from shipping height. 1" height adjustment from shipping height.
BUILT-IN
35" (89.0) 35" (89.0)
Case width Case width
** Allow 25" (63.5) min ** Allow 25" (63.5) min

clearance for 130 clearance for 130
door swing door swing
TOP VIEW
36 3/4"
36 3/4" (93.4)
TOP VIEW (93.4)
FREE-STANDING
** Allow 4" (10.2) min
** Allow 5" (12.7) min clearance to a wall
clearance to a wall for 90 door swing
for 90 door swing
**These units are equipped with a 2-position door stop. The factory set 130 door swing can **These units are equipped with a 2-position door stop. The factory set 130 door swing can
be adjusted to 90 if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. Allow 15" minimum be adjusted to 90 if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. Allow 15" minimum
clearance to wall for pan removal. If the 90 door stop position is used, pan access is clearance to wall for pan removal. If the 90 door stop position is used, pan access is
maintained but pan removal is restricted.
84" is shipping height The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit 84" is shipping height The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit
maintained but pan removal is restricted.
into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height. into a cutout that is 84 1/2" max. height.
Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will
ZIFP360NXLH
overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit. overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit.
Leveling legs and wheels allow maximum 1" height adjustment. ZIRS360NXRH
These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop. These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop.
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 25". Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 130 = 25".
MODULES
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 115 = 15". Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 115 = 15".
Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 90 = 4" for European Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 90 = 4" for European
models, 5" for Professional-style models. models. 5" for Professional-style models.
112 113
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationstainless models STANDARD installationcustom models
Cutout dimensions Dimensions
35 1/2" (90.2) 4" 24" (61.0) left-hinge model shown

(10.2) 7/16" (1.1) 25 1/8" (63.8)
2 5/16" 2" Trim overlap
(5.9) (5.1) 36" (91.5) 23 7/8" (60.7)

1 7/8"
ELEC. 5 1/2" (4.8)
(14.0)
9"
(22.9)
*83 1/2" min

*84 1/2" max
(212.1-214.6)
*Trim will overlap
integrated
additional 7/16"
*84" *83 1/2"

75 1/2" (213.4) (212.1)
(191.8)
From floor
to bottom
of electrical 69 5/8" *73 1/4"
(186.1)
(176.8)
area
WATER
3 1/2"
5" (9.0) 5" 3 1/2"
(12.7) (12.7) (8.9)
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W *3"
(7.6)
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW *3 1/4"

BUILT-IN
" (90.2) 4" 24" (61.0)
(10.2) 7/16" (1.1)
2" Trim overlap 35" (89.0)
(5.1) Case width
1/2"
14.0)
** Allow 25" (63.5) min
CL clearance for 130
door swing
European
model shown
Professional
models ZIFP & Screws
mounted
ZIRP have same into vertical
FREE-STANDING
wall studs
cutout
75 1/2"except
(191.8) Make sure 36 3/4"
dimension
From floor to holes selected TOP VIEW (93.4)
to bottom Use two are centered
handle
of electricalis 4-3/4"
area additional hole on the studs
locations at end
from case. of brackets
81 1/2" Wall
(207.00) Studs ** Allow 4" (10.2) min
clearance to a wall
for 90 door swing
ER
2" **These units are equipped with a 3-position door stop. The factory set 130 door swing can
5" 3 1/2" 84" is shipping
be adjusted height
to 90 or 130 The installation
for standard refrigerator can
if clearance be adjusted
to adjacent cabinets orto fit
(12.7) (8.9) walls is restricted. Allow 15" minimum clearance to wall for pan removal. If the 90 door
3 1/2"
(8.9)
into
stopa cutout
position that
is used, is 84is1/2"
pan access max.
maintained butheight.
pan removal is restricted.
W Note the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will
VIEW SIDE VIEW overlap the upper cabinetry or soffit.
The refrigerator will project forward slightly beyond These refrigerators are equipped with a 3-position door stop.
ZIF360NXLH
adjacent cabinetry.
MODULES
The factory-set 115 door swing can be adjusted to 90 if
SIDE VIEW
Mounting the junction INSTALLED
box in FRONT VIEW OF CUTOUT
this location will allow for front clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
WITHthe
accessibility through ANTI-TIP BRACKET
access panel. WITH ANTI-TIP BRACKET
Refer to Anti-Tip Instructions in the Installation Instructions Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 115 = 15".
CL
when installing this refrigerator. Minimum Door Distance to Wall for 90 = 4".
ZIFS360NXLH
114 115
Screws
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationcustom models Standard installationcustom models
Cutout dimensions3/4" or 1/4" panels 1/4" framed panel dimensions
35 1/2" (90.2) 3 1/8" 25 3/8" (64.5) Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with
(7.9) 7/16" (1.1)
2 5/16" 1 1/2" decorative
Trim panels. Field installed custom door and grille panels
overlap
(5.9) (3.8)
are required.

5 1/2" 1/4 Framed Panels:
ELEC. (14.0) For 1/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet maker,
the decorative panels slide into the trim.
9" Maximum total panel weight:
(22.9)
Door panel67 lbs.
*83 1/2" min Grille panel11 lbs.
*84 1/2" max
(212.1-214.6)
integrated
*Trim will overlap
additional 7/16" A
75 1/2" Grille Panel B

(191.8)
From floor
to bottom
of electrical
area
WATER
3 1/2" Door
5" (9.0) 5" 3 1/2" C
(12.7) (12.7) (8.9) Panel
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W
BUILT-IN
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

A B C
3 1/8" 25 3/8" (64.5) 33-7/8" 8-7/8" 69-5/16"
(7.9) 7/16" (1.1)
1 1/2" Trim overlap
(3.8)
CL
FREE-STANDING
Bracket panel assembly cross section
The refrigerator will project mounted
into vertical
forward slightly beyond wall studs
centered Trim
adjacent cabinetry. within the Door
cutout
Ensure holes
in this location will allow for selected are
front accessibility through
Use two centered on 1/4" Framed Panel
additional hole the studs Supplied Handles
1/2" the access panel.locations at end
1.8) of brackets
m floor 82" to Anti-Tip Instructions
Refer Wall
ottom
ctrical in(208.3
the Installation Instructions Studs
rea
when installing this refrigerator.
handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet maker can
also be installed.
MODULES
3 1/2"
(8.9)
W
SIDE VIEW
116 117
SIDE VIEW INSTALLED FRONT VIEW OF CUTOUT
REFRIGERATION
STANDARD installationcustom models flush inset installationcustom models
3/4" overlay panel dimensions Dimensionsafter panel install
3/4 Overlay Panels: 26 1/8" (66.3)
For 3/4" thick custom panels ordered from your cabinet 38" (96.5) 20 5/8" (52.4)
maker, the decorative panels slide into the trim.

The 3/4" overlay panel must be secured to a .10" spacer panel 10 15/16"
(27.8)
Center the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right and
top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
Refer to the Installation Instructions for locating the backer
panel to the overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the
integrated
backer panel with glue and screws. Screws must be counter- *84 11/16" *73 3/4"
(187.3) * 84"
(215.1) (213.4)
sunk into the backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for
dual installation. Maximum total panel weight - 25 lbs.
Fresh food door panel67 lbs. (177.2)
Grille panel11 lbs.
Grille Panel B
*4" SIDE VIEW

FRONT VIEW (10.2)
* Shipping height. Use leveling legs and wheels for maximum 1" height
BUILT-IN
adjustment from shipping height. Nominal installation height is 84
35" (89.0)
Case width
Door
Panel C Allow 15" (38.1) min
clearance for 115
door swing
TOP VIEW
FREE-STANDING
Overlay Panel Dimensions 38 3/4"
(98.4)
A B C
1/4" backer panel 33-7/8" 8-7/8" 69-5/16"
.10" spacer panel 32-1/2" 7-5/8" 67-15/16"
Allow 4" (10.2) min
3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8" 9" 69-9/16" clearance to a wall
for 90 door swing
*Installed height. Use leveling legs and wheels for

panel assembly cross section maximum 1" height adjustment from shipping height.
Nominal installation height is 84-11/16".
Trim
Door
1/4" Backer Panel
ZIR360NHRH
MODULES
3/4" Overlay Panel .10" Spacer Panel
Supplied Handles
118 119
TOP VIEW
Case
Finished cleats
5 1/4" (13.3)
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
Cutout dimensions3/4"
Door
raised panels 3/4" panel dimensions
3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
39" (99.1) Flush inset width Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with
decorative panels. Field installed 3/4" or 1/2" custom door and
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
grille panels are required.

ELEC. 5 1/2" The router depth is 1/4 all the way around the panels backs.
(14.0)
Additional panel width reductions are required per diagrams
9" 24 3/16" shown in Quickspecs and Installation Instructions. This will
(22.9) (61.4) create picture frame routing allowing panels to slide into the
attached door and grille trims.
integrated
75 1/2" Maximum total panel weight:
(191.8 )
From floor
Fresh food door panel - 67 lbs.
85" to bottom Grille panel - 11 lbs.
(215.9) of electrical
area
A
7" WATER 7"
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
1/2" (8.9) Grille Panel B
(8.9)
FRONT VIEW
BUILT-IN
TOP VIEW
Case

Case Trim
Case
Finished cleats
Door 5 1/4" (13.3)
Case Trim
3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3) Door
Door Panel C
39" (99.1) Flush inset width 3/4" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
3/4" (1.9) 26 3/16" (66.5)
37 1/2" (95.3)
Flush inset depth
FREE-STANDING
20 15/16" (53.2)
5 1/2" 3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
ELEC.
Depth to cleat
Placement of the junction
FLUSH INSTALLATION9" 24 3/16" box in this location will allow
ELEC. 5 1/2"
(22.9) (61.4) (14.0)
ZIF360NHLH_RH for front accessibility
through the access panel. 9" 24 3/16"
ZIR360NHLH_RH (22.9) (61.4) Panel Dimensions
75 1/2" A B C
(191.8 ) 38" 10-7/16" 69-3/4"
85" From floor
Finished cleats to bottom
area
75 1/2"
(191.8 )
85" 85" From floor
to bottom
(215.9) (215.9) of electrical
area
MODULES
7" WATER 7"
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
(8.9)
1/2" 7" WATER 7"
(8.9)
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
(8.9)
3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW (8.9)
W
120 SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 121
TOP VIEW
Case
Finished cleats
5 3/8" (13.7)
REFRIGERATION
Case Trim
Cutout dimensions1/2"
Door
flat panels 1/2" panel dimensions
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
39" (99.1) Flush inset width Trimmed refrigerators are designed to be customized with
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
and grille panels are required.


ELEC. 5 1/2" Fresh food door panel - 67 lbs.
(14.0)
Grille panel - 11 lbs.
9" 24 3/16"
(22.9) (61.4)
Panel Dimensions
36 Bottom-freezer Fresh Food Grille
integrated
1/4 Backer Panel 46-1/16" x 33-7/8" 8-7/8" x 33-7/8"
75 1/2" .10 Spacer Panel 44-11/16" x 32-1/2" 7-5/8" x 32-1/2"
(191.8 )
85" From floor
to bottom 1/2 Overlay Panel 46-9/16" x 38" 10-11/16" x 38"
area
C
enter the spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right
7" WATER 7" and top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0)
(8.9) efer to the chart for locating the backer panel to the
R
3 1/2"
(8.9) overlay panel. Secure the overlay panel to the backer panel
FRONT VIEW the backer panel. Order ZUG2: Unified grille kit for dual
BUILT-IN
C
TOP VIEW
Case Hinge Side
Finished cleats TOP VIEW Door

5 3/8" (13.7) 1/2"
Case Trim Case Overlay
Panel
Finished cleats
Door
5 3/8" (13.7)
Case Trim
Door Panel Back
1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
Door
39" (66.5)
(99.1) Flush inset width 1/2" Panel 1/2" (1.3)
26 3/16"
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
Flush inset depth Backer with 1/4"
Width of side cleats Width between cleats 39" (99.1) Flush inset width Overlay Panel Backer .10"
20 13/16" (52.9) Assembly Panel Spacer
FREE-STANDING
Depth to cleat
3/4" (1.9) 37 1/2" (95.3)
ELEC. 5 1/2" Width of side cleats Width between cleats
(14.0)
Placement of the junction 5 1/2"
FLUSH INSTALLATION9" ELEC.
24 3/16" box in this location will allow (14.0)
(22.9) (61.4)
???? ZIF360NHLH_RH for front accessibility
9" 24 3/16"
through the access panel.(22.9)
???? ZIR360NHLH_RH (61.4)
A B
D
75 1/2"
(191.8 )
Finished cleats From floor
85" to bottom
(215.9) of electrical 75 1/2" Grille Back
area (191.8 ) C
85" 85" From floor
to bottom
(215.9) (215.9) of electrical A B
area
D
MODULES
7" WATER 7"
(17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8)
3 1/2"
(9.0) 1/2" Panel to 1/4" Backer Panel Assembly
3 1/2" (8.9) 7" WATER 7"
(8.9) (17.8) 3 1/2" (17.8) A B C D
(9.0) 3 1/2"
(8.9) Fresh Food Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 3/16" 1/4"
3 1/2"
FRONT VIEW
(8.9) Grille Panel 2-1/16 2-1/16 1-7/16 1/8"
W
122
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 123
REFRIGERATION
Optional accessory kits Sabbath Mode product kit ZSAB1
The SabbathMode product kit was designed for use on the

Jewish Sabbath and holidays. While in Sabbath Mode, the
refrigerator will still operate normally, but will not respond to
actions by the consumer, making it possible for the consumer
handles of your choice supplied by your cabinet maker can

to refrigerate and freeze food during the duration of the
also be installed.
Sabbath or holiday. Kit ZSAB1 is available for all Monogram
built-in refrigerator models. The kit mounts behind the
ZKHCSS2: Custom European tubular handle designed to fit refrigerators top grille panel and activates at the flip of a
custom panels. Kit includes 2 handles. Door handle is 44-3/16" switch. NOTE: This kit must be installed by a qualified service
and drawer handle is 33-3/16". This kit also includes a handle technician.
side trim for custom handles.
When activated, the following components
ZKHPSS1: Professional tubular stainless steel handle designed
integrated
are affected:
to fit custom panels. Kit includes one handle 30-1/2" long.
Defrost heater
ZUG2: For side-by-side installation of two custom panel all-
refrigerators or all-freezers. This kit provides for the T
he defrost heater will continue to defrost the refrigerator
installation of a unified custom grille panel to span the width and freezer and will be activated on a fixed timer.
of two units using a framed or overlay panel. Maximum total
Ice and water dispenser
panel weight - 25 lbs.
he proximity sensor and dispenser touch sensor icons on
T
ZUGSS2: For side-by-side installation of two European-style
the ice and water dispenser will not operate.
all-refrigerators or all-freezers. This kit provides a unified
stainless steel grille panel to span the width of two units. Ice and water cannot be retrieved from the dispenser.
ZUGPP2: For side-by-side installation of two Professional- Displays and alarms
style all-refrigerators or all-freezers. This kit provides a unified
stainless steel grille panel to span the width of two units. T
he main temperature control and Quick Chill or Express
Chill displays will not illuminate. The touch pad sensors will
not sound a tone or operate to change the set temperature.
BUILT-IN
T
he temperature and Quick Chill settings will remain at the
previously set temperatures during and after Sabbath Mode.
Door alarms will not operate.
Icemaker
Multiple product installation T
he icemaker is automatically disabled in bottom-freezer
models.
Cutout dimensions and door swing for multiple product T
he icemaker will continue to operate in side-by-side and
installation varies for stainless, standard custom and flush all-freezer models, but can be disabled by setting the
custom installations. Reference Quickspecs or Installation icemaker power switch to 0 (off).
Instructions for specific cutout information.
Lights
FREE-STANDING
Interior lights and dispenser light will not operate.
MODULES
251Dia35
124 125
REFRIGERATION
Electronic control showroom Notes
demonstration mode
A showroom demonstration mode can be activated on

Monogram ZIS, ZIC and ZFSB refrigerators. In this mode, you
can demonstrate features on the electronic dispenser and

the Climate Control drawer display. The compressor will not
operate when the demo mode is activated.
To activate the showroom demonstration mode

Press and hold the FZ-Colder and FF-Warmer control pads
simultaneously until beeps sound.
integrated
Press and Hold
simultaneously until you
hear a beep.
To demonstrate:
1. The lights will come on when you open the door.
2. The proximity sensor will light up as you approach and
switch off as you walk away (ZIS models).
3. The temperature display will show ambient temperatures
until the warmer or colder buttons are pressed. Once
BUILT-IN
temperature controls are pressed, the set point will appear
in the display.
4. Press one of the temperature controls on the Climate
Control drawer to activate the display. You can then
demonstrate a CustomCool function. The pan will not cool
in the demo mode.
To deactivate the showroom demonstration mode:
No steps are necessary! The showroom demonstration mode
is deactivated when power is disconnected. Simply remove
the plug from the outlet. In the event of a power outage, sim-
ply reactivate the showroom demonstration mode.
126 127 FREE-STANDING

MODULES
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS Precise temperature
Free-standing, side-by-side management
refrigerator A dual-evaporator system
with multi-shelf air Tower

helps maximize food
freshness throughout the
fresh-food and freezer
Pure artistry in compartments.
a free-standing
refrigerator
The complete stainless
appearance is smooth
integrated
from edge to edge, with no
exposed screws or rivets.
The counter-depth design
aligns nearly flush with
surrounding cabinetry.
Climate-control drawer
Precise controls allow
you to express-chill
beverages, express-
thaw meats and select
specific temperatures for
perishable foods.
BUILT-IN
Extra-tall dispenser
ZFSB25DXSS This extra-tall dispenser
accommodates glassware
of all sizes, from pitchers
to tumblers
Counter-depth design
FREE-STANDING
for built-in appearance
Counter-depth
design has a slightly
shallower cabinet
that aligns smoothly
with surrounding
cabinetry for a built-in
appearance.
The in-the-door
beverage rack
Conveniently located
inside the refrigerator
door, the beverage rack
increases flexibility and
frees up valuable shelf
MODULES
space.
128 129
REFRIGERATION
Free-standing side-by-side refrigerator The basics
ZFSB25DXSS Completely encased in stainless steel.
Capacity
Extra-tall dispenser for crushed ice, cubes and chilled water.
Total (cu. ft.) 24.6
Control Lock, Quick Ice, Night Light and Door Alarm settings.
Fresh Food (cu. ft.) 15.3
Integrated Ice system frees up storage space because the

Freezer (cu. ft.) 9.3
Extra-tall dispenser with cubes,
bucket is integrated into the icemaker.
crushed ice and chilled water Climate Control drawer is a system of dampers, a fan, a
Fresh-food features temperature thermistor and a heater. This system provides:
Upfront electronic controls
with digital readout Express Thaw 1/2 lb. in 4 hours, 1-1/2 lbs. in 8 hours and 3 lbs.
Tri-level light system in 12 hours.
Multi-shelf air management tower Express Chill a 12-oz. beverage can in 15 minutes, 2 to 6
integrated
QuickSpace shelf beverages or a bottle of wine in 30 minutes.
Climate control drawer with Select Temp offers a citrus setting at 43F, produce setting at
express chill & thaw, select temp
34F and a meat setting at 32F.
Adjustable spillproof glass shelves 3
Adjustable-humidity, slide-out
produce pan
Sealed deli pan
Product dimensions and clearances
Adjustable-temp. slide-out meat pan
Clear bins and pans
ZFSB25 28-1/2 Depth
Gallon door storage (30-1/2"
Including
Dairy compartment Handles
Freezer section
Utility baskets 3 (2 full ext.)
Adjustable shelves (wire) 2 (1 slide-out)
Tilt-out wire door bins 3 (2 adj.)
BUILT-IN
Removable ice storage bin 72"
General features
Dual evaporator
Leveling system
Coil-free back
36"
115 volts/20 amps
Warranty Information: EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Doors and passageways into the

Limited two-year warranty, parts and labor. installation location require 36"-min. opening. If the opening
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating is less than 36", the top cap and doors must be removed. See
FREE-STANDING
system (compressor, condenser, evaporator and all connecting tubing). installation instructions for details.
ZFSB25
ZFSB25 and ZFSB23
14-1/4" ZFSB25 ZFSB23
19"
90 Door Swing 24-5/8" 24"

160 Door Swing
22" 22"
160 4" Min.

to Wall
Installation in a corner:
MODULES
ZFSB25 605Dia44
Allow 4"-min. clearance on each side for a 90 opening and
access to drawers.
The serial plate is located inside the fresh-food compartment, at

605Dia43
Allow 14-1/4" clearance on the freezer side for removal of ice bin.
Allow 19" clearance on the fresh-food side for removal of
the top and on the right side. drawers.
Allow 1/8" on each side and 1" at the top and back side for
130 proper air circulation. 131
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS Showcase LED lighting is
positioned throughout the
interior and under fresh food
Free-standing, french-door doors to spotlight foods
inside the refrigerator and
refrigerators in the freezer.

Much like an armoire, each refrigerator has two doors that
open at the center, positioned above a pull-out drawer.
integrated
Advanced water filtration
uses RPWF replacement
filter that removes trace
pharmaceuticals from
water and ice.
GE water filtration
system provides clean,
BUILT-IN
fresh-tasting water for
the internal dispenser and
freezer icemaker.
Gallon-size door bins make

room for milk and large
ZWE23PSHSS ZWE23ESHSS containers.
Professional models European models
convey both a sense of are sleekly styled with long,
solidity and beauty with slim, tubular handles and
a stainless steel exterior, a smooth stainless steel-
enhanced with heavy-duty wrapped exterior.
FREE-STANDING
tubular handles and fully
wrapped chamfered edges. Drop-down tray allows for
extra door storage when
you need it and tucks away
when you dont.
All over stainless appearance.
These stainless steel-wrapped
refrigerators are smooth,
edge to edge. The counter-
depth design has a shallower
cabinet that aligns smoothly
with surrounding cabinetry.
QuickSpace shelf
functions as a normal full-
sized shelf when needed
MODULES
and easily slides down for
instant storage flexibility.
132 133
28 11/16" (72.9)
ZWE23ESHSS
24 3/8" (61.9)
REFRIGERATION
36" (91.4) 2"
Free-standing French-door, Product dimensions and clearances
(5.1) 13/16"
(2.1)
bottom-freezer refrigerator
ZWE23E 28 11/16" (72.9)
ZWE23ESHSS
ZWE23PSHSS
36" (91.4) 24 3/8" (61.9)
Capacity 2"
(5.1) 13/16"
Total (cu. ft.) 23.1

(2.1)
37 1/2"
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 15.9 (95.25)
Freezer (cu. ft.) 7.2 70 1/2" 69 1/8"
(175.6)
(179.1)
Fresh-food section
Upfront electronic controls
with digital readouts ZWE23ESHSS
Showcase LED lighting 37 1/2"
(95.25)
Water filter indicator light
70 1/2" 69 1/8"
integrated
4 split w/adj., (175.6)
(179.1)
Adjustable spillproof glass shelves 1 QuickSpace, 1 full-width
28 11/16" (72.9)
Sealed adjustable-humidity drawers 2 30 7/16"
(77.3)
Sealed adjustable-temperature 36" (91.4) 24 3/8" (61.9)
24 3/8"
2" (61.9)
full-width deli drawer 1 (5.1) 13/16"
Gallon door bins 6 total, 4 adjustable (2.1)
Dairy compartment Drop down tray

Freezer section
30 7/16"
Showcase LED lighting (77.3)
FRONT VIEW24 3/8" 2"
(5.1)
SIDE VIEW
Automatic icemaker (61.9)
Pull-out freezer baskets 2 full-width (w/ice bucket)

37 1/2"
General features (95.25)
ENERGY STAR qualified 70 1/2" 69 1/8"

(175.6)
(179.1)
GE water filtration system for water Advanced Filtration
and ice System (RPWF) FRONT VIEW 2"
(5.1)
SIDE VIEW
Counter-depth design
BUILT-IN
Stainless steel tubular
Handle style Monogram professional 36" (91.4) 36" (91.4)
Stainless steel with Case width Case width
Color appearance stainless steel sides
Concealed door hinges 30 7/16"
(77.3)
120 volts/15 amps 24 3/8"
(61.9)
Warranty Information: *11 11/16" 36" (91.4) *11 11/16" 36" (91.4)
(29.7) (29.7)
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating
system (compressor, condenser, evaporator and all connecting tubing).
FRONT VIEW 2" SIDE VIEW 18" 21 1/4"
Limited twelve-year warranty on the sealed system, parts. (5.1) (45.7) (53.9)
*124 Door swing
See written warranty for details. *11 11/16" *11 11/16"
FREE-STANDING
(29.7) (29.7)
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW21 1/4"

The basics (SHOWING
*124 Door swingDOOR SWING)
18"
(45.7)
(FREEZER DOOR OPEN)
(53.9)
TwinChill evaporators separate climates in the fresh food 36" (91.4) 36" (91.4)
and freezer sections help keep foods fresh.
Full-width electronic temperature-controlled drawer with TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
LED lights provide 3 accurate settings that deliver the optimal (SHOWING DOOR SWING) (FREEZER DOOR OPEN)
temperature for your favorite foods, while colored lights
indicate the chosen setting. *11 11/16" *11 11/16"
WiFi Connect optional, additional part required. (29.7) (29.7)
Order part no. PBX10W00Y0.

Sabbath Mode capable.
MODULES
18" 21 1/4"
(45.7) (53.9)
*124 Door swing
The serial plate is located inside the fresh-food compartment,

TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
(SHOWING DOOR SWING) (FREEZER DOOR OPEN)
134 135
28 11/16"
28 11/16" (72.9) (72.9)
ZWE23PSHSS
24 3/8"
24 (61.9)
3/8" (61.9)
REFRIGERATION
36"
36"(91.4)
(91.4) 22"13/16"
(5.1)(7.1) 13/16"
13/16"
(2.1) (2.1)
ZWE23P EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: The refrigerator is top

28 11/16" (72.9)
heavy and must be secured to prevent the possibility
36" (91.4) 24 3/8" (61.9)
2 13/16" of tilting forward.
(7.1) 13/16"
37 1/2"

(2.1)
37 1/4"
(95.25)
(94.6) 69 1/8"
70 1/2" WARNING: WOOD Wall and Floor Construction:
70 1/2"
(179.1) (175.6)69 1/8"
ZWE23PSHSS (179.1) (175.6)
Drill the appropriate number of 1/8 (3 mm) pilot holes in
the center of each floor bracket hole being used (a nail or
awl may be used if a drill is not available) AND remove the
37 1/4" locator template from the floor.
(94.6)
28 11/16" (72.9) 70 1/2" 69 1/8" Mount the anti-tip
integrated
(179.1) (175.6)
floor bracket by
24 3/8" (61.9) 30(77.3)
7/16"
fastening the 2, or Attachment to Wall and Floor
2 13/16" 24 3/8" 30 1/2"
(7.1) 13/16" (61.9) (77.5)
recommended 4, 2 Screws Floor Wall
(2.1) 23 3/4" #10-16 hex-head Rear RH Must Enter Bracket
(60.3) Corner of the
screws tightly into Wood or
Refrigerator Metal Stud Wall
place as illustrated Plate
in figure 3. Stud
FRONT VIEW 2" SIDE VIEW
30 1/2" (5.1)
(77.5)
1/4" FRONT VIEW 23 3/4" 2"
(5.1)
SIDE VIEW Floor
(60.3)
94.6)
70 1/2" 69 1/8"
(175.6)
(179.1)
FRONT VIEW 2"

(5.1)
SIDE VIEW
BUILT-IN
36" (91.4) 36" (91.4)
36" (91.4) 36" (91.4)

30 1/2"
(77.5)
23 3/4"
(60.3)
*11 11/16" *11 11/16"
(29.7) (29.7)
*12 7/16" 36" (91.4) *12 7/16" 36" (91.4)

(31.6) (31.6) 18" 21 1/4"
W 2" SIDE VIEW
*124 Door swing
(5.1)
(45.7) (53.9)
18" 22 1/8"
(45.7) (56.2)
*124 Door swing
FREE-STANDING
*12 7/16" *12 7/16"
(31.6) TOP VIEW (31.6) TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW 18" TOP VIEW 22 1/8"

(45.7) (56.2)
*124 Door swing (FREEZER DOOR OPEN)
36" (91.4)
Case width
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW

*12 7/16"
(31.6)
18" 22 1/8"
MODULES
(45.7) (56.2)
TOP VIEW
SWING) (FREEZER DOOR OPEN)
136 137
REFRIGERATION
HIGHLIGHTS
Monogram compact refrigerators Model
Wine Reserve
Capacity Controls Page No. Description
57 bottles Glass door

ZDWR240HBS 5.5 cu. ft. Digital 145 RH, reversible swing

Monogram compact refrigerators, wine reserves and Glass door
RH, reversible swing
beverage centers offer abundant space and versatility; yet fit 57 bottles requires custom
the same opening as a standard dishwasher. Most compact ZDWI240HII 5.5 cu. ft. Digital 142 frame/handle
appliance models give you the option of a stainless steel or Beverage Centers
custom wood-paneled appearance. 146 cans Glass door,
ZDBR240HBS 5.5 cu. ft. Digital 145 RH, reversible swing
Glass door
RH, reversible swing
integrated
150 cans requires custom
ZDBI240HII 5.5 cu. ft. Digital 142 frame/handle
Selecting a refrigeration module Bar Refrigerator with Icemaker

Stainless steel
ZIBS240HSS 4.3 cu. ft. Digital 158 RH door swing
RH door swing
requires custom
ZIBI240HII 4.3 cu. ft. Digital 158 panel/handle
Fresh Food Refrigerator
RH door, reversible
ZIFS240HSS 5.4 cu. ft. Digital 148 swing, stainless steel
RH door, reversible
swing, requires
ZIFI240HII 5.4 cu. ft. Digital 148 custom panel/handle
ZDWR240HBS ZDWI240HII ZDBR240HBS ZDBI240HII Refrigerated Double Drawers
Tubular handles
ZIDS240HSS 5.1 cu. ft. Digital 152 stainless steel
BUILT-IN
Requires custom
ZIDI240HII 5.1 cu. ft. Digital 152 panel/handle
Outdoor/Indoor Refrigerator
Stainless steel
RH door swing
ZDOD240HSS 5.4 cu. ft. Digital 155 Professional handle
RH= right-hand
ZIBS240HSS ZIBI240HII
FREE-STANDING
ZIFS240HSS ZIFI240HII
ZDOD240HSS
ZIDS240HSS ZIDI240HII
138 139 MODULES

REFRIGERATION
Making sense of wine temperatures
What is the correct wine temperature? Wine reserve
The appropriate temperature setting inside a wine reserve The Monogram wine reserve is dedicated to the more
will depend on the needs of the consumer. Most consumers discriminating wine collector. The ability to select the exact
purchasing a wine reserve with more than a 30-bottle temperature with digital electronic controls is its primary

capacity should focus on wine storage t emperatures instead advantage over rotary controls. A reserve with digital
of wine serving temperature. This is based on the premise controls combines with thermistors to provide more
that the consumer would not be drinking all of the wine in the consistent temperatures throughout the unit.
chiller in a short period of time; some of the wine would be Digital controls provide a consistent and repeatable interior
stored for several months. temperature. By simply pressing one of two pads, white
or red wines can automatically be set to a specific serving
temperature of 55 for red and 45 for white wine. The
White Wine Red Wine
integrated
consumer can also use the custom pad for other
Storing 55F 55F
temperature settings.
Serving 45 to 55 65 to 72
Storage temperatures
Most wine collectors will agree that the correct storage
temperature for both red and white wine is approximately
55F. This temperature is designed to emulate the
approximate temperatures of wine caves of Europe. This
would be the correct temperature whether the red and
white are stored individually or in the same wine reserve.
Serving temperatures
In general, white wines are served cooler than red wines.
BUILT-IN
White wines are served in the mid 40 to low 50F range
while red wines may be served in the mid to high 60F range.
A true wine connoisseur may want each type of red wine
served at a very specific serving temperature.
20/20 rule of thumb for serving temperatures

If your customer elects to use their wine reserve for wine
storage at 55 for both red and white wines, they can arrive
at approximate serving temperatures using the 20/20
rule of thumb.
When serving red wines, remove
FREE-STANDING
the bottle 20 minutes before
serving and place on the table.
At the end of 20 minutes, the bottle
20 of red wine should reach just below
Minutes average room temperature.
When serving white wines, remove
the bottle 20 minutes before
serving and place in a bucket
of ice and water. This should chill
the white wine down to the mid
40 range.
140 141 MODULES

34 1/4"
(87)
34 1/4"
REFRIGERATION
(87)
Custom-framed wine reserve Overall dimensions
and beverage center
Dimensions in parentheses are in
centimeters unless otherwise noted.
FRONT
Actual product dimension may vary VIEW
due
to manufacturing
FRONT VIEW tolerances.

ZDWI240HII ZDBI240HII
Wine reserve Beverage center 23 9/16" (58.6)
Capacity 23 1/2" (59.7) 21 9/16" (53.5)
23 9/16" (58.6)
Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.5 5.5
21 9/16" (53.5)
Storage 57 wine bottles 146 12-oz. cans
Wine racks on 5 full-size 2 half-size
full-extension slides 2 half-size
1 QuickSpace
integrated
Removable glass shelves 2 spillproof
General features
LED Interior lighting 34 1/4"
(87)
Control type Digital Digital
Control temperature range 40 to 65F 40 to 65F
Digital temperature readout
Interior color Silver White
Child lock-out controls
Accepts a 3/4" custom
door panel frame/handle FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
Door swing Reversible Reversible
SIDE VIEW
Installation options Built-in or free-standing Built-in or free-standing 23 1/2" (59.7)
Sealed system design Auto cycle defrost Auto cycle defrost 23
23 9/16" (58.6)
1/2" (59.7)
Amps @ 120 volts 2.0 2.0
21 9/16" (53.5)
BUILT-IN
4 1/2"
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. (11.4)
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating system. 4 1/2"
(11.4)
See written warranty for details. 5/8"
(1.6)
5/8"
(1.6)
The basics
23 5/8"
(58.6)
TOP VIEW
FREE-STANDING
A customer-supplied 3/4" custom panel frame and custom 23 5/8"
SIDE VIEW (SHOWING
(58.6)
handle are required. TOP VIEW
DOOR SWING)
lack case and black vented toekick with optional stainless
B (SHOWING
23 1/2"
DOOR SWING)
(59.7)
steel toekick supplied.
Reversible door swing allows versatile installation options.
A custom wood frame

surrounds the glass doors 4 1/2"
(11.4)
on models ZDWI240HII
and ZDBI240HII.
5/8"
(1.6)
MODULES
23 5/8"
(58.6)
TOP VIEW
The serial plate is located on the inside ceiling.
(SHOWING
DOOR SWING)
142 143
REFRIGERATION
Cutout and product dimensions Stainless steel wine reserve
ZDBI240WII, ZDWI240WII and beverage center
Cutout dimensions are shown below. See Door Swing
Clearances at the end of this section. Power cord
length is 6 ft.

ZDWR240HBS ZDBR240HBS
24" (60.1)
min cutout depth
23 3/4" (60.3) Min
cutout width
Wine Reserve Beverage Center
Capacity
34 1/2"
(87.7) Min
underside of
counter to floor
35" (89) Max 10 1/2" (26.7) Storage 57 wine bottles 146 12-oz. cans
1 QuickSpace
Removable glass shelves 3 spillproof 2 spillproof
integrated
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC
Max Beverage/wine racks on 5 full-size
full-extension slides 2 half-size
1 1/2" (3.8) Beverage racks on
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION ** INSTALLATION CUTOUT * full-extension slides 2 half-size 2 half-size
General features
ZDBI240WII,
ZDBI240WII,
ZDWI240WII
ZDWI240WII
INSTALLATIONNOTES: Tempered, UV-resistant
LED Interior lighting
* For a standard installation: The product must be
installed 23
so 1/8"that the front face will project
(58.7) 2" forward of
23 1/8" (58.7)
2 1/4" Control temperature range 40 to 65F 40 to 65F

adjacent
2 1/4"
wide
(5.7)
cabinets. This position will
wide allow a full door swing
(5.7)
all sides
and prevent all sides
interference with adjacent cabinetry. The Digital temperature readout
25 1/4"
Route the
opening between cabinets must Route the Child lock-out controls
backbeside 23-3/4" minimum.
(64.1) 25 1/4"
back side
of the GLASS 29 3/4" of the GLASS 30" Stainless steel tubular
** For a flush capable installation:
opening
7/16" (1.1) deep, 7/16" Install a 1"-wide filler
opening
deep,
(75.6)
(1.1)
(76.2)
handles/brushed trim
18 5/8" 18 5/8"
strip on
1 1/8" (2.9) wide
24"the
(60.1) hinge
24" (60.1)side. The filler strip will
(47.3)
1 1/8" wide
act(60.3)
23 3/4" asMin
23a3/4"
spacer (2.9)
(60.3) Min Built-in or Free Built-in or Free
min cutout depthmin cutout depth
between
2 1/4"
(5.7)
the door case and adjacent 2 1/2"
cabinets and will
cutout width cutout width
(5.1)
Installation options Standing Standing
prevent interference with the cabinet 2door swing. Recess Door swing Reversible Reversible
BUILT-IN
34 1/2" 34 1/2" 2 1/4" 2 1/4" 1/4" 2 1/4"
(87.7) Min theMin
(87.7) filler strip 2" back from the
(5.7)
front face of the unit, or
(5.7)
1/8" 1/4"
(0.3) (0.6)
(5.7) (5.7)
Sealed system design Auto cycle defrost Auto cycle defrost
underside of underside of Cut the notch
even
counter to floor counter with
to floor the front edge of the product
CUSTOM PANEL
OPTION 1
case
1/4" 1/8" (0.3) (behind
deep, 1/4" (0.6) the Amps @ 120 volts 2.0 2.0
wide and 1/4" (0.6)
35" (89) Max 35" gasket).
(89) Max The width of the opening must high be 24-3/4" 10 1/2" (26.7) 10 1/2" (26.7) (0.6)
(including the 1" filler strip). CUSTOM PANEL

OPTION 2
3/4" custom panel frame dimensions
9" (22.9) 9"
ELECTRIC
(22.9) ELECTRIC Warranty Information:
Max Max
These models require a custom panel frame surrounding the Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor.
glass. There are two options: the panel may be 29-3/4" or 30" Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed
1 1/2" (3.8) 1 1/2" (3.8) refrigerating system. See written warranty for details.
long. A 30" panel requires a notch cut into the bottom of the
FLUSH
panelCUTOUT
toFLUSHINSTALLATION
avoidCUTOUT INSTALLATION
interference INSTALLATION
with the hinge. TheINSTALLATION
CUTOUTpanel
custom CUTOUT
SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW
frame must be 3/4" thick. The maximum panel weight
including handle and screws is 4-1/2 lbs.
FREE-STANDING
NOTE: A solid panel that covers the door glass CANNOT be installed
on these models.
23 1/8" (58.7) 23 1/8" (58.7) 23 1/8" (58.7) 23 1/8" (58.7)

The basics
2 1/4" (5.7) 2 1/4"
Option 1 (5.7) 2 1/4" (5.7) 2 1/4" (5.7)
wide wide wide wide
all sides all sides all sides all sides On both the wine reserve and beverage center, the interior
25 1/4" 25 1/4"
light comes on when the door is opened. These models
Route the Route the Route the Route the 25 1/4" 25 1/4"
back side back side (64.1) (64.1)
back side back side have a timer that turns the light off after one hour.
of the of theGLASS 29 3/4" 29 3/4" of the of theGLASS 30" 30"
opening opening
GLASS
(75.6) (75.6) opening opening
GLASS
(76.2) (76.2)
Controls are upfront and at the top.
7/16" (1.1) deep,
7/16" (1.1) deep, 7/16" (1.1) deep,
7/16" (1.1) deep,
1 1/8" (2.9) wide 18 5/8"
1 1/8" (2.9) wide 18 5/8" 1 1/8" (2.9) wide 18 5/8"
1 1/8" (2.9) wide 18 5/8" Digital controls have easy-to-read digital temperature readout.
(47.3) (47.3)
2 1/4" 2 1/4" 2 1/2" 2 1/2" Wood shelf fronts are unfinished cherry that can be removed
(5.7) (5.7)
(5.1) (5.1)
to be stained or finished.
2 1/4"
(5.7)
2 1/4"
2 1/4"
(5.7) (5.7)
2 1/4"
(5.7)
2 1/4"
(5.7)
2 1/4" 2 1/4"
(5.7) (5.7)
2 1/4"
(5.7)
Beverage center has 2 beverage racks and 3 spillproof
1/8" 1/4" 1/8" 1/4" glass shelves.
(0.3) (0.6) (0.6)
(0.3) Cut
CUSTOM PANEL
CUSTOM PANEL the notch Cut the notch
OPTION 1 OPTION 1 1/4" 1/8" (0.3)1/4" deep,
1/8"1/4"(0.3)(0.6)
deep, 1/4" (0.6)
MODULES
(0.6) wide and (0.6)1/4"
wide(0.6)and 1/4" (0.6)
high high
NOTE: Right-hand models illustrated. CUSTOM PANEL

CUSTOM PANEL
Cut notches on the opposite side for OPTION 2 OPTION 2
left-hand door swing.
Choose Option 1 or Option 2 panel size depending on cabinetry size or style.

144 145
REFRIGERATION
Advance planning ZDBC240NBS
Cutout and product dimensions
Models are factory-set for a right-hand door swing. Cutout dimensions are shown below. See Door Swing
They can be reversed for a left-hand door swing. Clearances at the end of this section. Power cord length
A
ll models are vented at the front toekick to allow is 6 ft.
built-in undercounter installation. They may also be

used free-standing.
23 1/2" (59.7)
23 1/2" (59.7)
Black case and black vented toekick with optional
stainless steel toekick supplied. 24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min
min cutout depth cutout width
Tubular stainless steel handles and brushed trim door
with chamfered edges. 34 1/2"
(87.7) Min
underside of
IMPORTANT: Beverage centers are not designed
counter to floor
to store
integrated
35" (89) Max 10 1/2" (26.7)
perishable foods. 33 7/8"
(86) 33 7/8"
(86)
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC

Overall Dimensions Max
ZDBC240NBS
Dimensions in parentheses are in centimeters 1 1/2" (3.8)
unless otherwise noted. FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
INSTALLATION CUTOUT*
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT
FRONT
Actual product dimension may vary due to VIEW FRONTVIEW
VIEW
manufacturing tolerances.
25" (63.6)
25" (63.6)
23 3/8" (59.4)
23 3/8" (59.4)
23211/2"
1/2"(59.7)
(54.6)
21 1/2" (54.6)
24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min
BUILT-IN
34 1/2"
(87.7) Min
underside of
counter to floor
35" (89) Max 10 1/2" (26.7)

33 7/8"
(86)
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC

Max
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION** 1 1/2" (3.8)

SIDE VIEW
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
FREE-STANDING
SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW
Note: Handle and handle standoff depth is 1-3/4".
23 1/2" (59.7)
25" (63.6) 23 1/2" (59.7)
23 3/8" (59.4) INSTALLATIONNOTES:
21 1/2" (54.6) *For a standard installation: The product must be
installed so that the front face will project 1-3/4" forward of
adjacent cabinets. This position will allow a full door swing
9 3/8" and prevent interference with adjacent cabinetry. The
(23.8) 9 3/8"
(23.8) opening between cabinets must be 23-3/4" minimum.
2" **For a FLUSH capable installation: Install a 1"-wide filler
2"
(5.1)
(5.1) strip on the hinge side. The filler strip will act as a spacer
between the door case and adjacent cabinets and will
prevent interference with the cabinet door swing. Recess
MODULES
the filler strip 1-3/4" back from the front face of the unit, or
even with the front edge of the product case (behind the
gasket). The width of the opening must be 24-3/4"
23 1/4"
23 1/4"
(including the 1" filler strip).
(59.1)
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
(59.1)
(SHOWING
SIDE VIEW (SHOWING
DOOR SWING) DOOR SWING)
146 147
23 1/2" (59.7)
34 1/4" 34 1/4"
REFRIGERATION
(87.0) (87.0)
Fresh-food refrigerators Custom-panel

Overall dimensions
FRONT
Actual VIEWdimension may vary FRONT
product due VIEW

ZIFI240HII ZIFS240HSS to manufacturing tolerances.
Capacity
Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.4 5.4 24 1/4" (61.6) 24 1/4" (61.6)
Removable 1 QuickSpace 1 QuickSpace 23
215/8" (58.6)
9/16" (53.5) 21 9/16" (53.5)
Glass shelves 2 spillproof 2 spillproof
Clear LEXAN vegetable 1 1
Crisper on full-extension slides
integrated
Door panel Custom panel Stainless steel
General features
LED Interior lighting
Control type Digital Digital 34 1/4"
(87.0)
Digital temperature readout
Door handle Customer supplied Stainless steel
Reversible door swing
Sealed systemdesign Auto cycle defrost Auto cycle defrost
Built-In or Built-In or SIDE VIEW
Installation options free-standing free-standing
Amps @ 120 volts 2.0 2.0 23 5/8" (58.6)
23 5/8" (58.6)
24 1/4" (61.6)
BUILT-IN
Warranty Information: 21 9/16" (53.5)
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor.
Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating system.
8 3/8" 8 3/8"
See written warranty for details. (20.1)
(20.1)
1/4" 1/4"
(0.6) (0.6)
The basics
25 1/8" 25 1/8"
FREE-STANDING
(63.5) (63.5)
Removable spillproof glass shelves help contain spills for TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
ease of cleaning. SIDE VIEW
(SHOWING (SHOWING
Can hold a platter as large as 18"x18". DOOR SWING) DOOR SWING)
QuickSpace shelf slides out of the way to make room for 23 5/8" (58.6)
tall items.
LEXAN vegetable crisper on full-extension slides maintains
optimum humidity for vegetables.
lack case and black vented toekick with optional stainless
B
8 3/8"
steel toekick supplied. (20.1)
1/4"
(0.6)
MODULES
25 1/8"
(63.5)
ZIFI240HII ZIFS240HSS
TOP VIEW
(SHOWING
DOOR SWING)
148 149
34 1/4" 34 1/4"
REFRIGERATION
(87.0) (87.0)
Stainless steel 3/4" overlay panel dimensions (in inches)
Overall dimensions A (Width) B (Height)

1/4" Backer 23-3/16" 29-9/16"
Dimensions in parentheses are in 0.10" Spacer 22-1/2" 29-1/16"
3/4" custom
3/4" Overlay
panels for
23-5/8" 30"
Note: Max. assembled door panel weight
Actual product
FRONT VIEW dimension may vary FRONT
due VIEW
freshisfood
22 lbs.and bar refrigerator

to manufacturing tolerances.
25 3/8" (64.5) 25 3/8" (64.5)
23 1/4" (59.1) 23 1/4" (59.1) Left-hand door swing shown.
Cut the notch on the opposite side
23
211/2"
9/16"
(59.7)
(53.5) 21 9/16" (53.5) for right-hand door swing.
Assemble overlay panelsOverlay Overlay Panel

with glue and screws. Panel
integrated
Door
Center spacer panel on the backer Spacer Panel
panel, left to right and top to bottom.
34 1/4" Secure the panels with glue.
(87.0)
Center the spacer/backer panel on the Backer Panel
overlay panel. Secure 1/4"
with glue and
Backer .10 Inch
screws. Countersink screws
Panel into the
Spacer
backer panel.
SIDE VIEW
25 1/2"
23 3/8" (59.7)
(64.5) 23 1/2" (59.7) ZIFI240PII Cutout and product dimensions ZIFI240PII
23 1/4" (59.1)
21 9/16" (53.5) Cutout dimensions are shown below. See Door Swing
BUILT-IN
B Power cord length is 6 ft.
Clearances at the end of this section.
9 3/8" 9 3/8"
(23.8) (23.8)
A
24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min 24" (60.1) 2
min cutout depth min cutout depth
2" 2" cutout width
(5.1) (5.1)
34 1/2" 34 1/2"
(87.7) Min (87.7) Min
underside of underside of
counter to floor counter to floor
35" (89) Max 10 1/2" (26.7) 35" (89) Max
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC Route 9" (2

23 7/8" 23 7/8" Max Ma
(60.6) (60.6) for hinge
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
FREE-STANDING
clearance
SIDE VIEW
(SHOWING (SHOWING 1 1/2" (3.8) 3/4 Top
DOOR SWING) DOOR SWING) FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
INSTALLATION CUTOUT* FLUSHCUTOUT
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATIONview
INSTALLATION** INSTAL
SIDE VIEW of F
23 1/2" (59.7)
3/8
overlay
INSTALLATIONNOTES: Right custom
*For a standard installation: Front The product
side Front
must bepanel
installed
so that the stainless steel front will project 1-5/8" forward
view
3/4" overlay panel dimensions and the custom panel front willofproject A" 2-3/4" forward of3/8
A" (aa) (aa)
9 3/8"
(23.8) adjacent cabinets. This position will allow a full door swing
overlay
Model ZIFI240HII requires a customer- and
Trim prevent interference with adjacent cabinetry. The
custom RouteTrim
1/4" Backer opening
Door 7/8
provided overlay door
2" panel. Overlay Panel between cabinets must panelbe 23-3/4" minimum. 1/4" Backer Panel
for hinge
(5.1) Panel clearance
The overlay panel must be secured to a Door B" **For a flush capable installation of ZIFS240 models:
B" Install .10" Spacer Panel
1/4"-thick backer panel which slides into the (bb)

a 1/4"-wide filler strip on the hinge side. The filler
(bb)
strip will
trim. A .10"-thick spacer panel must be placed act as a spacer between the door case and adjacent cabinets
between the custom and backer panel. and will prevent interference with the cabinet door swing.
MODULES
A custom handle, supplied by your cabinet- Recess the filler strip 1-5/8" back from the front face of the
1/4"
maker, must be installed on this
23 7/8" overlay panel. Backer .10 Inch refrigerator, or even with the front edge of the product case
TOP VIEW
(60.6) Panel Spacer (behind the gasket). The width of the opening must be 24"
Use a 3/4" router bit to cut a notch into the (including the 1/4" filler strip).
(SHOWING
back side of the assembled panel to allow for
DOOR SWING)
hinge clearance.
150 151
34 1/4"
(87.0)
34 1/4"
(87.0)
REFRIGERATION
Refrigerated double drawers Overall dimensions
(Stainless steel panels shown)

centimeters unless otherwise noted. FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW
Actual product dimension may vary due

ZIDI240HII ZIDS240HSS to manufacturing tolerances.
Capacity
24 1/2" (62.2)
24 1/2" (62.2) 21 3/4" (55.2)
Drawers on full-extension slides 2 2 23 5/8" (60.0)
Top drawer 72 12-oz. cans 72 12-oz. cans 21 3/4" (55.2)
Bottom drawer 8 2-liter bottles 8 2-liter bottles
Door panels Custom panel Stainless steel
integrated
General features
Brilliant white Brilliant white
Interior lighting full-width LED full-width LED
Control temperature range 34 to 45F 34 to 45F 34 1/4" 34 1/4"
(87.0) (87.0)
Digital temperature readout 34 1/4"
(87.0)
2 movable dividers, 2 movable dividers,
Top drawer features fold-down shelf fold-down shelf
Clear LEXAN
Clear LEXAN
Bottom drawer features removable bin removable bin
Installation options Built-in only Built-in only
SIDE VIEW
Sealed system design Auto cycle defrost Auto cycle defrost
Amps @ 120 volts 2.0 2.0
BUILT-IN
24 1/2" (62.2)
Warranty Information: 21 3/4" (55.2) 23 5/8" (60.0)
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. 23 5/8" (60.0)
34 1/4"
(87.0)
The basics
FREE-STANDING
Both models can be installed flush with standard cabinetry. TOP VIEW
Trimmed double-drawers are designed to be customized TOP VIEW
with customer-provided 3/4" overlay drawer panels.
Custom handles are required. SIDE VIEW
Stainless steel models have tubular stainless steel handles
that coordinate with other Monogram appliances. These
models are shipped ready for installation.
Black case and drawer fronts, black vented toekick with
optional stainless steel toekick supplied. 23 5/8" (60.0)
MODULES
The serial plate is located below the
bottom drawer liner on the left side.
ZIDS240HSS ZIDI240HII
152
TOP VIEW
153
tom panels for ZIDI240BII 3/4" custom panels for
d and bar refrigerator double drawer refrigerator
REFRIGERATION
3/4" overlay panel dimensions Outdoor/indoor refrigerator
24" (60.1) ZIDI240BII23 3/4" (60.3) Min
Model ZIDI240HII requires customer-
34 1/2" Overlayoverlay
provided Panel drawer panels. Overlay Panel
Overlay (87.7) Min
underside of
Overlay
Panel Panel
Max T
he overlay panels must be secured 10 1/2"to a
counter to floor
35" (89) (26.7)
1/4"-thick backer panel which slides into Door

Spacer Panel Spacer Panel
the trim. A .10"-thick spacer9"panelELECTRIC
must be (22.9) ZDOD240HSS
placed between the custom Max and Capacity
backer panel.
Backer Panel 1 1/2" (3.81)
Backer Panel Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.4
FLUSH
C
ustom
24"SIDE
(60.1)
handles of your choice,
CUTOUT INSTALLATION
VIEW
supplied
INSTALLATION CUTOUT
1/4"
FRONT VIEW 23 3/4" (60.3) Min 10 wine bottles
10 Inch by
min your cabinetmaker, must be installedcutout width Backer
cutout depth .10 Inch 126 12-oz. cans.
Spacer Panel Spacer Storage 146 12-oz. cans
on the overlay panels.
1/2" 1 QuickSpace
A
) Min Removable glass shelves 2 spillproof
integrated
rside of
r to floor Beverage racks on
3/4"
Trim overlay
Door panel dimensions (in inches) full-extension slides 2
9) Max 1/4" Backer Panel 10 1/2" (26.7)
B A (Width) B (Height) Operating environment 45 to 120F
1/4" Backer 23-3/16" 14-11/16"
A General features
0.10" Spacer 22-1/2" 14-3/16" LED Interior lighting
3/4" Overlay 9"Max 23-5/8"ELECTRIC
(22.9)
15-1/16" Control type Digital
B
12-1/2 lbs. max. B
Note: Max. assembled drawer panel weight Digital temperature range 34 to 45F
B is 25 lbs. (12-1/2 lbs. each panel).
IMPORTANT:Maintain a 1/4"1 gap between
1/2" (3.81)
1/4" Gap the panels when installed. Door lock 2 keys
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
SIDE VIEW
CUSTOM PANELS FRONT VIEW12-1/2 lbs. max. B Right-hand door swing
Stainless steel
Professional handle
1/4" Gap
Assemble overlay panels with glue and screws. Built-in or
Installation options free-standing
Center
A spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right and
top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue. Sealed system design Auto cycle defrost
BUILT-IN
Amps @ 120 volts 2.0
Center the spacer/
Trim
backer panel on the Door Warranty Information:
1/4" Backer Panel
overlay panel. Secure Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor.
B
Route with glue and screws. 3/4" Overlay Panel
.10" Spacer Panel Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating system.
for hingeCountersink screws
clearanceinto the backer panel. See written warranty for details.
4 Top
view
of
3/8 overlay B
ZIDI240BII ZIDI240BII
Right Cutout and product
dimensions
custom The basics
side Front panel
view 1/4" Gap
FREE-STANDING
Cutout dimensions are shown below. Completely encased in stainless steel, front, top, sides
of 3/8
Power cord length is 6 ft. and back. The stainless steel case withstands a variety of
overlay CUSTOM PANELS weather conditions, including temperatures from 45F to
custom Route 120F.
7/8
panel for hinge
clearance
rofessional stainless steel handle and brushed trim door
P
23 3/4" (60.3) Min 24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min
cutout width min cutout depth with chamfered edge.
cutout width
34 1/2"
Stainless steel top canopy can be removed for built-in
(87.7) Min
underside of
installation.
10 1/2" (26.7)
counter to floor
35" (89) Max

Vented
10 1/2" (26.7)
stainless steel toekick.
Door lock keeps contents safe. Supplied with two keys.
ELECTRIC
Shipped
ELECTRIC
with outdoor vinyl cover for free-standing
9" (22.9) 9" (22.9)
Max Max installations and a Monogram polishing cloth.
1 1/2" (3.81) 1 1/2" (3.81)
MODULES
ON INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION CUTOUT
CUTOUT FLUSH CUTOUT
FLUSH INSTALLATION
CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
FRONT
FRONT VIEW
VIEW SIDE VIEW
Allow 22" clearance at the front for full extension of drawers.
WARNING:
A The serial plate is located on the inside ceiling.
Designed to be built-in only. Cannot be used free-standing.
154 Trim Trim 155

Door Door
1/4" Backer Panel 1/4" Backer Panel
23 5/8" (60)
36"
(91.4)
REFRIGERATION
Overall dimensions
36"
(91.4) Cutout
ZDOD240PSS and product dimensions ZDOD240
34 1/4"
(87.0)
Dimensions in parentheses are in Cutout dimensions are shown below. See door swing
centimeters unless34otherwise
1/4"
(87.0) noted. clearances at the end of this section. Power cord length is 6 ft.
to manufacturing
ZDOD240HSS tolerances.

FRONT VIEW
FRONT VIEW 24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min 24" (60.1)

23 1/2" (59.7) min cutout depth cutout width min cutout depth
23 5/8" (60) 21 3/4" (55.3)

23 1/2" (59.7) 34 1/2" 34 1/2"
(87.7) Min (87.7) Min
21 3/4" (55.3) underside of underside of
counter to floor counter to floor
??" (??) Max 10 1/2" (26.7) ??" (??) Max
integrated
36"
(91.4)
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC

Max
34 1/4"
(87.0) 1 1/2" (3.81)
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT*
INSTALLATION CUTOUT FLUSH CUTOUT
FLUSH INSTALLATION**
CUTOUT INSTALLATION
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW INSTALLATIONNOTES:

SIDE VIEW *For a standard installation: The product must be installed
23 1/2" (59.7) 23 5/8" (60) so that the stainless steel front will project 1-7/8" forward of
21 3/4" (55.3)
23 5/8" (60)
adjacent cabinets. This position will allow a full door swing
and prevent interference with adjacent cabinetry. The
9 15/16" opening between cabinets must be 23-3/4" minimum.
(25.2)
BUILT-IN
9 15/16" **For a flush capable installation: Install a 1-1/4"-wide filler
(25.2)
3 3/16" strip on the hinge side. The filler strip will act as a spacer
(8.1)
between the door case and adjacent cabinets and will
3 3/16"
(8.1)
prevent interference with the cabinet door swing. Recess the
filler strip 1-7/8" back from the front face of the refrigerator,
or even with the front edge of the product case (behind the
gasket). The width of the opening must be 25" (including the
21 13/16"
(55.4) 1-1/4" filler strip).
21 13/16" Note: This product can be installed as a built-in or used
(55.4)
TOP VIEW free-standing. The top canopy can be removed for installation
SIDE VIEW (SHOWING
TOP VIEW
below a countertop.
DOOR SWING)
(SHOWING
FREE-STANDING
23 5/8" (60)
DOOR SWING) WARNING:
This product must be connected to a power source with
9 15/16" Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) protection when
(25.2)
installed in an outdoor location.
NOTE: Door swing is not reversible.
3 3/16"
(8.1)
21 13/16"
(55.4)
TOP VIEW
(SHOWING
DOOR SWING)
MODULES
ZDOD240HSS
withTop Canopy
156 157
REFRIGERATION
34 1/8"
Bar refrigerator with icemaker Overall dimensions (86.678)
(Stainless steel panels34 1/8"

shown)
(86.678)


ZIBI240HII ZIBS240HSS to manufacturing tolerances. FRONT VIEW
Capacity
FRONT VIEW
Capacity (cu. ft.) 4.3 4.3 25 3/8" (64.5)
Removable spillproof 1 full-size 1 full-size 23 1/2" (59.7)
glass shelves 2 half-size 2 half-size 25 3/8" (64.5)
23 5/8" (60.0) 21 3/4" (55.2)
Beverage racks on 23 1/2" (59.7)
full-extension slides 1 full-size 1 full-size
21 3/4" (55.2)
Door panel Custom panel Stainless steel
integrated
General features
LED Interior lighting Auto Auto
Digital temperature readout 34 1/8"
(86.678)
Right-hand door swing
Icemaker with pull-out ice bin
on full-extension slides
Built-in or Built-in or
Installation options free-standing free-standing
Sealed system design Automatic frost free Automatic frost free
Amps @ 120 volts 2.0 2.0 SIDE VIEW
25 3/8" (64.5) 23 5/8" (60.0)
BUILT-IN
Warranty Information: 23 1/2" (59.7)
23 5/8" (60.0)
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. 21 3/4" (55.2)
9 3/8"
(23.8)
9 3/8"
The basics (23.8) 2"
(5.1)
2"
Flush capable installation allows near-seamless integration (5.1)
with surrounding cabinetry.
FREE-STANDING
A water line must be installed for icemaker operation.
Trimmed models are designed to be customized with 23 7/8"
(60.6)
a customer-provided 3/4" overlay door panel. A custom TOP VIEW
handle is required. SIDE VIEW 23 7/8"
(60.6) (SHOWING
Stainless steel models have tubular stainless steel handles TOP VIEW DOOR SWING)
that coordinate with other Monogram appliances. (SHOWING
23 5/8" (60.0)
DOOR SWING)
The icemaker will produce 8 lbs. of ice per day. The pull-out
ice bin has a capacity for 12 lbs. of ice.
Black case and black vented toekick with optional stainless
steel toekick supplied.
NOTE: Door swing is not reversible. 9 3/8"
(23.8)
2"
MODULES
(5.1)
The serial plate is located on the left

wall below the ice compartment.
ZIBI240HII ZIBS240HSS
23 7/8"
(60.6)
158 TOP VIEW 159
(SHOWING
3/4" custom panels for 3/4" custom panels for
fresh food and bar refrigerator double drawer refrigerator
REFRIGERATION
3/4" overlay panel dimensions allow a full door swing and prevent interference with
adjacent cabinetry. The opening between cabinets must be
23-3/4" minimum.
Model ZIBI240HII requires a customer-
Overlay Panel Overlay Panel
Overlay
provided overlay door panel. Overlay **For a flush capable installation of ZIBS240 model: Install
Panel Panel a 1/4"-wide filler strip on the hinge side. The filler strip will
Door The overlay panel must be secured to a Door act as a spacer between the door case and adjacent
Spacer Panel Spacer Panel
1/4"-thick backer panel which slides into the cabinets and will prevent interference with the cabinet door

trim. A .10"-thick spacer panel must be placed swing. Recess the filler strip 1-5/8" back from the front face
between the custom and backer panel. of the refrigerator, or even with the front edge of the product
Backer Panel Backer Panel
1/4" A custom handle, supplied by your cabinet- 1/4" case (behind the gasket). The width of the opening must be
Backer .10 Inch Backer .10 Inch 24" (including the 1/4" filler strip). The custom panel model
Panel
maker,
Spacer must be installed on this overlay panel. Panel Spacer
ZIBI240 cannot be installed flush in 24"-deep cabinets.
Use a 3/4" router bit to cut a notch into the back side of the
assembled panel to allow for hinge clearance.
integrated
3/4" overlay panel dimensions (in inches)
A
Refrigeration modules, top view
A (Width) B (Height)
1/4" Backer 23-3/16" 29-9/16"
12-1/2 lbs. max. B
0.10" Spacer 22-1/2" 29-1/16"
B 3/4"
3/4"custom
Overlay panels
23-5/8" for 30"
Flush
Flush
ator double drawer refrigerator 12-1/2 lbs. max.
Note: Max. assembled door panel weight
is 22 lbs. Installation
Installation
Dim. A
B
A
1/4" Gap Filler panel or cleat to be set
back even with front of case.
CABINET CABINET
Assemble overlay panels Front Edge of Product Case
lay Panel with glue and screws. Overlay Panel
Overlay
Panel Front Face 110
Center spacer panel on the backer
Door
panel,
Route left to right and top to bottom.
BUILT-IN
Panel Spacer Panel These products will fit flush to 120
for hingethe panels with glue.
Secure adjacent cabinets when installed
clearance with a Dim. Awidth filler panel or cleat.
3/4 Top
Center the spacer/backer panel on The filler panel should be recessed or set
Panel view Backer Panel back behind the door and even with the
the overlay panel. Secure with glue front edge of the product case.
of
and screws. Countersink 1/4"
screws
3/8 Backer .10into
Inch
the backer panel. overlay Panel Spacer Product Dim. A
Right custom
Front side Front panel ZDWI240, ZDBI240 1"
view ZDWR240, ZDBR240 1"
ZIBS240PSSof Cutout and product dimensions
3/8 ZIBS240PSS ZIBI240, ZIFI240 1"
overlay ZIFS240, ZIBS240 1/4"
custom A
Cutout dimensions7/8are shownRoute below. See Door Swing ZDOD240 1-1/4"
panel for hinge
Clearances at the end of this section. Power cord length is 6 ft.
lbs. max. B
12-1/2clearance
FREE-STANDING
23 3/4" (60.3) Min 12-1/2 lbs. max. B 24" (60.1) 23 3/4" (60.3) Min Standard
Standard
Installation
cutout width min cutout depth cutout width
Installation
1/4" Gap
34 1/2"
(87.7) Min
underside of
counter to floor
10 1/2" (26.7) 35" (89) Max 10 1/2" (26.7)
CABINET CABINET
Front Edge of Product Case
9" (22.9) ELECTRIC/ 9" (22.9) ELECTRIC/
WATER WATER
Max Max Dim. A
Front Face 110
1 1/2" (3.8) 1 1/2" (3.8)
INSTALLATION In a standard installation, the 120
N INSTALLATIONCUTOUT*
CUTOUT FLUSH CUTOUT
FLUSH INSTALLATION**
CUTOUT INSTALLATION INSTALLATION CUTOUT
Top FRONT
FRONTVIEW
VIEW SIDE VIEW
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEWproduct will project forward of
view adjacent cabinets. See Dim. A.
MODULES
of
INSTALLATIONNOTES: Product Dim. A
overlay
custom *For a standard installation: ZDWI240, ZDBI240 2"
panel The product must be installed so that the stainless steel front ZDWR240, ZDBR240 1-3/4"
will project 1-5/8" forward and the custom panel front will ZIFS240, ZIFI240 1-5/8"
3/8 project 2-3/4" forward of adjacent cabinets. This position will ZDOD240 1-7/8"
ZIBI240, ZIBS240 2-5/8"
160Route 161
7/8
for hinge
REFRIGERATION
Installation clearances (top view) Built-in icemaker
Stainless Steel Models Models with a Custom ZDIC150ZBB
ZDIS15SSHRH
Door Panel ZDIS15SSHLH
Capacity
Stainless Custom Daily ice production 50 lbs.

Stainless Custom Panel
Steel
Steel Models
Panel
Models
Storage bin 25 lbs.
Models Models Convenience
Ice cube size 3/4" x 3/4" x 3/8"
Automatic shut-off
Water filter
Ice scoop
LED interior light
integrated
Cycles On/Off/Clean
Clean light
General features
Installation options Built-in or free-standing
Accepts 3/4" custom panels ZIP75BB
All models are factory-set for a 110 door swing.
Drain pump accessory kit ZPK2
For a minimum 90 door swing: Full-length door
llow 4"-min. clearance to wall on the hinge side for
A Leveling system
stainless steel models. Amps @ 115 volts 5.3
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 110
A
llow 4-1/2"-min. clearance to wall on the hinge side for
models with a custom panel and custom handle.
For a full 110 door swing:
A
llow 14"-min. clearance to wall on the hinge side for Limited five-year warranty, parts and labor on the sealed refrigerating
stainless steel models. system (compressor, evaporator and all connecting tubing).
BUILT-IN
A
llow 16"-min. clearance to wall on the hinge side for See written warranty for details.
models with a custom panel and custom handle.

Monogram refrigeration module
technical differences Note: The addition 3-1/2" 11-1/2"
of a 3/4"-thick
custom panel will
Control result in a front-
temperature Thermistor Evaporator to-back depth
Product range quantity fan of 24-1/16". The
icemaker cannot
Outdoor/Indoor Refrigerator 3445F 2 Yes be installed flush 24" The installation of a 3/4 thick
28-1/2"
FREE-STANDING
Bar Refrigerator with Icemaker 3445F 3 Yes Min. custom panel will require an
to adjacent 34" to 9"
34-1/2" additional 1-1/2 wide filler
Fresh-Food Refrigerator 3445F 2 Yes 24"-deep cabinets strip on the hinge side.
with a 3/4"-thick *15"
Refrigerated Double-Drawer 3445F 2 Yes custom panel. * 16-1/2" with a 3/4"
Wine Reserve 4065F 2 No thick custom panel
Water and Electrical
Beverage Center 4065F 2 Yes Supply Should Enter 34" min.
From Back Wall In Adjustable
Shaded Area. to 34-1/2"
Operating Foamed-in Slide-out

Product environment evaporator racks
Outdoor/Indoor Refrigerator 45120F Yes 2 half-size
23-3/4" to 14-7/8"
Bar Refrigerator with Icemaker 6590F No 1 half-size
Door Front
Fresh-Food Refrigerator 5590F Yes None INSTALLATIONNOTES:
Refrigerated Double-Drawer 5590F No None *For flush installation of ZDIS15 and ZDIC150 models: Install a 1/2"-wide
2 half-size filler strip on the hinge side. The filler strip will act as a spacer between the
Wine Reserve 5590F Yes 5 full-size door case and adjacent cabinets and will prevent interference with the
cabinet door swing. Recess the filler strip 1" back from the front face of the
MODULES
Beverage Center 5590F Yes 2 half-size
icemaker, or even with the front edge of the product case. The width of the
opening must be 15-1/2" (including the 1/2" filler strip).
**The black model ZDIC150 with a custom panel cannot be installed flush. A
1-1/2"-wide filler strip is required on the hinge side. The icemaker will project
forward 3/4" of adjacent cabinets. Recess the filler strip 1-3/4" back from
the front face of the icemaker or even with the front edge of the product
case. The width of the opening must be 16-1/2" wide, including the 1-1/2"
filler strip.
162 See Installation Fit, page 84 163
REFRIGERATION
Advance planning How your built-in icemaker works
Black models can be customized with a 3/4"-thick trimless The icemaker will cycle on and off as needed. An ice level
panel. The stainless steel wrap model has a tubular handle to sensor in the storage bin will monitor the ice levels.
coordinate with other Monogram appliances.
Models: ZDIC150ZBB, Black W
ater constantly circulates over

ZDIS150SSH, Stainless Steel a freezing plate. As the water
freezes into ice, the minerals in
Side the water are rejected.
View
This produces a clear sheet of
ice with a low mineral content.
3-1/2"
High Drain When the desired thickness is
Hose
reached, the ice sheet is released
1" Min. Gap
integrated
and slides onto a cutter grid.
3-1/2" The grid divides the sheet into
7-1/2"
15" individual cubes.
Locate Standpipe in exact Water containing rejected
Center of The Cutout 22"
minerals is drained after each
22-3/4" With 3/4"
Custom Panel freezing cycle.
Fresh water enters the machine
A method of drainage must be determined in advance.
for the next ice-making cycle.
Drain lines must be at least 5/8" inside diameter.
Cubes fall into the storage bin.
The ideal installation has a standpipe with a 2" to 1-1/2"
605Dia51
PVC drain reducer installed directly below the outlet of the
605Dia50
drain tube. The standpipe must be accurately located. A
The icemaker automatically
shuts off when the bin is full.
The icemaker will restart when
3/4" c
ustom panel will influence floor drain location.
more ice is needed.
A 1"-min. gap between the bottom of the icemaker drain
hose and the top of the house drain is required. he ice bin is not refrigerated
T
BUILT-IN
When a floor drain is not available, order ZPK2 Drain and some melting will occur.
pump kit. The pump must be installed inside the unit and The amount of melting varies
can pump to a maximum vertical height of 10 feet. 10 ft. of with room temperature.
tubing is supplied with the kit.
Note: As room and water temperatures vary, so will the
Note: Be sure to specify left-hand or right-hand door swing amount of ice produced and stored. Higher operating
models. Door swing is not reversible. temperatures result in reduced ice production.
Cleaning Solution: For best results, order WX08X42870

by calling 1-800-626-2002. Built-in icemaker installation fit
Custom panel trim kit
Order ZIP75BB, black, 3/4" trimless custom panel kit. Cut
FREE-STANDING
edges and approx. 1/2" of the edge along the back side can Flush
Installation
be seen and must be finished. Custom handles may be used
with this kit.
1/2 - wide
filler panel
or cleat set
back even
with front
CABINET of case. CABINET
3/4"
WALL
110
29-1/2" Thick
Custom 120
Panel Custom
Panel
Installation
110 1-1/2 - wide

filler panel
Factory-set for or cleat set
MODULES
14-23/32" 110 door swing. back even
Allow 2" min. to 5-1/2" Minimum CABINET
with front
of case. CABINET
wall for 90 door swing to Wall
3/4
110
120
The serial plate is located on the right wall of the ice storage bin.
164
605Dia52 605Dia54 165
REFRIGERATION
Bar refrigerator with icemaker Notes
or built-in icemaker

Bar Refrigerator
with Icemaker Built-in Icemaker
Width 24" 15"
Daily ice production (max) 8 lbs. 50 lbs.
integrated
Storage capacity 12 lbs. 25 lbs.
Ice shape Crescent shape Clear Cube
Makes and stores ice Makes and melts ice
Uses less water Uses more water
Characteristics Fresh food section Ice will not stick
Interior light Yes Yes
Clean cycle Not needed Yes
Cleaner solution Not needed Additional cost
Install options BI or FS BI or FS
Accepts 3/4" panel HII Model ZIP75
Water line Water line needed Water line needed
Drain needed Not needed Yes
Drain pump Not needed ZPK2 accessory
Pull-out ice bin/
Ice access Full-extension rack Integrated bin
BUILT-IN
The Monogram Bar Refrigerator with Icemaker
T
he bar refrigerator is two products in onean insulated
freezer compartment for the icemaker only and an
insulated fresh food section for beverages and other foods.
T
he icemaker is the same design as other Monogram built-in
refrigerators producing crescent-shaped cubes.
P
erfect for smaller homes where a drain is not available.
The versatile bar refrigerator provides access to ice,
FREE-STANDING
drinks and food, all in a 24" space.
The Monogram Built-In Icemaker

T
he built-in icemaker can produce large quantities of
ice cubes at one time, up to 50 lbs. a day.
Produces clear ice that cannot stick together.
Perfect for those who entertain frequently.
166 167 MODULES

COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS
Monogram professional cooking
Professional
Monogram Professional Ranges
cooking
Monogram dual-fuel and all-gas ranges provide the precision
fit, feel and finish that consumers look for in professional
cooking. From high-output burners to an adjustable infrared
grill, Monogram offers more than ever before.
advantium
ovens
WALL OVENS
Premium-grade, stainless steel construction with smoothly
finished edges creates a refined appearance, with no exposed
seams or screws. LED task lights above the knobs add both
a functional and theatrical touch. Adding to the impressive
design is a strong tactile feel when you turn the large control
knobs or pull the oven door open.
COMPANION
Sealed, dual-flame, stacked
COOKING
burners deliver a range of heat
A six-element baking settings from an ultra-low
system provides adjustable simmer of 140F
remarkably even and to an intense 18,000 BTUs.
beautifully browned
results on each of the
three full-extension,
self-clean racks. The
caterers oven on the
COOKTOPS
36" and 48" dual-fuel
ranges is a huge 5.75 The burner grates are
cu. ft. The caterer's reversibleflat on one side
oven on the 36" and and uniquely contoured on
48" all-gas models the otherto accommodate
is 6.2 cu. ft. round-bottom woks.
VENTILATION
Star K Certified Sabbath Mode
OUTDOOR
COOKING
168 169
170
140F low simmer to 18,000 BTU stainless steel and aluminum-clad,
18,000 BTU sealed, thermostatically controlled griddle
dual-flame stacked burners
LED task lights

below the bullnose
provide a functional
and theatrical touch.
Upfront ON/OFF
Professional dual-fuel rangetops
control button.
10,000 to 15,000 BTU adjustable Reversible burner grates are flat on one
ceramic-infrared grill side and uniquely contoured on the other
to hold a round-bottom wok
Electronic oven controls for precise adjustment

LED task lights and monitoring of heat settings
below the bullnose
provide a functional
and theatrical touch.
Upfront ON/OFF
control button.
Monogram professional
oven systemEuropean,
Halogen light Reverse-Air Convection
columns provide technology and six
a clear view heating elements in
each oven
Professional dual-fuel ranges
Everyday oven 5.75 cu. ft. caterers oven

is just the right in 48" and 36" models
size for 9" x 13" is uniquely sized to
casserole dishes accommodate 3 full-size
with 2.5 cu. ft. sheet trays
capacity
171
Heavy-duty, self-clean, full-extension oven racks
OUTDOOR VENTILATION COOKTOPS COMPANION WALL OVENS advantium Professional COOKING

COOKING COOKING ovens cooking
COOKING
Rangetop features Infrared ceramic grill features*
Sealed dual-flame Infrared ceramic grill
stacked burners
High-output 15,000-BTU
Two burners in one provide a infrared ceramic grill, with
Professional
full range of adjustability. All fast searing temperatures
burners provide silent adjustable
cooking
up to 1550F, adjusts to a
simmer down to 140 degrees. low-output 10,000 BTUs
Low simmer is perfect for delicate for grilling vegetables.
sauces and melting chocolate Infrared grill is designed
without scorching. High 18,000 to achieve results similar
BTUs on the 36" and 48" models to an outdoor grill.
provide maximum output.
Electronic ignition and automatic reignition: All ranges
advantium
and rangetops are supplied with electronic reignition which
eliminates the need for a standing pilot light. The burners will
ovens
automatically relight if the flame goes out. Reversible grill grate
Seamless burner pan: One-piece porcelain-enamel burner Porcelainized cast-iron grill
pan (2-piece on 30" models) is easy to clean. A wide radius in grate has a reversible design.
each corner prevents soils from collecting. One-piece design The grate is grooved on one
eliminates hard-to-clean seams between burner pans. side to create sear marks and
allow grease to drain into a
grease well. The other side
WALL OVENS
Reversible burner grates is rounded and perfect for
Flat on one side and uniquely delicate foods such as fish.
contoured on the other to The grate can be placed in
accommodate round-bottom the self-clean oven for easy
woks. Designed for easy cleaning, cleaning. The porcelainized
the grates can be placed in the cast-iron grill grate does not
oven during the self-clean cycle have to be seasoned. The
or in the dishwasher (not grill grease well is inter-
including the frame). changeable with the griddle
COMPANION
grease well.
COOKING
Bullnose LED task lighting
LED task lights below the bullnose
provide a whole new appearance
to the control panel. ON and OFF
toggle pad is located on the left
side of the control panel. LED
lighting can also be used as a Stainless steel
COOKTOPS
night light. gourmet radiant tray
Stainless steel gourmet
radiant tray reduces
Diecast knobs chances of grease flareups
and provides even heating
Durable diecast knobs with
performance.
large graphics are easy to see
and easy to turn.
VENTILATION
Grill
Accessory *Dual-fuel models only.
Cast iron grill Order ZXGRILL for all-gas models.
with integrated
handleorder
OUTDOOR
COOKING
ZXGRILL.
172 173
COOKING
Professional griddle features Professional oven features
Stainless steel and Stainless Steel Aluminum Large-capacity

aluminum-clad griddle self-clean ovens*
The durability of a stainless Self-clean caterers oven in
Professional
steel griddle is combined with 48" and 36" models is a huge
5.75 cu. ft. and can hold
cooking
the fast and even cooking
performance of aluminum 3 full-size (18" x 26") caterers
below to provide the best of trays. The 30" model has
both worlds in griddle cooking. 5.3 cu. ft. oven.
Stainless steel surface requires
very little maintenance and
Everyday oven Caterers oven
will not rust.
advantium
Thermostatically
controlled Monogram professional
ovens
oven system
Griddle is thermostatically
Monogram professional ovens
controlled and can be set to
include a 6-element heating
maintain any temperature
system: 2 bake elements,
from 200 to 450 degrees.
2 convection elements and
2 broil elements for fast
preheating and precise
WALL OVENS
temperature control, along
Griddle burner
with 208-volt compensation.
The two-pass, u-shaped 18,000
BTU gas griddle burner provides
even griddle performance. Reverse-Air European convection: Large rear convection
fan reverses direction to provide superb cooking results.
Patented Monogram reverse-air convection eliminates the
need to manually turn cooking sheets while
convection baking.
COMPANION
True hidden bake: Integrated radiant baking elements
COOKING
below the oven floor provide even cooking performance
while increasing oven capacity.
2-Speed cooling fan: Dual-speed fan allows a lower fan
Griddle leveling speed during normal operation to reduce fan noise level
Two outer screws below and duration. Higher fan speed is used during self-clean
griddle vent are used to level cycle operation.
the griddle or to provide a Flat-back convection cover: The convection fan cover has
forward slope to help grease been specifically designed to reduce protrusion into the rear
COOKTOPS
and oils drain into the of the oven cavity.
grease well.
*Dual-fuel oven features.

See p.194 for all-gas oven features.
VENTILATION
Bamboo cutting board
The bamboo cutting board
provides a handy cutting
surface. Bamboo is harder than
many hardwoods, less porous
and soaks up less water.
Cutting board can be easily
maintained with mineral oil.
The cutting board is included
with all griddle models.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
For a replacement cutting
board order part number
WB31K10223.
174 175
COOKING
Professional oven features (cont.)
Midnight blue oven Electronic dial
interior oven controls
Heavy-duty porcelain oven Easy-to-use and easy-to-turn
Professional
with a new, midnight blue individual oven controls are
appearance provides a whole stacked one behind the other.
cooking
new look in Monogram The outer Mode Selector controls
professional ranges. cooking modes, and the center
knob sets temperatures and
broil settings.
Digital oven display
advantium
Digital readouts are green
Halogen interior lighting for time settings and red for
ovens
Six halogen lamps in the temperature functions (same
caterers oven and three in the as Monogram wall ovens).
everyday oven provide direct
lighting for each rack. This
design prevents shadowing
from the upper rack that is
typical with top-of-the-oven Electronic timer
WALL OVENS
light designs. The electronic timer (displayed in green) for each oven
provides a simple countdown while baking or timing any other
cooking function. (The timer does not function as a clock.)
Full-extension*, Adjacent oven operation

self-clean racks during self-cleaning
and rack supports
Either oven (48" model) can
Monogram offers the only operate in bake mode while the
COMPANION
professional range on the adjacent oven is in self-clean
COOKING
market today with self-clean, mode. Many other professional
full-extension racks and supports. ranges do not have this feature.
Heavy-duty, porcelain-coated
racks allow self-cleaning without
removing any racks or rack Automated sequential
supports. The full-extension, self-clean operation
stainless steel ball-bearing
racks provide easy access to Both ovens can be set for
roasts and hot baked goods. sequential self-cleaning cycles.
COOKTOPS
The oven set to begin first
*Dual-fuel oven feature. will start self-cleaning
automatically. When it's cycle
is complete, the second oven
Automatic temperature will begin self-cleaning.
probe(s)
The meat probe in each oven is
perfect for large cuts of meat.
VENTILATION
The probe allows the user
to precisely set the internal
temperature and automatically
control the oven to reach that
temperature.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
176 177
COOKING
SF Special oven features Installation
Oven thermostat Four-point roller
adjustment wheel system
The new oven controls are very These are the only dual-fuel
Professional
accurate; however, the user may professional ranges today that
find the new ovens temperatures provide the ability to roll the range
cooking
differ from their previous oven. into position with a four-point
It is simple to recalibrate the roller wheel system. After the
controls to operate at the same range is rolled into position, the
temperatures as the previous installer removes the vent trim
oven from +35 to -35 of the and turns two long screws that
oven settings. push the legs onto the floor and
raise the rear of the range to its
final height. A wrench is provided
advantium
Star K Certified Sabbath mode
to adjust the height at the front
ovens
The Sabbath mode feature is designed for use on the Jewish and raise the wheels off the floor.
Sabbath and holidays when the observant are prohibited from The wrench is stored in a slot
turning the oven on or off, or taking any action that causes below, near the right front leg.
the oven control display to change.
The Sabbath Mode control allows the oven to operate in the
Sabbath mode up to 3 days. It can be used only for baking
while in the Sabbath mode.
WALL OVENS
When set, the oven light and all audible beeps will be
disabled. Once it is set to bake, it will also provide a random
delay period of approximately 30 seconds to 1 minute before
the oven will turn on.
How to set: Push and hold timer and mini-knob for 4 seconds
(until SF shows). Turn mini-knob until SAbbAtH shows; then
push to set. The mode will control both ovens, but use only
the large oven display. Repeat to discontinue Sabbath mode.
Oven temperatures may be adjusted by turning the
COMPANION
Temperature Knob. There is a random delay before the oven
COOKING
element responds. Common cutouts to previous models
All Monogram rangetops and ranges are designed to be
installed in the same cutouts as the previous respective
models.
Adjustable-height pedestal toekick

A toekick is included with the range. Two large clips simply
COOKTOPS
snap over the front legs to give a finished look. (standard
equipment)
Island vent trim

Stainless steel island vent trim on the back of all ranges
is included with every range.
VENTILATION
Semi-flush installation
capability
Double oven seals, one around the
inner door and one around the oven
cavity, reduce the amount of heat
escaping from the door to the
adjacent cabinet. This allows the base
cabinet to extend forward to the
chamfered door edge for a
semi-flush installation. The base
OUTDOOR
COOKING
cabinet can extend forward to
approximately 27-1/2" while the
countertop can extend to
178
approximately 28-1/2" deep. 179
COOKING
48" dual-fuel professional ranges Advance planning
ZDP484NGPSS ZDP486NRPSS ZDP486NDPSS 48" professional dual-fuel
4 burners, 6 burners 6 burners ranges are available with
Description grill, griddle and grill and griddle
a combination of gas grill,
Range features
griddle and burners on top
Professional
Dual-flame stacked
sealed burners (BTUs) 4 (18,000) 6 (18,000) 6 (18,000) and a large electric European
cooking
140F simmer capability Reverse-Air Convection
Electronic ignition/auto 6-element heating system
reignition in both the caterers and
Cast iron, Cast iron, Cast iron, everyday ovens.
Reversible wok grates porcelainized porcelainized porcelainized
Cast iron, Cast iron, Cast iron,
Reversible grill grates porcelainized porcelainized porcelainized
Grill accessory ZXGRILL ZXGRILL ZXGRILL These ranges are factory-set for natural gas. Conversion
Thermostatically orifices for LP are packed with each product.
advantium
controlled griddle (BTUs) 18,000 18,000
WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
Adjustable-output
ovens
ceramic IR grill (BTUs) 15,000 15,000 above 6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and
Stainless steel grill/ natural gas operation.
griddle covers 2 1 1
A 48" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 900 CFM
Control knobs Diecast metallic (included)
Oven features
minimum is recommended. Models with a grill require
Capacity caterers oven 5.75 5.75 5.75 a vent hood.
(cu. ft.) everyday oven 2.5 2.5 2.5
Dual broil caterers oven 3000W/1000W/10-pass
Pub. No. 24-M488 120-Volt Demo Cord Kit
WALL OVENS
elements everyday oven 2100W/1400W/6-pass
Dual bake caterers oven 1200W/1000W This 120-volt demo cord is available to allow you to
elements everyday oven 1000W/600W demonstrate controls and lights on the showroom floor.
Dual convection caterers oven 1600W/900W
elements everyday oven 1425W/800W
Oven type both ovens European Reverse-Air convection self-clean 48" Range Configurations
Rack caterers oven 5 5 5
positions everyday oven 4 4 4
Self-clean, caterers oven 3 3 3 ZDP484NGPSS
full-extension with 4 burners, grill and griddle
COMPANION
oven racks everyday oven 2 2 2
COOKING
Broil pans 2 2 2
Halogen caterers oven 6 6 6
oven lights everyday oven 3 3 3
General features
Oven interior caterers oven 28-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 21-3/8
dimensions
(WxHxD inches) everyday oven 12-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 21-3/8
4-prong power cord attached
ZDP486NRPSS
KW rating @240 VAC 11.9 11.5 11.5 with 6 burners and grill
@208 VAC 9.0 8.7 8.7
COOKTOPS
Amp rating @240 VAC 50.0 48.0 48.0
@208 VAC 43.0 42.0 42.0
Recommended @240 VAC 50 50 50
circuit @208 VAC 50 50 50
Main oven convection 2500 2500 2500
wattage broil/bake 4000/2200 4000/2200 4000/2200
ZDP486NDPSS
Companion convection 2225 2225 2225
oven wattage broil/bake 3500/1600 3500/1600 3500/1600
with 6 burners and griddle
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 650 650 650
VENTILATION
Warranty Information
Limited five-year warranty on the gas surface burners.
Limited lifetime warranty on oven racks.
See written warranty for details
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial and model numbers are located behind the left-most knob
for convenience. The full rating label is located on the bottom of the
control panelvisible when the oven door is open.
180 181
COOKING
48" dual-fuel professional range The basics
ealed, dual-flame stacked burners offer low-simmer-to-
S
rapid-boil flexibility.
The lower flame is perfect for simmering, delivering a
Professional
consistent 140F temperature. The upper portion of the
burner delivers high heat for searing, sauteing or stir-frying.
cooking
Three-piece reversible cast-iron burner grates. Use one
side for conventional cooking; turn the grate over to support
a round-bottom wok.
Easy-to-clean seamless porcelain burner pans
Heavy die-cast metallic knobs
Electronic oven controls allow precise adjustment of heat
advantium
settings. The large temperature and time displays make it
easy to monitor cooking progress.
ovens
LED task lights below the bullnose.
Burner ON indicator light on each knob.
Premium-grade, stainless steel construction with
hand-finished edges and seams.
The ceramic IR (infrared) grill has 10,000 to 15,000 BTUs
of adjustable heat. The cooking grate is grooved on one
WALL OVENS
side to create sear marks and rounded on the other for
delicate foods.
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle with 18,000
BTUs of cooking power for fast and consistent heating
across the entire cooking surface.
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require Heavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in and
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are designed
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle. The caterers
COMPANION
an Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for oven has 3 racks and 5 rack positions; the everyday oven has
COOKING
specific hood clearances. 2 racks and 4 rack positions.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and The Monogram professional oven system combines
below the hood must be covered with a non-combustible European Reverse-Air Convection technology and
material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. 6 heating elements in each oven to provide even browning
and baking.
Side view with a backsplash Heavy-duty oven doors are counterbalanced to hold open,
at any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handles.
28-7/8
COOKTOPS
10-1/2 to Front Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
Edge
13/16
adjacent cabinets.
12
Optional 30-36
Backsplash 3-3/16
Accessories Control Panel Backsplash accessories
Depth
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
VENTILATION
28-1/4 to 7 Control
Beveled Panel Height
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
1-1/2
Edge of Control for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
Panel Bullnose
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
35-1/4
to 27-1/2 to non-combustible backsplash can be used.
36-3/4 Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth 48" Professional Range stainless steel
for backsplash (attaches to wall)
Flush
Installation Order ZX12B48PSS for a 12"-high backsplash
Order ZXADJB48PSS for a 30"36" adjustable-height
OUTDOOR
COOKING
28-1/4 backsplash with warming shelf.
to Front of
Door 31-1/16
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
182 Open 183
COOKING
36" dual-fuel professional ranges Advance planning
ZDP366NPSS ZDP364NRPSS ZDP364NDPSS The 36" professional dual-fuel
4 burners 4 burners ranges offer a combination of a
Description 6 burners and grill and griddle
gas grill or griddle and 4 burners
Range features
or simply 6 burners on top, and a
Professional
Dual-flame stacked
large electric European Reverse-
cooking
sealed burners (BTUs) 6 (18,000) 6 (18,000) 4 (18,000)
140F simmer capability Air Convection 6-element heating
Electronic ignition/auto reignition system oven.
Cast iron, Cast iron, Cast iron, These ranges are factory-set for
Reversible wok grates porcelainized porcelainized porcelainized
Cast iron, Cast iron, Cast iron,
natural gas. Conversion orifices for
Reversible grill grates porcelainized porcelainized porcelainized LP are packed with each product.
Grill accessory ZXGRILL ZXGRILL ZXGRILL WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
Thermostatically controlled
griddle (BTUs) 18,000
above 6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and
advantium
Adjustable-output ceramic natural gas operation.
IR grill (BTUs) 15,000
ovens
A 36" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 480 CFM
Stainless steel grill/griddle covers 1 1
minimum is recommended. Models with a grill require
Seamless porcelain burner pans
a vent hood.
Oven features
Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.75 5.75 5.75 Pub. No. 24-M488120-Volt Demo Cord Kit
3000W/ 3000W/ 3000W/
1000W/ 1000W/ 1000W/ This 120-volt demo cord is available to allow you to
Dual broil elements 10-Pass 10-Pass 10-Pass demonstrate controls and lights on the showroom floor.
WALL OVENS
1200W/ 1200W/ 1200W/
Dual bake elements 1000W 1000W 1000W
Dual convection elements 1600W/900W
Oven type European Reverse-Air convection self-clean
36" range configurations
Convection bake/broil/roast
Convection roasting rack
ZDP366NPSS
Automatic meat probe
Self-clean, full-extension
with 6 burners
oven racks 3 3 3
Rack positions 5 5 5
COMPANION
Broil pans 1 1 1
COOKING
Halogen oven lights 6 6 6
General features
Oven interior dim. (WxHxD in in.) 28-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 21-3/8
KW rating @240 VAC 6.1 6.6 6.6
@208 VAC 4.6 4.9 4.9
Amp rating @240 VAC 26.0 27.0 27.0 ZDP364NRPSS
@208 VAC 22.0 24.0 24.0 with 4 burners and grill
Recommended @240 VAC 30 30 30
circuit
COOKTOPS
@208 VAC 30 30 30
Main oven convection 2500 2500 2500
wattage broil/bake 4000/2200 4000/2200 4000/2200
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 475 475 475
Limited lifetime warranty on oven racks. ZDP364NDPSS
VENTILATION
See written warranty for details with 4 burners and griddle
OUTDOOR
COOKING
184 185
COOKING
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners offer low-simmer-to-
he lower flame is perfect for s immering, delivering a
T
Professional
cooking
a round-bottom wok.
advantium
ovens
hand-finished edges and seams.
WALL OVENS
delicate foods.
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require across the entire cooking surface.
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an Heavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in and
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are designed
specific hood clearances. to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle. The caterers
COMPANION
oven has 3 racks and 5 rack positions; the everyday oven has
COOKING
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below 2 racks and 4 rack positions.
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material
such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. The Monogram professional oven system combines
European Reverse-Air Convection technology and
6 heating elements in each oven to provide even browning
and baking.
Side view with a backsplash
Heavy-duty oven doors are counterbalanced to hold open,
28-7/8 at any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handles.
10-1/2 to Front
COOKTOPS
Edge Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
13/16
adjacent cabinets.
12
Optional 30-36
Backsplash 3-3/16
Accessories Control Panel
Depth Backsplash accessories
28-1/4 to 7 Control The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
VENTILATION
Edge of Control combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
1-1/2 Panel Bullnose
for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
35-1/4 backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
to 27-1/2 to
36-3/4 Beveled Edge non-combustible backsplash can be used.
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for 36" Professional Range stainless steel
Flush
Installation
backsplash (attaches to wall)
Order ZX12B36PSS for a 12"-high backsplash.
28-1/4 Order ZXADJB36PSS for a 30"36" adjustable-height
OUTDOOR
COOKING
to Front of
Door 31-1/16 backsplash with warming shelf.
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
Open
186 187
COOKING
30" dual-fuel professional range Advance planning
ZDP304NPSS The 30" professional dual-fuel range
Description 4 burners offers 4 gas burners on top and a
Range features large 5.3 cu. ft. capacity electric
Professional
Dual-flame stacked sealed European Reverse-Air Convection,
burners (BTUs) 1 (18,000), 3 (10,000)
6-element heating system oven.
cooking
Electronic ignition/
auto reignition These ranges are factory-set for
Reversible wok grates Cast iron, porcelainized natural gas. Conversion orifices for
Grill accessory ZXGRILL LP are packed with each product.
Oven features WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is
Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.3 available for operation above 6,000
Dual broil elements 3000W/1000W/10-Pass feet. This kit includes orifices for
Dual bake elements 1200W/1000W both LP and natural gas operation.
advantium
Dual convection elements 1600W/900W
European Reverse-Air
ovens
Oven type convection A 30" or wider HVI certified vent hood with a 300 CFM
Digital oven display minimum is recommended. Models with a grill accessory
Convection bake/broil/roast require a vent hood.
Convection roasting rack
Rack positions 5 Pub. No. 24-M488 120-volt demo cord kit
Self-clean, full-extension
oven racks 3 This 120-volt demo cord is available to allow you to
demonstrate controls and lights on the showroom floor.
WALL OVENS
Broil pans 1
Halogen oven lights 6
General features
Oven interior dimensions Backsplash accessories
(WxHxD in inches) 26 x 16-3/8 x 21-3/8
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
KW rating @240 VAC 6.1
@208 VAC 4.6 for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
Amp rating @240 VAC 26 backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
@208 VAC 22 non-combustible backsplash can be used.
COMPANION
Recommended @240 VAC 30
COOKING
circuit @208 VAC 30
Main oven convection 2500
30" professional range stainless steel
wattage backsplash (attaches to wall)
broil/bake 4000/2200
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 425 Order ZX12B30PSS for a 12"-high backsplash.
backsplash with warming shelf.
COOKTOPS
ZDP304NPSS
with 4 burners
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
188 189
COOKING
Professional
cooking
a round-bottom wok.
advantium
ovens
LED task lights below the bullnose provide a functional and
theatrical touch.
4-5/8"
11-3/8" 9-3/8" hand-finished edges and seams.
eavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in
H
WALL OVENS
E 6-1/2"
3" G/E
2" and out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are
designed to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
30" The oven has 3 racks and 5 rack positions.
The Monogram professional oven system combines
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require European Reverse-Air Convection technology and
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation 6 heating elements in each oven to provide even browning
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an and baking.
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for Heavy-duty oven door is counterbalanced to hold open, at
COMPANION
specific hood clearances. any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handle.
COOKING
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material adjacent cabinets.
such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. Star K Certified Sabbath mode
Side view with a backsplash Advantium

compatibility
COOKTOPS
28-7/8
10-1/2 to Front Allows the range to be
Edge
13/16 paired with an above-
the-cooktop Advantium
oven, offering maximum
12 cooking versatility.
Optional 30-36
Backsplash 3-3/16
Accessories Control Panel
Depth
VENTILATION
28-1/4 to 7 Control
Edge of Control
35-1/4
to 27-1/2 to
36-3/4 Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
OUTDOOR
COOKING
28-1/4
to Front of
Door 31-1/16
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
190 Open 191
COOKING
Accessories Monogram Professional all-gas ranges
Fuel conversion kit (included)
Monogram all-gas ranges provide the precision fit, feel and
All ranges and rangetops are factory-set for natural gas. finish that consumers look for in professional cooking. From
Conversion orifices for LP gas are packed with each product. high-output burners to a stainless steel and aluminum-clad
Professional
A qualified service technician must install the orifices at griddle, Monogram offers more than ever before.
cooking
additional cost.
4-prong power cord (included)

A heavy-duty, 4-prong power cord is attached to each range.
other Accessories
included
advantium
Depending on the model
ovens
and space requirements,
the toekick, power cord, grill
and griddle covers, bamboo
cutting board, broiler pan(s),
island vent and other
accessories are included.
They are not offered a la carte.
WALL OVENS
120-volt display demo
cord kit
A unique, 120-volt demo cord
is available to plug the ranges The patent-pending
240-volt power cord into dual-burner bake
a 120-volt outlet to demonstrate system provides
controls and lights in a remarkably even, and
showroom display. Order beautifully browned,
COMPANION
Pub. No. 24-M488. This demo results on each of the
COOKING
cord works only with Monogram three self-clean racks.
professional ranges. The self-clean caterers
oven on the 36" and 48"
all-gas ranges is a huge
High-altitude conversion kit
6.2 cu. ft.
Order WB28K10553 for operation above 6,000 feet.
COOKTOPS
12"-high backsplash
ZX12B48PSS, for 48" ranges
and rangetops
ZX12B36PSS, for 36" ranges Grill Accessory
and rangetops
Cast iron grill with integrated handle - order ZXGRILL.
ZX12B30PSS, for 30" ranges
30" to 36" adjustable-height
VENTILATION
Backsplash with shelf
ZXADJB48PSS, for 48" ranges
and rangetops
and rangetops
OUTDOOR
COOKING
192 193
COOKING
Professional all-gas oven features Professional all-gas oven features (cont.)
Large-capacity Dual-burner bake*
self-clean ovens
The Dual-burner bake* system in the Monogram all-gas oven
Self-clean caterers oven in is a Monogram exclusive performance feature. When bake or
Professional
48" and 36" models is a huge convection bake is selected, the food is cooked from above
6.2 cu. ft. and can hold 3 full- and below to ensure superior cooking results. The food is
cooking
size (18" x 26") caterers trays. cooked using the U-shaped lower bake burner under the
The 30" model has a 5.7 cu. ft. floor of the oven and the infrared broil burner in the top of
caterers oven. The everyday the oven. Virtually all other gas ovens use only the lower bake
oven in the 48" range is burner when baking or convection baking. This all-gas
2.7 cu. ft. and can easily handle system operates much the same as a dual-element bake in
9" x 13" casserole dishes. Everyday oven Caterers oven
the all-electric Monogram ovens.
*Patent pending
advantium
oven system
ovens
Monogram professional ovens
include a 24,500 BTU bake
burner and 12,500 BTU infrared
broil burner for fast preheating
and precise temperature control.
WALL OVENS
Reverse-Air European convection: Large rear convection
fan reverses direction to provide superb cooking results.
Patented Monogram reverse-air convection eliminates the
need to manually turn cooking sheets while
convection baking.
2-speed cooling fan: Dual-speed fan allows a lower fan
speed during normal operation to reduce fan noise level and
COMPANION
duration. Higher fan speed is used during self-clean cycle
COOKING
operation.
Flat-back convection cover: The convection fan cover has
been specifically designed to reduce protrusion into the rear
of the oven cavity.
Fast oven preheat: Either oven will preheat to 350 degrees Full-extension,
in less than 10 minutes. self-clean racks and
rack supports
COOKTOPS
Monogram offers the
professional range with
3 (2 are full-extension)
racks and supports. Heavy-
IR broil: both ovens duty, porcelain-coated
racks allow self-cleaning
The Monogram gas Infrared broil burner produces without removing any
intense heat needed to sear meats to lock in juices and is racks or rack supports.
thermostatically controlled to provide top browning when The full-extension, ball-
VENTILATION
baking or convection baking using our Dual Burner bearing racks provide easy
Bake* system. access to roasts and hot
baked goods.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
194 *Patent pending 195
196
140F low simmer to 18,000 BTU stainless steel and aluminum-clad
18,000 BTU sealed, thermostatically controlled griddle
dual-flame stacked burners
LED task lights

below the bull-
nose provide a
functional and
theatrical touch.
Upfront ON/
OFF control
Professional all-gas rangetops
button.
Reversible burner grates are flat on one

side and uniquely contoured on the
other to hold a round-bottom wok
Note: ZXGRILL - Grill accessory available.
Electronic oven controls for precise adjustment

and monitoring of heat settings
LED task lights below
the bullnose provide
a functional and
theatrical touch.
Upfront ON/OFF
control button.
oven systemReverse
Halogen light Air Convection
columns provide technology and
a clear view Dual-burner bake*.
Professional all-gas ranges
Low profile rack

Everyday oven is 6.2 cu. ft. caterers oven
just the right size in 48" and 36" models
for 9" x 13" is uniquely sized to
casserole dishes accommodate 3 full-size
with 2.5 cu. ft. sheet trays
capacity
Heavy-duty, self-clean full-extension oven racks (2 in each oven). *Patent pending

1 low-profile rack in large oven.
197
COOKING
48" all-gas professional range Advance planning
ZGP486NDRSS 48" professional all-gas
ZGP486LDRSS range is available with a 6
6 burners burners and a griddle on top,
Description and griddle
Professional
with a large gas Reverse-Air
Range features
convection, dual-burner
cooking
Dual-flame
stacked sealed
Nat.(BTUs) 6 (18,000) bake gas heating system
burners LP (BTUs) 6 (15,000) in both the caterers and
140F simmer capability everyday ovens.
Electronic ignition/ The range is factory-set for
auto reignition
natural or LP gas. Be sure to
Cast iron,
Reversible wok grates porcelainized
order the correct model for
the installation situation. If
Grill Accessory ZXGRILL
the wrong fuel type is ordered, products may be converted.
advantium
Thermo- Nat. (BTUs) 18,000
statically Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
ovens
controlled
griddle LP (BTUs) 16,000
Stainless steel grill/
griddle covers 1 natural gas operation.
Control knobs A 48" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 900 CFM min.
Oven features is recommended. Models with a grill accessory require
Capacity Caterers oven 6.2 a vent hood.
(cu. ft.) Everyday oven 2.7
WALL OVENS
IR broil Caterers oven 29,000 BTU
Everyday oven 12,500 BTU
Bake Caterers oven 24,500 BTU
Everyday oven 10,500 BTU
Reverse air Caterers oven ZGP486NDRSS
convection Everyday oven with 6 burners and griddle
Oven typeboth ovens (Order ZGP486LDRSS
Dual-burner bake* for LP gas)
COMPANION
Convection bake/roast
COOKING
Halogen light columns
Auto meat probe
Rack positions Caterers oven 5
Everyday oven 4
Rack self-clean, Caterers oven 2
ZXGRILL- grill accessory
full-extension Everyday oven 2
Flat rack Caterers oven 1
Broil pans 2
COOKTOPS
Halogen oven Caterers oven 6
lights Everyday oven 3
General features
Fuel oven Gas
configuration LP rangetop ZGP486L
Nat. gas
rangetop ZGP486N
Oven interior Grill is shown on 36" model
Caterers oven 28-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 19
dims. (WxHxD
VENTILATION
in inches) Everyday oven 12-1/8 x 16-3/8 x 19
Recommended circuit
@120 VAC 15 Warranty Information
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 650
The serial and model numbers are located behind the left-most knob See written warranty for details
OUTDOOR
COOKING
*Patent pending
198 199
COOKING
48" all-gas professional range The basics
Professional
cooking
Three-piece reversible cast-iron burner grates. Use one side
for conventional cooking; turn the grate over to support a
round-bottom wok.
advantium
Universal Utility Locations easy to monitor cooking progress.
ovens
4-5/8"
11" 27-3/4" hand-finished edges and seams.
ZXGRILL accessory available.
6-1/2" G/E G/E
WALL OVENS
2" Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle with 18,000
BTUs of cooking power (16,000 BTU on LP) for fast and
48" consistent heating across the entire cooking surface.
Heavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require and out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation designed to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an The caterers oven has 2 full-extension and 1 low-profile rack
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for specific and 5 rack positions; the everyday oven has two racks and
hood clearances. 4 rack positions.
COMPANION
Heavy-duty oven doors are counterbalanced to hold open,
COOKING
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material at any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handles.
such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
adjacent cabinets.
Art shown with ZXGRILL accessory. Star K Certified Sabbath Mode
Side view with a backsplash Both ovens are self-clean
28-7/8 Dual-burner bake* cooks from above and below the food.
COOKTOPS
10-1/2 to Front *Patent Pending
Edge
13/16
12
Optional 30-36
Backsplash
Accessories
3-3/16 Backsplash accessories
Control Panel
Depth The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
28-1/4 to 7 Control combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
VENTILATION
Edge of Control for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
1-1/2 Panel Bullnose backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
35-1/4 non-combustible backsplash can be used.
to 27-1/2 to
36-3/4 Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent 48" Professional Range stainless steel
Cabinet Depth
for backsplash (attaches to wall)
Flush
Installation Order ZX12B48PSS for a 12"-high backsplash.
OUTDOOR
28-1/4
COOKING
to Front of
Door 31-1/16
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
Open
200 201
COOKING
36" all-gas professional ranges Advance planning
ZGP366NRSS ZGP364NDRSS The 36" professional all-gas ranges
ZGP366LRSS ZGP364LDRSS offer a combination of a griddle
4 burners and 4 burners or simply 6 burners
Description 6 burners and griddle
Professional
on top, and a large gas Reverse-Air
Range features
convection, dual-burner bake, gas
cooking
Dual-flame
stacked
Nat. (BTUs) 6 (18,000) 4 (18,000) heating system oven.
sealed burners LP (BTUs) 6 (15,000) 4 (15,000) These ranges are factory-set for
140F simmer capability natural or LP gas. Be sure to order
Electronic ignition/auto the correct model for the instal-
reignition
lation situation. If the wrong fuel
Cast iron, Cast iron,
Reversible wok grates porcelainized porcelainized
type is ordered, products may be
converted. Conversion orifices are
Grill accessory ZXGRILL ZXGRILL
packed with each product.
advantium
Thermostatically Nat. (BTUs) 18,000
controlled griddle LP (BTUs) 16,000 WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
ovens
Stainless steel grill/ above 6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and
griddle covers 1 natural gas operation.
Diecast Diecast
Control knobs (included) metallic metallic A 36" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 480 CFM min.
Oven features is recommended. Models with a grill accessory require
Capacity (cu. ft.) 6.2 6.2 a vent hood.
IR Broil Caterers oven 12,500 BTU 12,500 BTU
WALL OVENS
Bake Caterers oven 24,500 BTU 24,500 BTU 36" range configurations
Dual Caterers oven Flush back
convection
elements Everyday oven Flush back ZGP366NRSS
Reverse-Air convection with 6 burners
Oven type both ovens self-clean
(Order ZGP366LRSS for LP gas)
Dual-burner bake*
Auto meat probe
COMPANION
COOKING
Rack positions Caterers oven 2 2
Rack self-clean,
full-extension Caterers oven 2 2
Flat rack Caterers oven 1 1
Rack positions 5 5
Broil pans 1 1 ZGP364NDRSS
Halogen oven lights 6 6 with 4 burners and griddle
General features (Order ZGP364LDRSS for LP gas)
Fuel oven Gas Gas
COOKTOPS
configuration LP range ZGP366L ZGP364LD
Nat. Gas range ZGP366N ZGP364ND
Oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 28-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 19
Recommended
circuit @120 VAC 15 15
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 480 480
VENTILATION
Grill is shown on 36" model

OUTDOOR
COOKING
202 *Patent pending 203
COOKING
Professional
cooking
round-bottom wok.
advantium
ovens
Universal Utility Locations easy to monitor cooking progress.
4-5/8
12-3/4" 14" hand-finished edges and seams.
G/E 6-1/2"
WALL OVENS
3" G/E
2" Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle with 18,000
BTUs of cooking power (16,000 BTU on LP) for fast and
36"
consistent heating across the entire cooking surface.
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require Heavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation and out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an designed to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for The caterers oven has 2 full-extension and 1 low-profile rack
specific hood clearances. and 5 rack positions; the everyday oven has two racks and
4 rack positions.
COMPANION
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
COOKING
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material Heavy-duty oven doors are counterbalanced to hold open,
such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. at any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handles.
Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
Art shown with ZXGRILL accessory. adjacent cabinets.
Side view with a backsplash Star K Certified Sabbath Mode
Self-clean oven
28-7/8
10-1/2 to Front Dual-burner bake* cooks from above and below the food.
COOKTOPS
Edge
13/16 *Patent Pending
12
Optional 30-36 Backsplash accessories
Backsplash 3-3/16
Accessories Control Panel The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
Depth
28-1/4 to 7 Control for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
VENTILATION
Edge of Control backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
1-1/2 Panel Bullnose non-combustible backsplash can be used.
35-1/4
to 27-1/2 to
36-3/4 Beveled Edge 36" Professional Range stainless steel
- Maximum
Adjacent backsplash (attaches to wall)
Cabinet Depth
for Order ZX12B36PSS for a 12"-high backsplash.
Flush
Installation Order ZXADJB36PSS for a 30"36" adjustable-height
OUTDOOR
28-1/4
COOKING
to Front of
Door 31-1/16
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
204 Open 205
COOKING
30" all-gas professional ranges Advance planning
ZGP304NRSS (Nat. Gas) The 30 professional all-gas range
ZGP304LRSS (LP Gas) has 4 gas burners on top and a large
Description 4 Burners 5.7 cu. ft. capacity gas, Reverse-Air
Professional
Range features convection, dual-burner bake,
Dual-flame stacked Nat. (BTUs) 1 (18,000), 3 (10,000) 6-element heating system oven.
cooking
burners LP (BTUs) 1 (15,000), 3 (9,100)
These ranges are factory-set for
Electronic ignition/auto reignition natural or LP gas. Be sure to order
Reversible wok grates Cast iron, porcelainized the correct model for the installation
Grill accessory ZXGRILL situation. If the wrong fuel type is
Control knobs Diecast metallic (included) ordered, products may be converted.
Oven features Conversion orifices are packed with
Capacity (cu. ft.) 5.7 each product.
IR broil oven 12,500 BTU
advantium
Bake oven 23,500 BTU
ovens
Oven type Reverse-Air convection natural gas operation.
Dual-burner bake*
Digital oven display
A 30 or wider HVI certified vent hood with a 300 CFM
minimum is recommended. Models with a grill accessory
require a vent hood.
Rack positions 5 Backsplash accessories
WALL OVENS
Self-clean, full-extension oven racks 3 The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
Broil pans 1 combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required for
Halogen oven lights 6 installations with less than 12" clearance. The following back-
General features splash accessories are available, or a custom, non-combusti-
Fuel oven Gas ble backsplash can be used.
configuration LP range ZGP304LP
Nat. gas range ZGP304NP 30" Professional Range stainless steel
Oven interior dim. (WxHxD in inches) 28-1/4 x 16-3/8 x 19 backsplash (attaches to wall)
COMPANION
COOKING
Recommended @ 120 VAC 15
circuit @ 208 VAC 15 Order ZXADJB30PSS for a 30"36" adjustable-height
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 420 backsplash with warming shelf.

control panelvisible when the oven door is open. ZGP304NRSS
with 4 burners
(Order ZGP304LRSS for LP gas)
COOKTOPS
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
206 *Patent pending

207
COOKING
Professional
cooking
round-bottom wok.
advantium
ovens
LED task lights below the bullnose provide a functional and
theatrical touch.
4-5/8"
11-3/8" 9-3/8"
E 6-1/2" hand-finished edges and seams.
3" G/E
Heavy-duty, full-extension oven racks glide smoothly in
WALL OVENS
2"
and out on stainless steel ball bearings. These racks are

30"
designed to stay in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
The oven has 2 full-extension racks, 1 low profile rack and
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require 5 rack positions.
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation Heavy-duty oven door is counterbalanced to hold open,
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an at any desired angle, with a slight pull of the handle.
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for
specific hood clearances. Double oven door seals allow semi-flush installation with
adjacent cabinets.
COMPANION
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and
COOKING
below the hood must be covered with a non-combustible Star K Certified Sabbath mode
material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. Self-clean oven
Dual-burner bake* cooks from above and below the food.
*Patent pending.
28-7/8
10-1/2 to Front
Edge
Advantium
COOKTOPS
13/16
compatibility
Allows the range to be
12
Optional 30-36 paired with an above-
Backsplash
Accessories
3-3/16 the-cooktop Advantium
Control Panel
Depth oven, offering maximum
cooking versatility.
28-1/4 to 7 Control
Edge of Control
VENTILATION
35-1/4
to 27-1/2 to
36-3/4 Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4
to Front of
31-1/16
OUTDOOR
Door
COOKING
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4
with Oven Door
Open
208 209
COOKING
48" professional rangetop Advance planning
ZGU486NDPSS The 48" Monogram

6 burners professional rangetop is
Description and griddle available with a combination
griddle and burners.
Professional
Rangetop features
Dual-flame stacked The rangetop is factory-set
cooking
Sealed burners (BTUs) 6 (18,000) for natural gas. Conversion orifices for LP are packed
140F simmer capability with product.
Electronic ignition/ WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
auto reignition above 6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and
Cast iron, natural gas operation.
Reversible wok grates porcelainized
Grill accessory ZXGRILL A 48" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 900 CFM min. is
Seamless porcelain burner recommended. Models with a grill accessory require a vent
advantium
pans hood.
ovens
Thermostatically
controlled griddle (BTUs) 18,000
Adjustable-output 48" rangetop surface configurations
Ceramic IR grill (BTUs)
Grill and griddle
Stainless steel covers 1 ZGU486NDPSS
Diecast with 6 burners and griddle
Control knobs (included) metallic
WALL OVENS
General features
Amp rating @120 VAC 4.0
Recommended circuit 15
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 340
COMPANION
COOKING
The basics
COOKTOPS
high-heat flexibility.
VENTILATION
round-bottom wok.
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle with 18,000 BTUs
of cooking power for fast and consistent heating across the
entire cooking surface.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
210 211
COOKING
48" professional rangetop
Backsplash accessories
These rangetops require a 12"-minimum clearance to a
vertical combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is
Professional
required for installations with less than 12" clearance. The
cooking
following backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
48" Professional Rangetop stainless steel

backsplash (attaches to wall):
advantium
ovens
Installation options:
WALL OVENS
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have an
Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for *Include the overhang of the rear trim when countertop continues behind
COMPANION
specific hood clearances. the product. The overhang is decorative only. The weight of the rangetop
COOKING
is fully supported by the side trims.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and **Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back
below the hood must be covered with a non-combustible finished edge of the control paneltypically, the minimum cabinet depth
material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. (front to back). Maximum cabinet cutout depth is 26" minus the countertop
overhang.
**Maximum countertop cutout depth from the back of the rear trim
to the back edge of chamfer at the sides of the control paneltypically,
Side view with a backsplash the maximum countertop cutout depth (front to back). Minimum countertop
cutout depth is 25-1/4".
COOKTOPS
Note: 12
from the top
of the shelf to
the top of the
backsplash
VENTILATION
Control panel
Control projects
panel forwardforward
projects
from standard-depth
from standard depth cabinets.
cabinets.
Front
Frontofofdeep cabinets
deep cabinets can can
align align with
control panelpanel
with control beveled
bevelededge.
edge.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
212 213
COOKING
36" professional rangetops Advance planning
ZGU366NPSS ZGU364NDPSS The 36" Monogram
4 Burners professional rangetops are
Description 6 Burners and griddle available with a combination
Rangetop features of grill or griddle and burners,
Professional
Dual-flame stacked sealed or simply 6 burners, to suit
cooking
burners (BTUs) 6 (18,000) 4 (18,000)
your needs.
140F simmer capability
Electronic ignition/auto
These rangetops are factory-set for natural gas. Conversion
reignition orifices for LP are packed with each product.
Cast iron, Cast iron, WB28K10553 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
Reversible wok grates porcelainized porcelainized
Grill accessory ZXGRILL ZXGRILL
natural gas operation.
Seamless porcelain
burner pans A 36" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 480 CFM min.
advantium
BTU thermostatically is recommended. Models with a grill accessory require a
ovens
controlled griddle (BTUs) 18,000 vent hood.
Adjustable-output
ceramic IR grill (BTUs) 36" rangetop surface configurations
Grill and griddle
stainless steel covers 1
Control knobs (included) Diecast metallic Diecast metallic ZGU364NDPSS
General features with 4 burners and griddle
Amp rating @120 VAC 0.5 4.0
WALL OVENS
Recommended circuit 15 15
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 240 240
L imited five-year warranty on the gas surface burners.
See written warranty for details ZGU366NPSS with 6 burners
COMPANION
COOKING
The basics
COOKTOPS
ealed, dual-flame stacked burners offer low-simmer-to-
S
high-heat flexibility.
Three-piece reversible cast-iron burner grates. Use
one side for conventional cooking; turn the grate over to
VENTILATION
support a round-bottom wok. Grill is shown on 36" model
Heavy die-cast metal control knobs
delicate foods.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
across the entire cooking surface.
214 215
COOKING
36" professional rangetop
Backsplash accessories
These rangetops require a 12"-minimum clearance to a
We recommend the installation of a 480 CFM vent hood vertical combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is
Professional
above this rangetop. required for installations with less than 12" clearance. The
cooking
following backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
36" Professional Rangetop stainless steel

backsplash (attaches to wall):
advantium
ovens
Installation options:
WALL OVENS
Clearances between rangetop and side
wall or combustible material must be at
least 12" on each side.
*Include the overhang of the rear trim when countertop continues behind
Additional Clearances: Installations without a hood require the product. The overhang is decorative only. The weight of the rangetop
COMPANION
48" minimum to combustibles. A custom hood installation is fully supported by the side trims.
COOKING
with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have **Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back
an Auto-On feature. See hood installation instructions for finished edge of the control paneltypically, the minimum cabinet depth
specific hood clearances. (front to back). Maximum cabinet cutout depth is 26" minus the countertop
overhang.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and **Maximum countertop cutout depth from the back of the rear trim
below the hood must be covered with a non-combustible to the back edge of chamfer at the sides of the control paneltypically,
material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone. the maximum countertop cutout depth (front to back). Minimum countertop
cutout depth is 25-1/4".
COOKTOPS
Note: 12
from the top
of the shelf to
the top of the
backsplash
VENTILATION
Control panel
Control projects
panel forwardforward
projects
from standard-depth
from standard depth cabinets.
cabinets.
Front
Frontofofdeep cabinets
deep cabinets can can
align align with
control panelpanel
with control beveled
bevelededge.
edge.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
216 217
COOKING
Backsplash accessories for
professional ranges and rangetops
Monogram professional ranges and rangetops require at
least 12" clearance to a vertical combustible surface at the
Professional
rear. A backsplash is required for installation with less than
cooking
a 12" clearance.
A custom backsplash can be constructed of
non-combustible materials such as ceramic tile,
brick, marble or other stone.
Stainless steel backsplash accessories are available
when clearances are less than 12" to a back wall.
advantium
Backsplash accessories for 48"-wide ranges and rangetops:
ovens
ZX12B48PSS 12" high
ZXADJB48PSS 30"36" adjustable-height with warming shelf
Backsplash accessories for 36"-wide ranges and rangetops: ZDP304NPSS with ZXADJB30PSS adjustable backsplash with shelf.
ZX12B36PSS 12" high

How the backsplash fits
WALL OVENS
ZXADJB36PSS 30"36" adjustable-height with warming shelf
Backsplash accessories for 30"-wide ranges: The 30"36" adjustable-

Top Cover height backsplash
ZX12B30PSS 12" high with Shelf is a 4-piece assembly.
ZXADJB30PSS 30"36" adjustable-height with warming shelf The back or wall support
panels are secured to the
Wall
Support back wall, just above the
Panels cooking surface. The shelf
COMPANION
is secured to the front ap-
COOKING
pearance panel and then
Cover Panel mounted over the rear
panel and screwed
in place.
The 12"-high backsplash Wall Support Panel

is a 2-piece assembly.
COOKTOPS
The back or wall support
panel is secured to the Cover Panel
All models come equipped for island or non-combustible wall just above the
wall installations. Optional fixed (12") or adjustable-height cooking surface.
(30" to 36") backsplashes are available. The adjustable- The appearance panel
height backsplash comes with a slotted shelf/warming overlaps the rear panel.
rack and is designed to fill the space between the range
and the hood.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
218 219
COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS Advantium Ovenhow it works
Advantium ovens
Professional
cooking
Getting to know Advantium ovens
The Advantium ovens work by using a combination of

halogen lights from the top and a ceramic heater at the
bottom of the oven cavity. Heating elements surround the
convection fan at the back. The microwave feature provides
advantium
a boost of 950-975 watts of cooking power when needed.
ovens
4
Powerful
Speedcook
True European Convection
Sensor Microwave
ovens in one Warming/Proof Oven
WALL OVENS
COMPANION
COOKING
The large 1.7 cu. ft. oven accommodates roasts or casserole
COOKTOPS
dishes on a 16" round tray that holds a 9" x 13" pan. Use the
multi-level rack for convection baking, warming and proofing.
The full-function 950-watt microwave with sensor control
adds even more versatility.
When time is of the essence, ovens with award-winning Preprogrammed recipes
VENTILATION
Advantium Speedcook technology deliver oven-quality provide quick and easy
results without the need to preheat. Advantium ovens programming of over 175
with 240 Speedcook technology cook two- to eight- times pre-set food selections and
faster than a conventional oven, while models with 120 allows programming of up
Speedcook technology cook two- to four- times faster to 30 custom recipes.
than a conventional oven.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
220 221
COOKING
Built-ins with distinct design options Advantium 240V ovens
The complete built-in line-up, available in both European ZSC2201JSS

ZSC2202JSS
and Professional styles.
Description Built-In Oven
Performance
Professional
Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 1.7
cooking
Halogen power 2400 watts
Microwave power 950 watts
Convection power 1500 watts
Lower element 500 watts
Oven Controls
Speedcook mode 2x to 8x faster*
Convection mode
Warm/proofing mode
advantium
Electronic scrolling display
ovens
Over 175 preprogrammed menu items
Interior oven light
Beeper sound level control
Control lock-out
Glass touch controls
Microwave Oven
Microwave mode
WALL OVENS
Microwave trays (2)
Sensor
Defrostauto/time
Cookware Included
Advantium wall oven Advantium wall oven Grilling tray 16" porcelain enamel
ZSC1201JSS shown with ZSC1202JSS shown with Baking trays (2) 16" porcelain enamel
optional storage drawer 30" Professional wall oven Microwave tray 16" clear glass
ZX2201NSS, 30" European ZET1PMSS and 30" Convection baking rack
wall oven ZET1SHSS and warming drawer ZW9000SJSS
General Features
COMPANION
30" warming drawer with Professional panel
COOKING
Overall oven Interior dimensions
ZW9000SJSS. kit ZXD9030P. (WxHxD in inches) 20-3/4 x 8 x 17-3/16
ZX2201NSS for
These ovens are designed to fit in a standard 30"-wide Optional storage drawer accessory ZSC2201JSS only
wall oven cabinet. KW Rating @208 VAC/240 VAC 6.3
Amps Rating @208 VAC/240 VAC 25.9
ZX2201NSS Accessory Storage: The accessory drawer is ideal Recommended
Circuit** @208 VAC/240 VAC 30 amps
for storing extra Advantium trays and the convection shelf. It
is only compatible with ZSC2201JSS and ZSC1201JSS. *Cooks two- to eight- times faster than a conventional oven,
with no preheating.
COOKTOPS
**See local codes for circuit requirements.
Limited five-year warranty on magnetron tube.
The basics
VENTILATION
The halogen-light system speedcooks food to perfection in
minutes, with no preheating. Some foods cook up to 8-times
faster than a conventional oven.
Two 1200-watt halogen lamps are at the top, a 500-watt
ceramic heater at the bottom and a 1500-watt heating element
surrounds the convection fan at the back of the oven cavity.
The microwave feature provides 950 watts of cooking power.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial plate is located on the oven cavity flange, behind the door.
222 223
COOKING
Monogram 240V wall ovens with Advantium 120 ovens
Advantium Speedcook technology
ZSC1201JSS
ZSC1202JSS ZSC1001JSS
Description 30" built-in oven 27" built-in oven
Performance
Professional
Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 1.6 1.6
cooking
Halogen power 500 watts 500 watts
Microwave power 975 watts 975 watts
Convection power 1500 watts 1500 watts
Upper 700 watts Upper 700 watts
Bake element Lower 375 watts Lower 375 watts
Oven controls
ZSC2201JSS European ZSC2201JSS European with Speedcook mode 2x to 4x faster* 2x to 4x faster*
stainless steel ZX2201NSS optional storage drawer Electronic scrolling display 2-line 2-line
advantium
Over 175 preprogrammed items
ovens
Help mode
Demo mode
Interior oven light
Control lock-out
Microwave oven
Sensor
ZSC2202JSS Professional
WALL OVENS
Defrostauto/time
stainless steel
Accessories
Grilling tray 16" round 16" round
Installation Note: The Advantium 240 ovens have the same Microwave tray 16" glass 16" glass
cutout dimensions as the 120 Advantium. If replacing an older Aluminum broiling tray
Advantium 240 wall oven (ZSC2001F or ZSC2001C), choose Second-tier baking rack
the European ZSC2201JSS and the matching storage drawer, Appearance
ZX2201NSS. Installed together, they fit perfectly into the old European
Advantium 240 cutout. See product cutout dimensions on the Style Professional European
following pages. Color appearance Stainless steel Stainless steel
COMPANION
COOKING
Stainless steel interior
General features
Undercounter installation
Optional drawer kit ZX2201NSS**
Interior dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 20-1/2 x 9-1/4 x 17 20-3/4 x 7-7/8 x 17
KW rating @120 VAC 1.8 1.65 Max.
Amps rating @120 VAC 13.75 13.75
Advantium 240 wall ovens demo mode Recommended circuit*** @120 VAC 15 amps 15 amps
COOKTOPS
*Cooks two- to four- times faster than a conventional oven, with no preheating.
**Cannot be used with 27" or 30" Professional Built-in Advantium ovens.
Many showrooms do not have a 240-volt hookup. A 120-volt ***See local codes for circuit requirements.
demo cord kit is available to allow you to demonstrate some Not approved for undercounter installation.
features on the showroom floor. With this kit, the controls will Warranty Information
illuminate and display as though the oven is cooking, the Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor.
cooling fans will operate, but the cooking elements will not. Limited five-year warranty on magnetron tube.
Install the kit and set the demo mode. See written warranty for details
To Start the 240V demo mode:
VENTILATION
1. Plug in the oven.
2. Before setting the clock, touch and hold the POWER/TEMP
and START pads at the same time for a full 3 seconds. The
word DEMO will be displayed. The clock may now be set. The basics
To End the demo mode:
1. Unplug the oven for 5 minutes.
Model ZSC1001 can be installed in a 27" or 30" wall cabinet.
2. Plug in the oven, but do not set the clock. Touch and Side trim is supplied for installation in 30" cabinets.
hold POWER/TEMP and START at the same time for
3 seconds. The word DEMO will no longer be displayed. Models ZSC1201 and ZSC1202 are designed to fit in a
30" wall cabinet and may be installed below a counter or
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The demo mode cannot be terminated by simply unplugging
the unit. You must follow the instructions to initiate or installed side by side.
terminate the demo mode. The microwave feature provides 975 watts of cooking power.
224 225
COOKING
30" Advantium 120 wall ovens Advantium 120 wall ovens demo mode
The 30" ovens are ideal for The oven must be connected to electrical power on the
islands and peninsulas. These showroom floor to demonstrate how the controls work. When
ovens are designed for easy placed in the demo mode, control functions operate normally
Professional
installation into a wall cabinet but will not produce heat or microwave energy.
or under a counter and below
cooking
To Start the Advantium 120 demo mode:
specified cooktops.
1. Unplug the oven for at least 3 minutes.
A Professional model, 2. Plug in the oven.
ZSC1202JSS, is available to 3. B efore setting the clock, touch and hold the POWER/TEMP
coordinate with other Monogram Professional products. and START pads at the same time for a full 3 seconds.
he European model, ZSC1201JSS, may be installed together
T To End the demo mode:
with the accessory drawer, ZX2201JSS, above counter 1. T
ouch and hold the POWER/TEMP and START pads at the
heights. Use the accessory drawer to store extra trays and same time for 3 full seconds.
advantium
cooking utensils. (Model ZSC1202 cannot be installed with The demo mode cannot be terminated by simply unplugging the
the accessory storage drawer, ZX2201.) unit, regardless of how long it is powered down. You must follow
ovens
pproved for installation above a single wall oven or
A these instructions to initiate or terminate the demo mode.
warming drawer. ZSC2201NSS_ZSC1201NSS
European Professional
Advantium 240V and 120V wall ovens
ZSC2201NSS_ZSC1201NSS
29 3/4"
Overall product dimensions
(75.6)
WALL OVENS
ZSC2201NSS_ZSC1201NSS
29 3/4" (75.6)
4 1/4"
(10.8)
Models ZSC2201JSS, ZSC2202JSS, ZSC1201JSS & ZSC1202JSS

front view (showing cutout overlap) 6 43/4"
Dimensions
14 1/2" in
1/4"
(17.1)
(10.8)
parentheses (36.8) are in
29 3/4" (75.6) centimeters unless
ZSC1201JSS 30" built-in oven ZSC1202JSS 30" built-in oven 4 1/2"
otherwise
(11.4) noted.
6 3/4"
(17.1) Actual 14 1/2" product
4 1/4" dimensions (36.8) may vary
Advantium 120 Oven installed below FRONT VIEW (SHOWING (10.8)
CUTOUT OVERLAP) 4due1/2" to manufacturing
a countertop and/or cooktop tolerances.
(11.4)
COMPANION
See installation
Monogram cooktops ZEU36R and ZEU30R may be installed
COOKING
6 3/4" instructions on
above the 30" Advantium 120 oven. FRONT VIEW (SHOWING CUTOUT
(17.1) 14OVERLAP)
1/2" monogram.com for
1-1/2" Min.
(36.8) most current/
23" 4(58.4) accurate dimensions.
25" 1/2"
Cooktop 21 1/2"(11.4)
(54.6)
Cooktop 2 1/4" (5.7)

5 3/4" (14.6) 23" (58.4)
FRONT VIEW (SHOWING CUTOUT OVERLAP)
36" side view 21 1/2" (54.6)
Countertop 19"
Height (48.3) 2 1/4" (5.7)
COOKTOPS
5 3/4" (14.6)
21"
25-1/4"
19"
Cooktop height including depth (48.3)
of electrical box on some models. 23" (58.4)

Refer to cooktop installation SIDE VIEW
instructions. 21 1/2" (54.6)
No minimum clearance required
between cooktop and oven. 2 1/4" (5.7)
5 3/4" (14.6) SIDE VIEW
top view 24 3/4" (62.9)
2.5"
Note: The oven is only approved
(6.3)
19"
VENTILATION
4" High to be installed under the specific (48.3)
Toekick models labeled on the unit. 24 3/4" (62.9)
2.5"
(6.3)
25 3/4"
Side-by-Side Installation (65.4)
SIDE VIEW
Install two 30" Advantium 120 ovens in separate cutouts.
Allow 4-1/2" minimum between the cutouts. Observe all 25 3/4"
(65.4) 2 3/4"
cutout dimensions and requirements. (7.0)
24 3/4" (62.9) TOP VIEW

2.5"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
(6.3)
2 3/4" 13"
(7.0) (33.0)
min
4-1/2"
Min. TOP VIEW
OPEN OVEN DOOR
SHOWING DOOR CLEARANCE 13"
(33.0)
min
226 227
25 3/4" OPEN OVEN DOOR
COOKING
30" Advantium 240V and 120V wall ovens 30" Advantium 240V and 120V wall ovens
Cutout dimensions without optional drawer Cutout dimensions with optional drawer
Models ZSC2201JSS, JSC2202JSS, ZSC1201JSS & ZSC1202JSS Models ZSC2201JSS and ZSC1201JSS with ZX2201NSS
30" 23-1/2"
Advantium wall
Professional
21-1/2" ZSC2201JSS & 30" 23-1/2"
oven installed Recessed ZSC1201JSS wall
21-1/2"
cooking
Recessed
Depth
alone into a ovens with Depth
cabinet or wall 25-1/4" accessory drawer 25-1/4"
Min. Min.
ZX2201NSS
19" 22-1/4"
21"
17-1/2"
29-3/4" 29-3/4"
Construct
36-3/4" Base
Construct
advantium
Min. Min. 3/8"
36-3/4" Base Plywood
Min. Min. 3/8"
ovens
Supported
Plywood by 2x4 or 2x2
Supported Runners all
Four Sides
by 2x4 or 2x2
Runners all
Four Sides
ZSC2201JSS & 30" 23-1/2" Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
ZSC1201JSS wall Plywood
Advantium wall 30" 23-1/2" Construct Solid ovens installed 25-1/4"
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
oven installed Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood with accessory Runners all
WALL OVENS
Four Sides
over a warming 25-1/4"
Supported by drawer ZX2201NSS
2 x 4 or 2 x 2 21" 2" Min.
drawer Runners all over a warming (3" Recommended)
Four Sides drawer Per Warming
17-1/2" 2" Min. Drawer
(3" Recommended) Requirement
36-3/4"
Per Warming Min.
Drawer
Requirement
36-3/4"
Min.
COMPANION
30" 23-1/2"
COOKING
ZSC2201JSS &
Construct Solid
ZSC1201JSS wall Bottom Min.
Advantium wall 30" ovens installed with 3/8" Plywood
23-1/2" Construct Solid 25-1/4" Supported by
oven installed Bottom Min. 3/8" accessory drawer Min.* 2x4 or 2x2
Runners all
over a single Plywood ZX2201NSS over Four Sides
Supported by a single wall oven
wall oven 2 x 4 or 2 x 2 21" 2" Min.
25-1/4" Runners, all (3" Recommended)
Four Sides
Per Oven
2" Min. Requirement
17-1/2"
COOKTOPS
(3" Recommended)
45-1/4"
Per Oven Min.
Requirement
45-1/4"
Min.
30"
ZSC2201JSS & 23-1/2"
Construct Solid
ZSC1201JSS wall Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
ovens installed with
VENTILATION
Construct Solid Supported by
Advantium wall 30" 23-1/2" Bottom Min. 3/8" 25-1/4" 2x4 or 2x2
accessory drawer Runners all
oven installed Plywood Four Sides
Supported by ZX2201NSS over a
over a single oven 21" 2" Min.
2 x 4 or 2 x 2 single oven and a (3" Recommended)
and a warming 25-1/4" Runners all
Four Sides warming drawer
drawer Per Oven
Requirement
17-1/2" 2" Min.
2" Min.
(3" Recommended)
Per Oven
Requirement Per warming drawer requirement
45-1/4"
2" Min.
45-1/4"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Min.
Per warming drawer requirement Note: A
djacent cabinets must have an
adhesion spec rating of at least 194F.
See installation instructions or product Quick Specs on monogram.com

228 for most current/accurate dimensions. 229
COOKING
ZSC1001KSS
27" Advantium 120V wall oven 27" Advantium 120V wall oven
Overall product dimensions Cutout and product dimensions
Model ZSC1001JSS ZSC1001KSS
26 3/4" (67.9)
Model ZSC1001JSS
Dimensions included for both 27" and 30"
Professional
(with trim) installation.
3 7/8"
cooking
26 3/4" (67.9) (9.8)
Advantium 120 oven installed alone
or over a warming drawer
3 7/8"
(9.8) 27" or 30" 23-1/2" 22-5/8"
10" Excluding
(25.4)
14 5/8" Construct Solid Handle
(37.1) Bottom Min.
3/8" Plywood
10"
4 5/8" 25-1/4" Supported by
(25.4)(11.7) 2 x 4 or 1 x 2 18-5/8"
14 5/8"
Runners, all
advantium
(37.1)
Four Sides
FRONT VIEW (SHOWING CUTOUT OVERLAP) 17-1/2" 26-3/4"
ovens
4 5/8" 2" Min.
(11.7)
Install 2 x 4 18-5/8"
9-1/4" or 2 x 2
FRONT VIEW (SHOWING CUTOUT OVERLAP) Runners or
Solid Bottom, 29-3/4"
36-3/4" Must Support with side trim
Min. 100 lbs.
22 1/2" (57.2)
WALL OVENS
2 3/8" (6.0)
6" (15.2) 22 1/2" (57.2) Advantium 120 oven installed Note: Additional clearance
may be required. Check to
over a single oven be sure the oven supports
2 3/8" (6.0) above the warming drawer
18 5/8"6" (15.2) 27" or 30" location do not obstruct
(47.3) 23-1/2"
the required interior
Construct Solid 23-1/2" depth and 9-1/4"
Bottom Min. 3/8" height. See Installation
18 5/8" Plywood Instructions for details.
(47.3) 25-1/8" Min. Supported by
25-1/4" Max. 2 x 4 or 1 x 2
COMPANION
SIDE VIEW Runners, all
COOKING
17-1/2" Four Sides
2" Min.
SIDE VIEW Per Oven
24 3/4" (62.9) Requirement
7/8"
(2.2)
36-3/4" Note: The middle rail
Min. separating the two
45-1/4" openings may need to
24 3/4" (62.9) Recommended be larger than the
7/8"
(2.2) 2" min. shown.
COOKTOPS
27" or 30" Model ZSC1001KSS
24 1/2"
(62.2) Advantium 120 oven installed over a single oven
and warming drawer
24 1/2" Construct Solid Note: Additional clearance
(62.2)
1 7/8" 27" or 30" 23-1/2" Bottom Min. 3/8" may be required. Check to
(4.8) Plywood be sure the oven supports
Supported by above the warming drawer
VENTILATION
TOP VIEW 2 x 4 or 1 x 2 location do not obstruct
1 7/8" 25-1/8" Min. Runners, all
25-1/4" Max. the required interior
(4.8) Four Sides
13" 23-1/2" depth and 9-1/4"
(33.0)
min
height. See Installation
TOP VIEW 17-1/2" 2" Min. Instructions for details.
OPEN OVEN DOOR 13" Per Oven

SHOWING DOOR CLEARANCE (33.0)
min Requirement
Note: These ovens are not
2" Min. approved for stackable,
OPEN OVEN DOOR
SHOWING DOOR CLEARANCE 9-1/4"
side-by-side or undercounter
Dimensions in parentheses are in centimeters unless otherwise noted. 45-1/4" installations. Adjacent
Min. cabinets must have an
OUTDOOR
Actual product dimensions may vary due to manufacturing tolerances.
COOKING
See installation instructions on monogram.com for most current/ adhesion spec rating of
accurate dimensions. at least 194F.

COOKING
Advantium ovens
Approved single wall ovens &
cooktop installation combinations
30" 30" 27" 30" 30" 27" 24" drawer
ZSC2202NSS
Professional
touch/dial touch touch Advantium warming warming microwave
ZET1P/S ZET9050 ZEK7000 ZSC1201/ drawer drawer ZWL1126
cooking
1202 ZW9000 ZJ7000
Gas Cooktops
ZGU384
Yes
Pro
No
No
No
No
ZGU385
Electric Cooktops
ZEU30R
ZEU36R
Advantium 240
ZHU30R
ZSC2201NSS
advantium
ZHU36R
European
ovens
Note: 30" Advantium 120V ovens may be installed below a countertop and
specified cooktops. 27" Advantium 120V ovens and 30" Advantium 240V
ovens cannot be installed below a countertop or cooktop. The French-door
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
single wall oven cannot be installed below any cooktop.
ZSC120SNSS
WALL OVENS
Yes
Yes
Pro
No
No
No
Advantium 120
COMPANION
ZSC1201NSS
COOKING
European
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Advantium 120
ZSC1001KSS
Advantium installation configurations
COOKTOPS
Yes
27"
No
No
No
No
Install above 36" with Pan Drawer
Install below Induction Cooktop
VENTILATION
Install below 36" Countertop
Install below 36" Countertop

with Pan Drawer
Install above 36"
Install Options
OUTDOOR
COOKING
232 233
COOKING
Above-the-cooktop oven with
Advantium 12OV Speedcook technology
ZSA1201JSS
ZSA1202JSS
Above-the-cooktop
Professional
Description oven
cooking
Performance
Four-speed, 300 CFM venting system
Halogen power 500 watts
Microwave power 925 watts
Convection power 1550 watts
Upper 700 watts
Ceramic heater Lower 375 watts
Oven controls
advantium
average 2x faster
Speed cook mode up to 4x faster
ovens
Convection mode
Warm/proof mode
Preprogrammed menu items More than 175
Help mode/demo mode
Interior oven light
The Monogram
Control lock-out
Advantium above-the-
WALL OVENS
Microwave oven
cooktop oven can be
Sensor
paired with the 30"
Monogram Professional Defrostauto/time
ranges and the following General features
Monogram cooktops: 13.6" turntable
ZGU384, ZGU36K, Metal flat tray 1
ZHU36R, ZHU30R, Microwave tray
ZEU36R, ZEU30R and Second-tier baking rack
ZEU36K. Appearance
COMPANION
COOKING
European
Order filler kit JX52BL Style Professional
if placing Advantium in Color appearance Stainless steel
36" cutout. Stainless steel interior
General features
15" Cabinet Bumpout Kit: Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 97
JX15BumpBB (black) Interior oven dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 21-1/2 x9-3/8 x 14-1/4
Exterior oven dimensions 29-15/16 x 16-7/16 x
COOKTOPS
(WxHxD in inches) (excluding handle) 15-3/8
Amp rating @240 VAC
@208 VAC 15
Limited five-year warranty on magnetron tube.
VENTILATION
ZSA1201JSS ZSA1202JSS
European stainless steel Professional stainless steel
above-the-cooktop oven above-the-cooktop oven
with Advantium 120 Speed- with Advantium 120
OUTDOOR
COOKING
cook technology Speedcook technology
234 235
COOKING
antium ovenAbove-the-cooktop oven with
Above-the-cooktop Advantium oven
Advantium 12OV speedcook technology
Dimensions (in inches)
Above-the-cooktop Advantium oven
Dimensions
Overall (inAbove-the-cooktop
inches)
product
Above-the-cooktop Advantiumdimensions
Advantium
30" MIN. oven
oven 240V and 120V outlets REAR EXHAUST
Dimensions 30" MIN.
Dimensions
(in inches) (in inches) width required 240Vneed andto be120V
spaced outlets
on
Professional
66" MIN.
width required 13"
Mounting 30" MIN. needthe to be
side if spaced
the desire ison
240V
to setup with topand 120V outlets If a rear or horizontal exhaust is to be used, care should
66" MIN. MAX.
width requiredExhaust outlet the side if need
the desire is120V be taken to align exhaust with the space between studs,
cooking
height 12" exhaust. to be spaced on
13" from floor66" MIN.
Mounting MAX.
MIN.
Mounting
13" 30" connects
MIN. to30" MIN.
torequired
setup with
the side240V
top
if theand
desire 240V
is and 120V outlets
outlets
to be spaced onor wall should be prepared at the time it is constructed
3-1/4" Xwidth
width required 10" duct to setup need
with totopbe spacedneed on
height
MAX.
12" height66" MIN.12" Exhaust
66" MIN.outlet Exhaust
13" 13" outlet
exhaust. exhaust. the side if the the side
desire is if the desire by leaving enough space between the wall studs to
is
from floor MIN. from floor
MountingMIN. Mounting
height connects
MAX.
to MAX. connects to to setup with top to setup with top
height
12" 12" 3-1/4" XExhaust
10" ductoutlet Exhaust outlet
exhaust. exhaust. accommodate exhaust.
from floor 3-1/4"
from X 10" duct
MIN.floor MIN. connects to connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct
3-1/4" X 10" duct
A Filter Kit Accessory Filter Kit
25-1/2
16 max JX81DRecirculating
A Charcoal Filter Kit
25-1/2
100 16-3/8 max A To be used when the
advantium
Door open 16 max A A
25-1/2 25-1/2 (Rear) Advantium oven cannot
(without
16 max max 16 max
16 max A
obstruction) 100
ovens
16-3/8 A be vented to the outside.
Door open (Rear)
(without 100 16
100max
Door open Door open 16 max 16-3/8 max16-3/8 maxA-A
SIDE VIEW
A A
obstruction)
(without 30 max
(Rear) (Rear)
(without
16 max Cabinet16 max
Cabinet Front
16-3/8 max
obstruction) obstruction) ASIDE VIEW A-A
Bottom Shelf
Filler Block
(Rear)
m distance from 30 max Cabinet Front This distance can
Cabinet
Equivalent
Bottom SIDE VIEW A-ASIDE VIEW A-A
NOT exceed 2 to
of Shelf ensure proper
16 max
ge side to adjacent to Depth
uld equal 1/2-inch. 30 max

30 max
Cabinet Recess Filler BlockCabinet
Cabinet Front installation with Front
the provided This distance can
Minimum distance from Cabinet Bottom
screws.Shelf Cabinet
Equivalent
Bottom2Shelf
NOT exceed to
Self-Aligning Screw to Depth of Filler Block Filler Block
door hinge side to adjacent Cabinet Recess
ensure proper
WALL OVENS
This distance can
installation with This distance can
Minimum
wall should Minimum
equaldistance
1/2-inch.from distance from Oven Top the providedNOT exceed
Equivalent 2 to
Equivalent NOT exceed 2 to
door hinge sidedoor hinge side to adjacent
to adjacent Grille
to Depth of
screws. to Depth of
ensure proper ensure proper
wall 1/2-inch.
wall should equal should equal 1/2-inch.
SIDE VIEW A-A Self-Aligning Screw Cabinet Recess Cabinet
installation
the provided
Recess
with installation with
the provided
Oven Top
max Cabinet Front Self-Aligning Screw
screws.
Self-Aligning Screw
screws.
Cabinet Bottom Shelf Oven Top Oven Top
Filler Block
This distance can
Equivalent NOT exceed 2 to
to Depth of ensure proper
Cabinet Recess installation with
the provided
screws.
Self-Aligning Screw
COMPANION
Oven Top
MAXIMUM DUCT LENGTH
COOKING
For satisfactory air movement, the total duct length of
3-1/4 x 10 rectangular or 6 diameter round duct should
Hood Exhaust Duct not exceed 140 equivalent feet.
Outside ventilation requires a HOOD EXHAUST DUCT.
Elbows, Transitions, Wall and Roof Caps, etc., present
EXHAUST CONNECTION additional resistance to airflow and are equivalent to a section
of straight duct, which is longer than their actual physical
The hood exhaust has been designed to mate with
size. When calculating the total duct length, add the
COOKTOPS
a standard 3-1/4 x 10 rectangular duct .
equivalent length of all transitions and adaptors plus the
If a round duct is required, a rectangular-to-round length of all straight duct sections. The chart below shows the
transition adaptor must be used. Do not use less than approximate feet of equivalent length of some typical ducts.
a 6 diameter duct .
Duct Equivalent
Rectangular-to-round
transition adaptor 5 ft.
VENTILATION
Wall cap 40 ft.
90 round elbow 10 ft.
45 round elbow 5 ft.
90 rectangular elbow 25 ft.
45 rectangular elbow 5 ft.
Roof cap 24 ft.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
for most current/accurate dimensions.
236 237
COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS Exclusive self-clean,
(2 full-extension, 1 regular),
full-extension oven racks
Monogram wall ovens glide in and out smoothly on
stainless steel ball bearings,
and are designed to be left
Professional
in the oven during the
cooking
New french-door design self-clean cycle.
Inspired by the finest restaurant kitchens, the Monogram

French-door wall oven offers professional styling and
distinctive touches inside and out. The French-door design is
modern in appearance and convenience, with double doors
that open with a single pull of the hand. Theater-style LED Ten-pass broil and bake
interior lighting makes it easy to see baking progress, and element covers more surface
advantium
adds to the ovens delicious appeal. Self-clean with Steam area for more even baking
ovens
Clean option gives you flexible options for thorough oven results. (Eight-pass on
cleaning. ZEK models)
WALL OVENS
All-glass interior door offers
a visually striking look that's
easy to clean. Available on
models ZET1S, ZET1P, ZET2S
and ZET2P.
COMPANION
COOKING
Notification lighting allows
New wall oven features you to check cooking status
COOKTOPS
with a quick glance. WiFi
Connect allows you to
True European
control oven functions
Convection with
from anywhere inside or
Direct Air channels
even outside your home,
heated air from the
using your smartphone or
top of the oven and
other web-enabled mobile
circulates it around
device. Not available on
food on all sides for
model ZET1F.
VENTILATION
perfectly uniform
baking and roasting.
(30" models only)
Theatre-style LED oven

lighting located on both
sides of the oven to enhance
visibility and provide a clear
view of food, regardless of
rack position. Available on
OUTDOOR
COOKING
models ZET1F, ZET1S, ZET1P,
ZET2S and ZET2P.
238 239
COOKING
30" electronic dial wall ovens The basics
ZET1SHSS ZET2SHSS New French door design uses a precision-engineered
ZET1FHSS ZET1PHSS ZET2PHSS chain-drive mechanism, which allows for one-hand opening
30" of both doors at the same time.
French-door 30" 30" double
Professional
Description single oven single oven oven Theatre-style LED oven lighting is located on both sides
Performance of the oven to enhance visibility and provide a clear view of
cooking
Self-cleaning oven(s) food, regardless of rack position.
5.0 cu. ft.
Oven capacity 5.0 cu. ft. 5.0 cu. ft. (each oven) Large 5.0 cu. ft. oven interior with 2 full-extension, 1 regular
True European Convection with slide-out racks. Heavy-duty racks can be positioned on any
Direct Air of the 6 ladder rack supports and can stay in the oven during
True hidden bake element(s) the self-clean cycle.
Ten-pass dual broil/bake
element WiFi Connect allows you to control oven functions from
Multi-single-rack convection anywhere inside or even outside your home, using your
advantium
bake smartphone or other web-enabled mobile device.
ovens
Convection roast/broil
Standard/dual zone broil Hi/Lo Hi/Lo Hi/Lo
Backlit electronic control knobs and bright LCD display
Thermal Bake/broil
are as elegant as they are ergonomic.
208/240V performance
compensation European Professional
Broil pan and grid
Convenience
3, 2 full
Full-extension self-clean 3, 2 full 3, 2 full Extension
WALL OVENS
porcelain oven racks Extension Extension (each oven) ZET1PHSS
Theatre-style LED 2 LED light 2 LED light 4 LED light
oven lighting columns columns columns
WiFi Connect
Notification lighting/audible
preheat signal
Proof/warm mode
ZET2SHSS ZET1SHSS ZET2PHSS ZET1FHSS
Certified Sabbath mode
Appearance
All-glass
COMPANION
French door All-glass interior door
COOKING
Oven door(s) design interior door (each oven)
Tubular Tubular
Handle Professional Professional Professional Double ovens
LED backlit LED backlit LED backlit
electronic electronic electronic
Locate junction box in this area
9-1/2" 23-1/2" along back wall
min
Control knobs control knobs control knobs control knobs
Under-cooktop and 5-1/4"
undercounter installation
50-1/4"
Side-by-side installation Without
Pedestal Model A B
53-1/16"
Flush appearance installation or A
Overall
COOKTOPS
51-13/16" min
50-15/16" max
28-1/2" min
28-5/8" max height ZET1FHSS 1-7/8" 4-5/8"
General features with pedestal
B with
pedestal
6 ladder-rack
ZET1PHSS 1-3/8" 4-1/8"
6 ladder-rack 6 ladder-rack positions ZET2PHSS 1-3/8" 4-1/8"
Rack positions positions positions (each oven)
ZET1SHSS 1-1/4" 3-3/8"
Interior dimens. upper 25 x 17-3/8 x 20-1/4
(WxHxD in inches)
12"
ZET2SHSS 1-1/4" 3-3/8"
25 x 17-3/8 30"
23-3/8"
Recessed 29-3/4"
lower x 20-1/4 depth Overall
width
Convection element 2400W 2400W 2400W

4300W; 4300W; 4300W; Single ovens
Broiler element Dual element Dual element Dual element
VENTILATION
Bake element 2850W 2850W 2850W Locate junction box in this area
KW rating @240VAC 4.30 4.30 4.30 min
B
@208VAC 3.90 3.90 3.90 5-1/4"

A
Amps rating @240VAC 20 20 40.08

@208VAC 20 20 40 27-5/8" min
28-1/8" max 28-5/8"
Overall
*See local codes for circuit requirements. height
28-1/2" min
28-5/8" max
23-3/8"
Warranty Information 32-1/2"
Recommended Recessed 29-3/4"
depth Overall
OUTDOOR
width
COOKING
30" The serial plate is located on the oven
cavity flange, behind the door.

COOKING
30" electronic touch convection ovens
ZET9050SHSS ZET9550SHSS
Description 30" single oven 30" double oven
Performance
Self-cleaning oven(s)
Professional
Oven capacity 5.0 cu. ft. 5.0 cu. ft. (each oven)
cooking
with Direct Air
True hidden bake element(s)
Multi-single-rack convection bake
Closed-door broiling
Convection element; bake element ZET9050SHSS ZET9550SHSS
Variable broil; broil element 10-pass 10-pass
Convenience
advantium
Self-clean porcelain-coated
oven racks 3, 1 full extension
3, 1 full extension
(each oven) Cutout and product dimensions
ovens
Theatre-style halogen lighting 3 positions 3 positions
WiFi Connect Double ovens
Notification lighting/audible
preheat signal Locate junction box in this area
Proof/warm mode min
Certified Sabbath mode
Appearance 5-1/4"
WALL OVENS
Oven door(s) Stainless steel Stainless steel
Monogram tubular handle 50-1/4"
Without
Electronic glass touch controls Pedestal
or 3-3/8" 53-1/16"
Under-cooktop and undercounter 51-13/16" min 28-1/2" min Overall
installation 50-15/16" max 28-5/8" max 1-1/4" height
with pedestal with
Side-by-side installation pedestal
Flush appearance installation
General features
Rack positions 6 6 (each oven)
COMPANION
Interior dimensions upper 25 x 17-3/8 x 20-1/4 25 x 17-3/8 x 20-1/4
COOKING
(WxHxD in inches) lower 25 x 17-3/8 x 20-1/4 12"
Convection element 2400W 2400W 23-3/8"
30" Recessed 29-3/4"
4300W; 4300W; depth Overall
Broiler element Dual element Dual element width
Bake element 2850W 2850W
KW rating @240 VAC 4.5 9.0
@208 VAC 3.4 6.8
Single ovens
Amps rating @240 VAC 20 40
COOKTOPS
Locate junction box in this area
@208 VAC 20 40 23-1/2" along back wall
9-1/2"
min
*See local codes for circuit requirements. 3-3/8"
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. 5-1/4"
27-1/4" min
The basics 27-5/16" max 28-5/8"
Overall
height
Huge 5.0 cu. ft. oven capacity.
VENTILATION
28-1/2" min
Hand-buffed and welded door seams. 28-5/8" max
Electronic glass touch controls. 32-1/2" 23-3/8"

Recommended Recessed 29-3/4"
1 self-clean heavy-duty, full extension oven rack; 2 self-clean depth Overall
width
heavy-duty oven racks and 6 ladder-rack positions in each oven.
rue European Convection with Direct Air channels heated air
T
from the top of the oven and circulates it around food on all sides. 30"
WiFi Connect allows you to control oven functions from anywhere

inside or even outside your home, using your smartphone or other
OUTDOOR
COOKING
web-enabled mobile device.
Notification lighting allows you to check cooking status with a for most current/accurate dimensions.
quick glance.
242 243
COOKING
27" electronic touch convection ovens
ZEK7000SHSS ZEK7500SHSS
Description 27" single oven 27" double oven
Performance
Self-cleaning oven(s)
Professional
4.3 cu. ft. (each
cooking
Oven capacity 4.3 cu. ft. oven)
True hidden bake element(s)
Multi-single-rack convection bake
Closed-door broiling
Convection element; bake element
ZEK7000SHSS ZEK7500SHSSS
Variable broil; broil element
Convenience
advantium
Self-clean porcelain-coated oven 3, 1 full extension
racks 3, 1 full extension (each oven) Cutout and product dimensions
ovens
Standard halogen lighting 3 positions 3 positions
WiFi Connect
Audible preheat signal Double ovens
Proof/warm mode
Certified Sabbath mode Locate junction box in this area
Appearance min
Oven door(s) Stainless steel Stainless steel
WALL OVENS
Monogram tubular handle 5-1/4"
Electronic glass touch controls

Side-by-side installation
Flush appearance installation 49-11/16" min 3-3/8"
50-1/8" max
51-1/8"
General features 25" min
Overall
25-1/4" max 1-1/4"
Rack positions 6 6 height
Interior dimensions upper 21-1/2 x 17-1/4 x 20

(WxHxD in inches) lower 21-1/2 x 17-1/4 x 20 21-1/2 x 17-1/4 x 20
Convection element 2400W 2400W
COMPANION
COOKING
4300W; 4300W;
Broiler element Dual element Dual element
12"
Bake element 2850W 2850W
23-3/8"
KW rating @240 VAC 3.60 7.20 27" Recessed 26-3/4"
depth Overall
@208 VAC 2.70 5.40 width
Amps rating @240 VAC 20 30

@208 VAC 20 30 Single ovens
*See local codes for circuit requirements.
COOKTOPS
Warranty Information Locate junction box in this area
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. min
3-3/8"
1-1/4"
5-1/4"
The basics
27-5/8" min
28-1/8" max 28-7/8"
Overall
4.3 cu. ft. oven capacity. height
VENTILATION
Hand-buffed and welded door seams.
25" min
Electronic glass touch controls. 25-1/4" max
1 self-clean heavy-duty, full extension oven rack; 2 self- 32-1/2"

Recommended
23-3/8"
Recessed 26-3/4"
clean heavy-duty oven racks and 6 ladder-rack positions in depth Overall
width
each oven.
True European Reverse-Air Convection fan provides
even cooking performance for single-rack and 27"
convection cooking.
Certified Sabbath Mode.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
WiFi Connect allows you to control oven functions from
anywhere inside or even outside your home, using your See installation instructions or product Quick Specs on monogram.com
smartphone or other web-enabled mobile device. for most current/accurate dimensions.
244 245
COOKING
True European convection with direct air
Cooking modes
Baketraditional Convection Broil Lo with Direct Air
Professional
The traditional bake mode is intended for single-rack The convection Broil Lo mode uses less intense heat from the
cooking. This mode uses heat primarily from the lower upper element along with air movement directly down from
cooking
element, but also from the upper element to cook food. Ten- the top of the oven.
pass bake element covers more surface area for more even
baking results.
Convection Broil Crisp with Direct Air
The Convection Broil Crisp mode is intended as a finishing
Broiltraditional mode at the end of a cooking cycle to add surface browning
The traditional Hi broil mode uses intense heat from the to a dish such as a casserole or a roast.
upper element to sear foods. The traditional Lo broil mode
advantium
uses less intense heat from the upper element to cook food
ovens
thoroughly while also producing surface browning. Ten-Pass Proof
dual broil element covers more surface area for more even Proof mode is designed for rising (fermenting and proofing)
broiling results. bread dough.
Convection bake with direct air Warm

The convection bake mode is intended for single-rack Warm mode is designed to keep hot foods hot for up to
cooking. This mode uses heat from the lower element and 3 hours.
WALL OVENS
also the upper and rear elements, along with air movement
directly down from the top of the oven to allow even baking.
Convection roast with direct air

This mode uses heat from the lower, upper and rear elements
along with air movement directly down from the top of the
oven to improve browning and reduce cooking time.
COMPANION
COOKING
Convection Bake Multi Rack
The Convection Bake Multi Rack mode is intended for
baking on multiple racks at the same time. This mode uses
heat primarily from the rear element, but also heat from the
upper and lower elements, along with air movement from the
convection fan to enhance cooking evenness.
COOKTOPS
Convection Broil Hi with Direct Air
The Convection Broil Hi mode uses intense heat from the
upper element along with air movement directly down from
the top of the oven for improved searing and browning.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
246 247
COOKING
Wall oven overlap dimensions Installing below a cooktop
Overlap Dimensions (in inches) IMPORTANT: Maintain a minimum distance of 31-1/4 from
Left Right Top Bottom
the top surface of the countertop to the wall oven platform to
ensure that the cooktop and wall oven do not interfere with
ZET2SH 11/16 11/16 1/1/4 1/1/4
Professional
each other (see picture).
ZET2PH 11/16 11/16 1/1/4 1/1/4
cooking
30" Double Convection ZET9550 11/16 11/16 1/1/4 1/1/4
IMPORTANT: When the cooktop is installed above a flush-
mounted wall oven, the clearance from the front edge of the
ZET9050 11/16 11/16 1 1
countertop to the front edge of the cooktop cutout is 2-1/2
ZET1SH 11/16 11/16 1 1 minimum plus the wall oven cleat setback (see picture).
30" Single Convection ZET1PH 11/16 11/16 1 1
27" Double Convection ZEK7500 1 1 1 1
27" Single Convection ZEK7000 1 1 1 1
advantium
COOKTOP
ovens
Pedestal rail installation
(30 double ovens only) 31 1/4"
(79.4) min
From top surface of
WALL OVEN
countertop to top
surface of wall
Monogram 30 double wall ovens were designed not only to oven platform
fit within our traditional cutouts, but also to fit into smaller
WALL OVENS
competitive cutouts. To accomplish this we developed the
pedestal rail system.
Use the pedestal rails and larger bottom trim when installing 4 3/4"
(12.1)
into our traditional 30 double wall oven cutout, and discard
them if installing into a smaller or competitive cutout. All of
the necessary hardware is included with the 30 double wall
ovens.
The pedestal rails should be mounted on each side of the
COMPANION
cabinet runner or centered on opposite sides of a solid cabi-
Side-by-side installations
COOKING
net bottom flush with the sides of the cabinet opening. Locate
each rail so the front of the rail is behind the front cabinet (Not applicable to model ZET1FHSS)
opening. Drill pilot holes and attach rails to runner or bottom
of cabinet using the supplied hardware.
Install twoSide-by-Side Installationscutouts
ovens in separate
Install two ovens in separate cutouts.
Center Line Center Line

30 1/2" (77.5) 30" models
COOKTOPS
27" (68.6) 27" models
COOKTOP
Cutout - observe Cutout - observe

all dimensions and all dimensions and
requirements. requirements.
VENTILATION
2" (5.1) min.
Note: One cooktop may be centered over either oven in

NOTE:
the One cooktop
side-by-side may be centered over either
installation oven in
the side-by-side installation.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
For more details about cooktop and wall oven combination
installations please see the installation instructions for both products.
248 249
COOKING
Flush-mount installation
ZET2PHSS
In order to flush-mount Monogram wall ovens so that the Flush-mount 30" double wall ovens
front plane of the control panel and door aligns with the front
of the cabinet, wider and deeper custom cabinets will likely
Professional
be required.
cooking
Cleats must be added to the cabinets to allow for mounting
of the wall ovens within the cabinet. The depth of cabinet and TOP VIEW
cleat is different by model.
2 1/2"
Cleats may be partially visible and so should be finished to
B (6.4)
match the surrounding cabinetry. Side cleats
depth
French-door models, such as ZET1FHSS, cannot be flush-
mounted.
30 1/4" (76.8) flush inset width
advantium
with 1/4" (0.6) reveals
A
ZET1SHSS
Flush-mount 30" single wall ovens 13/16"
ovens
(2.1)
Top cleat
top
cleat
3 1/4" ELEC.
(8.3)
9 1/2"
(24.1)
TOP VIEW side
15/16"
cleat (2.4)
Side cleats
WALL OVENS
53 7/16" 29 3/4" (75.6)
(135.7) cutout width
2 1/2"
B (6.4)
Side cleats
depth
30 1/4" (76.8)
30 1/4" (76.8) flush inset width

with 1/4" (0.6) reveals bottom
cleat
3/8" (1.0) Bottom cleat
(Extends full depth of cabinet)
13/16"
COMPANION
A
COOKING
(2.1)
Top cleat
Top cleat 5 5/16" ELEC. FLUSH INSET FLUSH INSET INSTALLATION

(13.5)
INSTALLATION FRONT VIEW
15/16" 9 1/2"
(2.4)
29 1/16" Side cleats (24.1) Allow 1/4" (0.64)
(73.8) Clearances from side
Side cleat Flush inset edges of oven door.
height 29 3/4" (75.6)
cutout width
COOKTOPS
A B
Bottom cleat
9/16" (1.4) Bottom cleat Model Counter Depth Cleat Depth
(Extends full depth of cabinet)
ZET2PHSS 24-7/8" 1-3/8"
ZET2SHSS 24-3/4" 1-1/4"
ZET9550SHSS 24-3/4" 1-1/4"
ZET1PHSS 24-7/8" 1-3/8"
30 1/4" (76.8) ZET1SHSS 24-3/4" 1-1/4"
ZET9050SHSS 24-3/4" 1-1/4"
VENTILATION
FLUSH INSET FLUSH INSET INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION FRONT VIEW
Allow 1/4" (0.64)
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Clearances from side
edges of oven door.
250 251
COOKING
Certified Sabbath mode feature on How does this feature work?
electronic wall ovens
When the consumer activates this feature, the oven may be
set to go on immediately and stay on for a set amount of
The Sabbathmode feature was designed for use on the time, or to turn off automatically after a set amount of time.
Jewish Sabbath and holidays when the observant are
Professional
The oven will stay at the temperature the user selects when
prohibited from turning the oven on or off, or taking an entering the Sabbath mode.
cooking
action that causes the oven control display to change.
The Sabbath mode control allows the oven to operate
in the Sabbath mode up to three days. Displays and controls
The digital display will not illuminate to show time,
Monogram models featuring Sabbath mode temperature or the selected oven function until the Sabbath
mode feature is manually deactivated at the end of the
The Sabbath mode feature is available on these Monogram Sabbath or holiday.
built-in wall ovens and new Professional ranges and rangetops.
advantium
The oven controls can be set before or after the Sabbath
feature is activated.
ovens
27" single oven models: 27" double oven models: In the event of a power failure while the oven was set in
ZEK7000SHSS ZEK7500SHSS Sabbath mode, the oven will automatically turn off and
stay off, even when power is restored. The oven control
must be reset.
30" single oven models: 30" double oven models:
ZET9050SHSS ZET9550SHSS Lights
WALL OVENS
ZET1SHSS ZET2SHSS The oven light in the single wall oven and the upper oven of
ZET1PHSS ZET2PHSS a double wall oven is automatically locked out by the control
ZET1FHSS while using the Sabbath mode feature.
The light in the lower oven of the double wall oven comes on
Professional ranges featuring Sabbath mode automatically when the door is opened. This oven light may
48" Professional range models: be turned on prior to the Sabbath or the light bulb may
be removed.
ZDP484NGPSS, ZGP484NGPSS, ZGP484LGPSS,
ZDP486NRPSS, ZGP486NRPSS, ZGP486LRPSS, The notification light bar will be disabled while using the
Sabbath Mode feature.
COMPANION
ZDP486NDPSS, ZGP486NDPSS, ZGP486LDPSS
COOKING
36" Professional range models: Sound
ZDP366NPSS, ZGP366NRSS, ZGP366LRSS, ZDP364NDPSS, All sounds are disabled while in Sabbath Mode.
ZGP364NDRSS, ZGP364LDRSS, ZDP364NRPSS, The control will not beep when a pad is pressed while in
Sabbath Mode.
30" Professional range models:
ZDP304NPSS, ZGP304NRSS, ZGP304LRSS
COOKTOPS
The Sabbath feature can be used for regular or timed baking
and roasting. It cannot be used for convection cooking,
broiling, delay-start cooking or self-cleaning.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
252 253
COOKING
New Monogram drawer microwave 24" drawer microwave overall dimensions
ZWL1126SJSS model zwl1126sjss
Description 24" drawer microwave ZWL1126SJ
Features 23 7/8" (60.6)
Professional
22 1/8" (56.2)
Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 1.2 3/16" min cutout width
(.5)
cooking
Power rating* 900 watts 3"
(7.6)
Electronic touch controls
Power levels 10
15 9/16"
Sensor cooking controls (39.5)
min cutout
12 11/16"
(32.2)
height
Custom recipe saver 8 5/16"
(21.1)
Add 1 minute
Melt/soften mode 3 3/32"
(7.9)
Control lock
FRONT VIEW (SHOWING CUTOUT OVERLAP)
advantium
Keep warm mode
22 1/8" (56.2)
Express cook
ovens
1 1/4" (3.2) 19 7/8" 4"
Kitchen timer (50.5) (10.2)
Auto defrost 1 3/4"

(4.4)
Time defrost
General features
15 15/16"
Oven cavity (W x H x D) 16-1/4 x 7-1/4 x 16-1/4 (40.5)
Amps rating @120 VAC 13.9
WALL OVENS
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. SIDE VIEW
21 5/8"
Limited five-year warranty on magnetron tube. (54.9)
1 1/8" 4 11/16" 16 15/16"
See written warranty for details (2.9) (11.9) (43.0)
4"
(10.2)
COMPANION
21 7/8"
COOKING
TOP VIEW (55.6)
1 1/4"
(3.2)
The basics
COOKTOPS
OPEN DRAWER 15"
(38.1)
SHOWING CLEARANCE
Easy access options allow you to open and close the drawer
with the push of a button or by gently pulling or pushing the
recessed handle.
1.2-cu.-ft . capacity accommodates large plates and
cookware with ease. 900 Watts cooking power delivers
rapid, even heat.
VENTILATION
Flush installation capability enables the drawer to be Dimensions in parentheses are in centimeters unless
otherwise noted. Actual product dimensions may vary due
installed flush with cabinetry without any additional parts. to manufacturing tolerances. Actual product dimensions
Glass touch control with white LED display makes it easy to may vary due to manufacturing tolerances. See installation
adjust settings and adds to the drawers sleek, streamlined instructions on monogram.com for the most current/
appearance. accurate dimensions.
10 cooking modes, including Melt, Soften, and Keep Warm
provide cooking convenience and flexibility.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
22" (55.9) mounting
COOKING
cleat opening width
Wall installation Microwave ovens

4" Anti-tip
(10.2)
ZEB1226SHSS ZEM115SJ/SFSS
Full-size countertop Countertop
5" Description microwave oven microwave oven
E
Professional
(12.7) Features
15 9/16"
(39.5) Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 2.2 1.1
cooking
23 1/2" min cutout 24 3/16" (61.4) min 23 1/2"
(59.7) min depth height
24 1/2" (62.2) max (59.7) min depth Watts (IEC-705 test
TOP VIEW cutout width procedure) 1100 800
3/4" Electronic touch controls
(1.9)
Instant-on controls
Turntable on/off
1 3/16" 18 1/2" Ten power levels
(46.9)
(3.0) Side cleat Microwave cook I & II
Popcorn,
advantium
Reheat,
22" (55.9) mounting Beverage, Popcorn,
ovens
STANDARD
cleat opening width FLUSH INSTALLATION FLUSH INSET Vegetables, Reheat,
Potatoes, Beverage,
INSTALLATION FRONT VIEW INSTALLATION Defrost, Vegetables,
Sensor cooking controls MyPlate menu Potatoes
Add 30 seconds
4"
(10.2) Express cook
Kitchen timer
Auto defrost
WALL OVENS
E 5" Time defrost
(12.7)
15 9/16" Child lock-out
(39.5) TOP VIEW
min cutout 24 3/16" (61.4) min 23 1/2" General features
height
24 1/2" (62.2) max (59.7) min depth
cutout width
JX2127SH JX830SFSS
3/4" Optional built-in kit JX2130SH JX827SFSS
(1.9) Interior dimensions
1 3/16"
(3.0) (WxHxD in inches) 17 x 11-5/8 x 18-7/8 17-3/8 x 9 x 12-1/4
Side cleat
18 1/2" Amps rating @120 VAC 13.9 11.5
(46.9) Approximate shipping
weight (lbs.) 51 34
COMPANION
22" (55.9) mounting
COOKING
cleat opening width *See local codes for circuit requirements.
FLUSH INSTALLATION FLUSH INSET

4"
FRONT VIEW INSTALLATION
(10.2)
To reduce the risk of tipping of the drawer, the Warranty Information
Anti-Tip block must be properly installed located Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor.
14 13/16-inches
5" above the floor on which the
E (12.7) Limited five-year warranty on magnetron tube.
Microwave Drawer
15 9/16" will sit. The 6-inch Anti-Tip See written warranty for details
COOKTOPS
block must
(39.5)
min cutout be provided by the installer. The
24 3/16" (61.4) min 23 1/2"
Anti-Tip block
height
24 1/2"prevents
(62.2) max serious injury that(59.7)
might
min depth
result from spilled
cutout widthhot liquids.
3/4"
(1.9)
18 1/2"
(46.9)
VENTILATION
FLUSH INSTALLATION FLUSH INSET
FRONT VIEW INSTALLATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
for most current/accurate dimensions. The serial plate is located on the inside wall.
256 257
COOKING
The basics Microwave ovens
ZEB1226SHSS, Stainless Steel Microwave Oven
Professional
Locate Electrical 25-1/2"
cooking
Outlet on Back
Wall 19-1/2" Min. 19"
Outside and 22" Min.
Inside Cutout Built-In Accessory Kit
19" shown here is neces-
ZEB1226SHSS microwave oven 16-3/4" sary.
B
Large, 2.2 cu. ft. oven cavity with turntable, powerful
advantium
1100 watts.
ovens
Stainless steel door and case. A JX2127SH JX2130SH
Electronic touch controls.
A 27" 30"
Interactive scrolling display provides step-by-step
B 26-5/8" 29-3/4"
instructions.
Child lock-out feature prevents unwanted use.
Sensor Cooking control senses the steam from food and
605Dia100
Note: The trim frame protrudes forward of cabinetry to allow
air flow from the top, bottom and sides of the frame. Allow
WALL OVENS
adjusts cooking time automatically to accommodate the 1" clearance beyond the edge of the trim frame to provide
type and amount of food being prepared. proper air flow.
Order JX2127SH for installation into a 27"-wide cabinet.
Order JX2130SH for installation into a 30"-wide cabinet.
Installation options
Use this microwave oven on the countertop or install into a
wall, or above a 27" or 30" wall oven with optional trim kits.
COMPANION
COOKING
ZEM115SJSS compact model
COOKTOPS
Wide, 1.1 cu. ft. oven cavity with turntable, 800 watts.
Electronic touch controls.
Sensor Cooking control actually senses the steam from
food and adjusts cooking time automatically to accom-
modate the type and amount of food being prepared.
Child lock-out feature prevents unwanted use.
This microwave oven can be used on a countertop or
VENTILATION
hung from kitchen wall cabinets (kit provided). Order
JX827SFSS, stainless steel trim kit, for installation into a
27" wall or cabinet or JX830SFSS kit for installation into
a 30" wall or cabinet.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
258 259
COOKING
Microwave oven 27" and 30" warming drawers
ZW9000SJSS ZJ7000SJSS
Description 30" warming drawer 27" warming drawer
Compact microwave oven Features
Professional
ZEM115SJSS, Stainless steel microwave oven Infinite-setting temp controls 75230 75230
cooking
ON/OFF switch
Humidity control Crisp/Moist Crisp/Moist
24-7/8" 1/8" On indicator light
Full-extension slides
Removable half rack
A Frameless drawer front Stainless steel Stainless steel
Hand-polished,
C 15" 1/8" welded drawer front
advantium
Monogram tubular handle
Accessories
ovens
B Custom wood panel kit ZXD30B ZXD278
18" MIN.
receptacle Professional panel kit ZXD30P
in cabinet General features
16" MIN. Interior dimensions 23-7/8 x 6-1/4 x 20-7/8 x 6-1/4 x
16-1/2" Bra receptacle (WxHxD in inches) 22-1/16 22-1/16
Trim cke
t outside KW rating @120 V .45 .45
Kit cabinet Amps rating @120 V 15 15
WALL OVENS
36" MIN.* Heating element wattage 450 450
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 65 59
Z Cabinet overlap requirements 30" 27"

A - Overlap of trim kit over top of cabinet 3/4" 3/4"
B - Overlap of trim kit over bottom of cabinet 5/8" 5/8" Warranty Information
C - Overlap of trim kit over sides of cabinet 2-1/2" 1"
*For ADA compliance, the microwave must be Note:
installed no higher than 37-7/8". Allow an additional inch See written warranty for details.
of clearance beyond trim
frame on all sides
COMPANION
COOKING
Accessory Trim Kits
JX830
Z
29-7/8" The basics
JX827 26-7/8"
Hidden temperature control and ON/OFF switch.

Installation options Infinite temperature settings from 75 to 230. A perfect
temperature range for proofing dough to warming plates.
The ZEM115 models can be used on the countertop. A
hanging kit is provided to mount the microwave under a wall Humidity is controlled by sliding a vent open or closed on
cabinet. These models can also be built into a cabinet or wall the inside of the drawer front. Open the vent to keep food
COOKTOPS
with a built-in kit: JX827SFSS or JX830SFSS. crisp; close the vent to keep foods moist.
Full-extension slides for access to entire drawer depth.
All models have a color-matched tubular handle.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial plate is located on the right side
See installation instructions or product Quick Specs on monogram.com of the cavity (remove pan to access).
260 261
COOKING
Warming drawer advance planning Warming drawer
30" warming drawer model:
ZW9000SJSS, Stainless Steel Warming drawers can be installed below a countertop,
Monogram cooktops and single or double ovens.
Professional
Or, install two warming drawers side by side.
27" warming drawer model:
cooking
ZJ7000SJSS, Stainless Steel
Side-by-side installation
Accessories 2"
ZXD27B Custom Panel Kit for 27" model. Min.
ZXD30B Custom Panel Kit for 30" model.
All models accept a trimless custom front panel up to Side-by-Side Installation
advantium
3/4" thick. The panel will not be flush with adjacent cabinetry
ovens
drawers and doors. The tubular handle can be reinstalled onto Observe all dimensions and clearances. Allow 2" minimum
the custom panel with clearance between cutouts.
longer screws (not
provided). Or, the
26-3/4" for 27" Models
30" for 30" Models 605Dia107 Install
original handle can 2x4 or 2x2
Drill 5/16" Dia.
be replaced with a 10-1/2" Through Custom 1-13/16" Anti-Tip Block
custom handle of your Panel For Lamp Jewel Against Rear
choice. (Handle is not 9" Cabinet Wall
WALL OVENS
supplied.) Choose 9" From Floor
1-3/4" to Bottom
a custom handle to
match or 2x4 or 2x2 of Block
complement cabinetry hardware. Runners or Solid
Bottom
605Dia102 Installation below a countertop

ZXD9030P Professional door panel with handle
Install
COMPANION
Fits 30" warming drawer. 2x4 or 2x2
COOKING
Electrical Outlet
Anti-Tip Block Electrical Outlet 42" Max. From
This panel coordinates Against Rear Flush With Right Side. 1-1/2"
with other Monogram Cabinet Wall Side of Cabinet
9" From Floor 7" Max. Cabinet
Professional products. to Bottom Top
Electrical of Block 25"
Outlet 16" Max. Solid Barrier
From Left Side. 7"
See Note
1" Min.* 36"

9" Countertop
9-1/4"
COOKTOPS
A Height
Solid Barrier
low
Be
1/4" ion r
lat e Dim. A
23-1/2" Min. Air Gap n s tal Draw
I a
Install a Solid Barrier ZJ7000 25-1/2"

and a 1/4" Air Gap ZW9000 28-1/2"
Above Warming Drawer
VENTILATION
*Note: When installing the warming drawer below a cooktop,
a solid barrier must be installed at least 1" from the lowest
point of the bottom of the cooktop burner box to the top of
the cutout. Use any solid material such as 1/4"-thick plywood.
Allow at least 1/4" air gap between the barrier and the top of
605Dia109
the warming drawer. See label on top of the warming drawer
for approved cooktop models. A solid barrier and air gap are
also required when the warming drawer is installed beneath a
OUTDOOR
COOKING
cabinet drawer. See illustration.

262 263
COOKING
Warming drawer Notes
Cutout and product dimensions (cont.)
Installation below
a single oven
Professional
23-1/2" Min.
Inside
cooking
Oven
Cutout
2x2 or 2x4 2" Min.
Anti-Tip Block
advantium
Against Rear
Wall, 9" From 9"
ovens
Floor to Allow 5/8"
Bottom of 9-1/4" Overlap on
Block 23-1/4"
All Sides
10-1/2"
A
1" Min. Above Toekick or Adjust B
WALL OVENS
to Oven Installation Height
Dim. A Dim. B
ZJ7000 25-1/2" 26-3/4"

ZW9000 28-1/2" 30"
605Dia110
Note: Additional clearances between cutouts may be
required. Check to be sure that oven supports above
the warming drawer location do not obstruct the
COMPANION
required interior 23-1/2" depth and 9-1/4" height.
COOKING
Installation below
a double oven 23-1/2" Min.
Inside
COOKTOPS
Allow 5/8"
Oven Overlap on
Cutout All Sides
2x2 or 2x4 2" Min.

Anti-Tip Block
Against Rear 23-1/4"
Wall, 9" From
VENTILATION
9"
Floor to
Bottom of 9-1/4"
Block 10-1/2"
A
1" Min. Above Toekick B
Dim. A Dim. B
ZJ7000 25-1/2" 26-3/4"
OUTDOOR
ZW9000 28-1/2" 30"
COOKING
605Dia111
264 265
COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS
Monogram cooktops
Professional
the powerful advantage of
cooking
new monogram inductioN cooktops
advantium
ovens
Precision cooking
Achieve restaurant quality results with an optional probe that
WALL OVENS
wirelessly controls the temperature of your food. Ideal for
sous vide, slow cooking, making candy, etc., or for any other
cooking that requires precise control of temperature over time.
JXSOUSV1Induction Cooktop Sous Vide Accessory: See Use
Glide touch controls & Care and Installation Instructions for details.
Easy to use electronic
controls allow you to
precisely raise or lower
heat in an instant with
COMPANION
COOKING
one easy swipe.
Monogram 30" and 36" induction cooktops
COOKTOPS
ZHU36RSHSS ZHU30RSHSS
ZHU36RDJBB ZHU30RDJBB
Reflective, silver glass ceramic finish shown.

Also available in Black Graphite. MULTI-ELEMENT TIMER
Manage up to five pans (36 model) at once with individual
VENTILATION
Stainless steel clad timers for each element.
aluminum griddle
Offers a lightweight design
thats tailored to fit Flexible installation options
Monogram SyncBurners Both 36" and 30" cooktops can be installed over a
and helps achieve even Monogram 30" single oven or with a downdraft vent.
cooking results. See Venting Systems.
SyncBurners
Control two 7 elements
OUTDOOR
COOKING
simultaneously to evenly
heat large cookware or
the included griddle.
266 267
COOKING
Induction cooktops The basics
ZHU36RSJSS ZHU30RSJSS Five induction cooking elements on 36 model, four
ZHU36RDJBB ZHU30RDJBB
induction cooking elements on 30 model. Enjoy a new level
Description
of rapid, precise heating with a cool-to-the-touch surface
Professional
36" induction cooktop 30" induction cooktop that's easy to clean.
Performance
cooking
Number of elements 5, induction 4, induction
11" 3700W induction element rapidly boils water with
Monograms most powerful induction element.
Front right element 8" (3200W) 11" (3700W)
Front left element 7" (2500W) 7" (2500W) Electronic glide touch controls are easy to use and include a
Rear right element 6" (1800W) 6" (1800W) timer and control-lock feature. A hot-surface indicator adds
Rear left element 7" (2500W) 7" (2500W) an extra measure of convenience and safety.
Center element 11" (3700W) Flush-mount capable optional accessory kit enables the
Element power generators 3 2 cooktop to be flush inset into the countertop for a sleek,
Convenience modern look. Order flush-mount kit JXFLUSH1 for both
advantium
Controls Electronic Glide Touch Electronic Glide Touch 36- and 30-inch models.
ovens
Pan presence sensor 36 and 30 induction cooktops are ADA-compliant.
Pan size sensor
SyncBurners control
Multi-element timer
Control lock capability 16" Min
3" Min
Cooktop ON light 3-1/4"
Junction
All-off control Box
WALL OVENS
Power level indicators 19 levels 19 levels
4-7/16" at
Hot-surface indicators 5, 1 per element 4, 1 per element
Front Baffle
Stainless steel clad
aluminum griddle Included Included
Allow 3 minimum clearance below Note: When the cooktop
Appearance is installed over an oven,
the cooktop bottom to combustible
Glass surface color
Patterned silver
Black Graphite
Patterned silver
Black Graphite
605Dia125
materials. Drawers may be installed
the baffle is not required.
LED display color White White

3" below the cooktop bottom.
Flush-mount capable Yes, with kit Yes, with kit
COMPANION
Optional accessories
COOKING
Flush-mount kit JXFLUSH1 JXFLUSH1 ZHU36RSJSS Silver
Precision cooking probe kit JXSOUSV1 JXSOUSV1
ZHU36RDJBB Black Graphite
General features
KW rating @ 240V 11.6 7.7 36" 20-3/8"
@ 208V 10.1 6.9
Recommended circuit 2" Min.
breaker size (Amps) 50 40
to Side Walls
Min.
COOKTOPS
19-1/8" 33-7/8"
ZHU36R 3700W
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
2500W 7" 1800W
6"
11"
ZHU30RSJSS Silver
7" 8"
ZHU30RDJBB Black Graphite
VENTILATION
2500W 3200W
29-3/4" 20-7/8"
1800W
ZHU30R 2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
2500W
7" 6" Min.
11"
19-5/8" 28-1/2"
2500W 7" 3700W
2-1/2" Min.
Note: Maximum to Front Edge
OUTDOOR
COOKING
wattage shown at
"Hi"setting.
Install with an HVIcertified vent hood of the same or
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktop. greater width; 300-CFM minimum is recommended.
268 269
COOKING
How induction cooking works
The elements beneath the cooking surface produce a Power sharing

magnetic field that causes the electrons in the ferrous metal A 36 cooktop has 3 cooking zones and a 30 cooktop has
pan to vibrate and produce heat. 2 cooking zones. If two elements in the same zone are in use
Professional
The cooking surface itself does not heat. Heat is produced and at least one element is at the maximum power level (Hi),
cooking
in the cooking pan, and cannot be generated until a pan is the Hi setting will operate at a reduced power level. Note
placed on the cooking surface. that the display will not change. This is how power is shared
between two elements in the same cooking zone.
When the element is activated, the pan begins to heat
immediately and in turn heats the contents of the pan.
36" Cooktops
Magnetic induction cooking requires the use of cookware
have 3 cooking zones
made from ferrous metalsmetals to which magnets will
stick, such as iron or steel.
advantium
Use pans that fit the element size. The pan must be large
enough for the safety sensor to activate an element.
ovens
The cooktop will not operate if a very small steel or iron
utensil (less than the minimum size across the bottom) is
placed on the cooking surface when the unit is turned on
items such as steel spatulas, cooking spoons, knives and Left Zone Center Zone Right Zone
other small utensils. 36" Wide Cooktop
30" Cooktops
WALL OVENS
Use the minimum size pan for have 2 cooking zones
the element. The pan material
is correct if a magnet sticks to
the bottom.
Left Zone Right Zone
COMPANION
COOKING
30" Wide Cooktop
cooking noise Flush-mount cutout dimensions

Slight sounds may be produced by different types of If not using the templates provided with the JXFLUSH1 kit,
cookware. Heavier pans such as enameled cast iron produce these are the dimensions to which the countertop should be
less noise than a lighter weight multi-ply stainless steel pan. cut for both the 30 and the 36-wide induction cooktops.
COOKTOPS
The size of the pan, and the amount of contents, can also The maximum depth of the cut is 1/4.
contribute to the sound level.
When using adjacent elements that are set at certain power C R 5/8" (1.6)
All Four Corners
level settings, magnetic fields may interact and produce a low A
whistle or intermitted hum. These noises can be reduced or
eliminated by lowering or raising the power level settings of
one or both of the elements.
Pans that completely cover the element ring will produce
VENTILATION
B D
less noise. A low humming noise is normal particularly on
high settings. Sounds you may hear: You may hear a slight
Buzz when cooking with Hi mode. This is normal. The sound
depends on the type of pot being used.
Some pots will Buzz louder depending on the material.
A Buzz sound may be heard if the pan contents are cold. Cooktop A B C D
As the pan heats, the sound will decrease. If the power level is
30" 28-1/2" 19-5/8" 30" 21-1/8"
reduced, the sound level will go down.
36" 33-7/8" 19-1/8" 36-1/4" 20-5/8"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
270 271
COOKING
Electric radiant cooktops The basics
ZEU36RSJSS ZEU30RSJSS G
lide touch controls precisely control
Description heat instantly and easily with one swipe.
36" Touch control 30" Touch control
Five radiant cooking elements cook
Professional
electric cooktop electric cooktop
Performance foods quickly and evenly on this sleek,
cooking
Number of elements 5, Radiant ribbon 5, Radiant ribbon
glass surface.
9"/7"/5" Tri-ring Power Boil element is a flexible triple
Front right element PowerBoil (3000W) 8"/5" Dual-ring (2200W) element that allows you to use
Front left element 7" (1500W) 7" (1500W) different pan sizes on a single location
Rear right element 6" (1200W) 6" (1200W) that produces rapid powerful heat.
Rear left element 7" (1500W) 7" (1500W)
SyncBurners control two 7" elements
12"/9"/6" Tri-ring 9"/7"/5" Tri-ring
Center element PowerBoil (3600W) PowerBoil (3000W)
simultaneously to evenly heat large
cookware or the included griddle.
advantium
Convenience
36 and 30 radiant cooktops are
ovens
Controls Electronic Glide Touch Electronic Glide Touch
SyncBurners control ADA-compliant.
Multi-element timer
Control lock capability
All-off control
Power level indicators 19 levels 19 levels
Hot-surface indicators 5, 1 per element 5, 1 per element 36" and 30" digital cooktops
Stainless steel clad Cutout and product dimensions
WALL OVENS
aluminum griddle Included Included
Appearance
Glass surface color Patterned black Patterned black ZEU36RSJSS, 36" black digital cooktop with
LED display color Red and White Red and White stainless steel trim
Stainless steel frame Yes, full perimeter Yes, full perimeter
36-1/8" 21-1/4"
General features
KW rating @240V 10.8 9.4
2" Min.
@208V 8.1 7.1 to Side Walls
Recommended circuit 1-3/4"
COMPANION
breaker size (Amps) 50 40 Min.
COOKING
An HVI certified vent hood or downdraft of the same or greater width having
300 CFM minimum air flow is recommended 19-1/8" 33-7/8"
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
electric radiant Cooktop Configurations

ZEU30RSJSS, 30" black digital cooktop
COOKTOPS
ZEU36R 3600W
with stainless steel trim
Tri-Ring 29-7/8" 21-3/8"
Power Boil
1500W 12" 1200W

(keep warm) 6" (melt)
7" 9"
6" 1-3/4"
Min.
9"
7" 2" Min.
7" 19-5/8" 28-1/2" to Side Walls
5"
VENTILATION
1500W 3000W 2-1/2" Min.
Tri-Ring to Front Edge
Power Boil
All models require 5" minimum clearance below
cooktop bottom to combustible materials.
ZEU30R 3000W
Tri-Ring
Power Boil
16" Min
1500W
(keep warm) 9" 1200W Junction
6" (melt)
7" 7" Box
5" 3-1/16"
5-13/16"
8"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
7" 5"
5-1/16"
1500W 2200W
Dual-ring
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktop.

272 273
COOKING
36" stainless steel gas cooktop The basics
ZGU385NSMSS 6
2,000 total BTU power for
Features natural gas. Five innovative
Sealed cooktop burners 5 dual-flame stacked burners
Professional
Dual-flame stacked burners 5 offer low-simmer-to-
cooking
140F simmer burners 5
Automatic reignition All 5 burners use 2 separate
Electronic pilotless ignition flames, the upper flames for
Cast-iron, porcelain-enameled high-heat cooking and the
burner grates
lower flame for simmering at a
Continuous integrated
interlocking grates
consistent 140F temperature.
Machined stainless steel knobs 5
Knob indicator light 5
advantium
General features Installation basics, options
ovens
Cooktop surface Stainless steel This cooktop is factory-set for natural gas. Conversion orific-
(2) 10,000 es for LP are packed with each product. A qualified service
(2) 12,000 technician can install the orifices at additional cost.
Burners (BTUs) (1) 18,000
Cooktop electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A WB28T10185 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 68 above 5,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and
natural gas.
WALL OVENS
Gas Cooktop configuration 36" stainless steel gas cooktop

COMPANION
10,000 BTUs 18,000 BTUs 10,000 BTUs 20-5/16 at sides
COOKING
ZGU385NSMSS 21-3/16 at center
36-3/4
3-3/4
12 Min.
from Cutout
19-1/8 to Side Walls
3-3/8 Min.
from Cutout 33-7/8
COOKTOPS
LO LO LO LO LO to Rear Vertical
Combustibles
USE WITH
LARGER
POTS
SIM SIM SIM SIM SIM
HI HI X-HI HI HI
LITE LITE LITE LITE LITE
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
2-1/2 Min.
12,000 BTUs 12,000 BTUs from Cutout
ZGU385NSMSS
to Front of
ZGU385LSMSS
Countertop
This cooktop offers a full range of powerful temperature
control options with 62,000 total BTUs on natural gas.
The model is equipped with 5 dual-flame burners. 36 Min.
Cabinet Base
VENTILATION
Install with an HVIcertified vent hood or downdraft vent
of the same or greater width; 350-CFM minimum
is recommended.
Locate gas and electrical as shown.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
274 275
COOKING
30" stainless steel gas cooktop The basics
ZGU384NSMSS 5
0,000 total BTU power on
Features natural gas. Four innovative
Sealed cooktop burners 4 dual-flame stacked burners
Professional
Dual-flame stacked burners 4 offer low-simmer-to-rapid-
boil flexibility.
cooking
140F simmer burners 4
Automatic reignition All 4 burners use 2 separate
Electronic pilotless ignition flames, the upper flame for
Cast-iron, porcelain-enameled high-heat cooking and the
burner grates lower flame for simmering at a
Continuous integrated consistent 140F temperature.
interlocking grates
Machined stainless steel knobs 4
Burner setting indicator lights 4 embedded in knobs
advantium
General features
Installation basics, options
ovens
Cooktop surface Stainless Steel T
his cooktop is factory-set for natural gas. Conversion
(2) 10,000 orifices for LP are packed with each product. A qualified
(1) 12,000 service t echnician can install the orifices at additional cost.
Burners (BTUs) (1) 18,000
Cooktop electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A W
B28T10185 High-Altitude Kit is available for operation
above 5,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP
and natural gas.
WALL OVENS
Gas Cooktop configuration 30" stainless steel gas cooktop

COMPANION
10,000 BTUs 10,000 BTUs
COOKING
ZGU384NSMSS 21at sides
21-5/8at center
LO
30-3/4
SIM
HI
LITE
3-3/4
OFF
LO
SIM
HI
12 Min.
LITE
OFF
LO
from Cutout
to Side Walls
USE WITH
LARGER
19-5/8
POTS
SIM
X-HI
LITE
OFF
LO
2-7/8 Min. 28-1/2
COOKTOPS
SIM
from Cutout
HI
LITE
OFF
to Rear Vertical
Combustibles
18,000 BTUs ZGU384LSMSS 12,000 BTUs 2-1/2 Min.
ZGU384NSMSS from Cutout
This cooktops offers a full range of powerful temperature to Front of
control options with 50,000 total BTUs on natural gas. Countertop
Install with an HVIcertified vent hood or downdraft vent
of the same or greater width; 350-CFM minimum is 30 Min.
VENTILATION
recommended. Cabinet Base
Locate gas and electrical as shown.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
276 277
4 3/4"
(12.1)
COOKING
Combination installations
SIDE VIEW
Installing above a wall oven INSTALLING ABOVE A WARMING DRAWER
13"
When installing an induction cooktop above a single wall When installing the cooktop above a warming drawer, a
(33.0) max
oven, do not install the baffle. solid barrier must be installed at least 5" from the top of the
Professional
IMPORTANT: Maintain a minimum distance of 31-1/4 from countertop. Use any solid material such as 1/4" thick plywood.
Allow at least a 2" air gap between the front of the barrier and
cooking
the top surface of the countertop to the wall oven platform to
ensure that the cooktop and wall oven do not interfere with the inside of the cabinet and at least 1/4" air gap between the
each other (see picture). barrier and the top of the warming drawer.
IMPORTANT: When the cooktop is installed above a flush- 15"
mounted wall oven, the clearance from the front edge of the (38.1)
min SOLID
countertop to the front edge of the cooktop cutout is 2-1/2 BARRIER
minimum plus the wall oven cleat setback (see picture).
advantium
5"
cooktop
ovens
ELECTRIC 3"
Wall oven (12.7) min
16" (40.6) min (7.6) min
To electrical junction box
DRAWER
cooktop
ELECTRIC WARMING DRAWER
Wall oven
ELEC.
WALL OVENS
Locate electrical junction box
at least 16" below the countertop cooktop
31 1/4"
(79.4) min
From top
surface of
countertop
Wall Oven
to top
surface of
wall oven
platform
36 " (91.4)
COMPANION
Cabinet base
COOKING
ADA INSTALLATION
4 3/4"
(12.1) For Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) forward approach
installation: Minimum 5SIDE VIEWbetween the top of the
clearance
For more details about cooktop and wall oven combination countertop and the enclosure. The enclosure must be made
installations please see the wall oven section and the of at least 1/4" thick wood material, and must have an access
COOKTOPS
installation instructions for both cooktops and wall ovens. panel installed in order to provide access to the junction
box and hold-down brackets, and to allow for service of the
cooktop.
Approved single wall ovens & ZHU36R
cooktop installation combinations 1 3/4" (4.5) min
33 7/8" (86.0) min Clearance between the
rear edge of the cutout
30" 30" 27" 30" 34" (86.3)27"
30" max 24" drawer and the nearest wall
touch/dial touch
ZET1P/S ZET9050
touch
ZEK7000
Advantium warming
ZSC1201/ drawer
warming
Cutout width
drawer
microwave
ZWL1126 behind the cooktop 5"
1202 ZW9000 ZJ7000 (12.7) min
VENTILATION
Gas Cooktops
ZGU384
ZGU385
Electric Cooktops
ZEU30R 19 1/8" (48.6) min
ZEU36R 19 1/4" (48.9) max
ZHU30R Cutout depth
ZHU36R
5"
Note: 30" Advantium
(12.7) min 120V ovens may be installed below a countertop and
OUTDOOR
COOKING
specified cooktops. 27" Advantium 120V ovens and 30" Advantium 240V
FRONT
ovens cannot be installed below a countertop or cooktop. The French-door
single wall oven cannot be installed below any cooktop. ELEC.
cooktop
278 2 1/2" (6.4) min 279

Clearance between the
TOP VIEW OF CUTOUT front edge of the cutout SIDE VIEW
COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS A custom hood insert adds even more
to design possibilities
A Monogram hood insert opens the door to beautiful design
Monogram venting system possibilities. The insert installs easily into almost any hood
canopy from 30" to 48" widths. Single- and dual-blower
ventilation with variable-speed fan exhausts at a rate of 550
Professional
and 920 cubic feet per minute, making the inserts compatible
cooking
with high-performance cooking appliances.
36" Stainless steel wall-mount and island hoods
advantium
ovens
WALL OVENS
These stainless steel hoods are available with 350 CFM
or a more powerful 490 CFM. Install these hoods with any
30" or 36" Monogram cooktop (except Professional
COMPANION
cooktops or ranges).
COOKING
COOKTOPS
Both the island hood and the wall-mount hood can be
exhausted to the outside or can easily adapt to recirculating
VENTILATION
operation. Reversible duct covers and all the necessary parts
are supplied to reach ceiling heights over 8 feet. No kits Wired remote control
required. A duct cover accessory is available to reach ceiling
The control panel can be located
heights up to 10 feet. See charts on pages 282-285.
in a more convenient location,
such as a backsplash or a
countertop, making these inserts
ADA-compliant. Blue backlit touch
controls allow easy operation.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
280 281
COOKING
HVI Heating Ventilating Institute
HVI is a third-party certification organization focused on
providing a fair and credible method of comparing
ventilation performance of similar products. Many agencies,
such as Energy Star and ASHRAE, utilize HVI certification
for performance assurance. All Monogram ventilation
Professional
products are certified by HVI.
cooking
Some key performance criteria measured by HVI are sound
level measured in sones, high speed and working speed
measured in cubic feet per minute (cfm).
A sone is an internationally recognized measurement of
sound output. Sones translate decibel ratings into numbers
that correspond to the way people sense loudness. The lower Wall or Island Hood Inserts
the sone number the quieter the sound.
advantium
Working speed is defined as the speed that produces 100 cfm,
or the lowest speed above 100 cfm that a hood can produce,
ovens
when working on the same duct system as the maximum speed.
(HVI916, March 1, 2009) (http://hvi.org/faqs.html)
Model ZVC30LSS, ZVC36LSS ZVC42LSS, ZVC48LSS

Width 30", 36" 42", 48"
CFM/sones 550/9.0 920/10.5
working speed 240/2.5 430/4.0
WALL OVENS
Recirculate options No No
Monogram installation All 30" and 36" All 30", 36" and 48"
combinations* cooktops and ranges cooktops and ranges
Which vent hood works best with Duct size 8" round 8" round
which cooking product? Equivalent duct length 100' 100'
Product information pg. 306 pg. 306
Monogram hoods are designed to coordinate perfectly
with Monogram ranges, rangetopsand cooktops. Refer to
COMPANION
these charts to determine which cooking products can be
COOKING
combined with your hood.
Wall-Mount Chimney Hoods
Wall-Mount Chimney Hoods
COOKTOPS
Model ZV950SDSS ZV800SJSS ZV900SLSS
Width 36" 36" 36"
Model ZV830SMSS ZV750SPSS CFM/sones 690/6.0 460/7.0 490/8.0
Width 30" 36" working speed 330/1.3 220/2.0 230/2.0
CFM/sones 420/9.0 350/6.0 Recirculate 8' to 10' 8' to 10'.5"
working speed 190/2.0 170/1.1 options No options options
Recirculate options 8' to 12' options 8' to 10' 8" options 8' to 10'.5" duct
8', 9', 10' duct 8', 9', 10' duct cover included
7'11" to 10' duct cover 8' to 9' 2" duct cover cover included cover included 9'' 6" to 10'
VENTILATION
included included Vented duct 10' to 14' duct OR 5" duct cover
Vented duct cover 10' to 12' ceiling duct 9' to 10' 3" ceiling duct cover options cover optional under cabinet optional
options cover optional cover optional
Monogram All 30" and 36" All 30" and 36" All 30" and 36"
Monogram installation All 30" cooktops installation cooktops and cooktops and cooktops and
combinations* and ranges All non-pro cooktops combinations* ranges ranges ranges
Duct size 8" round 6" round Duct size 8" round 6" round 8" round
Equivalent duct length 100' 100' Equivalent
Product information pg. 286 pg. 290 duct length 100' 100' 100'
Product
information pg. 294 pg. 298 pg. 302
OUTDOOR
COOKING
*Cooktop or range not to exceed vent hood width.
282 283
COOKING
Professional wall-mount Hoods Under Cabinet Downdraft
Professional
ZVB30STSS
cooking
Model ZV30HSRSS ZVB36STSS
ZV30SSFSS Width 30" 30"/36"
ZV30SSJSS
ZV36SSFSS CFM/Sones 530/9.0 370/9.0
ZV36SSJSS Working speed CFM/
ZV36TSFSS ZV48SSFSS ZV36RSFSS sones 240/2.0 140/2.5
Model ZV48TSFSS ZV48SSJSS ZV48RSFSS
Recirculate options Yes included No
Width 36", 48" 30", 36", 48" 36", 48"
3-1/2" riser Indoor remote
30"620/9.0 Options included blower option
30"510/8.0
Monogram installation All 30" cooktops All non-pro
advantium
36"620/9.0
combinations* and ranges cooktops
36"510/9.0
ovens
36"620/9.0 48"1090/13.0 36"620/9.0 Duct size 8" round 3-1/4" x 10" rect.
CFM/sones 48"1090/13.0 48"940/10.5 48"1090/13.0 Equivalent duct length 100' 100'
30"240/1.1 Product information pg. 336 pg. 340
30"230/3.0
36"240/1.1
36"230/3.0
Working speed CFM/ 36"240/1.1 48"430/2.5 36"240/1.1
sones 48"430/2.5 48"410/4.0 48"430/2.5
Recirculate options No No No
WALL OVENS
6" and 12" 6" and 12" 6" and 12"
Vented standard standard standard
duct cover options duct covers duct covers duct covers
All Monogram All Monogram All Monogram

Monogram installation cooktops cooktops cooktops
combinations* and range and range and range
Duct size 10" round 10" round 10" round
Equivalent duct length 150' 150' 150'
COMPANION
Product information pg. 322 pg. 322 pg. 322
COOKING
Island Hoods
COOKTOPS
Model ZV850SPSS ZV925SLSS ZV1050SFSS
Width 36" 36" 42"
350/6.0
CFM/sones 490/10.0 490/8.0 1040/10.0
Working speed CFM/ 170/1.1
sones 210/2.0 230/2.0 450/2.5
8' to 10' 4" 8' to 10' 1"
Recirculate options options options No
VENTILATION
8' to 8' 7" 8' to 9' 8' 1"
duct cover duct cover duct cover
included included included
9' to 10' 1" 9' 1" to 10' 1" 8' 2" to 10'
Vented duct cover duct cover duct cover
duct cover options optional optional optional
Monogram installation All non-pro All non-po All non-pro
combinations* cooktops cooktops cooktops
Duct size 6" round 8" round 8" round
Equivalent duct length 100' 100' 100'
Product information pg. 310 pg. 314 pg. 318
OUTDOOR
COOKING
284 *Cooktop or range not to exceed vent hood width. 285
COOKING
ZV830 30" stainless steel wall-mount hood The basics
Model ZV830SMSS 30" stainless steel design, perfect for

Features installation over Monogram 30" electric
Electronic push-buttons and gas cooktops or 30" ranges.
Professional
Internal blower rating 420 CFM/9.0 sones 3 speeds plus a boost to capture
cooking
Working speed 190/2.0 and exhaust cooking fumes.
Blowers 1
A perimeter filtration system draws
Boost mode
fumes and odor around a stainless steel center panel that
Convenience
conceals the filter. The panel drops down for access to a
Halogen lamps 2 removable, dishwasher-safe, stainless steel filter.
Variable light control 4-level
2 halogen lights provide 4 levels of illumination.
Blower speeds 4
Removable filter The decorative telescopic duct covers are reversible for
advantium
Round duct 8" recirculating operation. All parts and materials are provided
for both vented and recirculating installation.
ovens
ON indicator light Backlit buttons
Exhaust options Automatic fan feature will turn on or increase the set speed
Exhaust damper if cooking temperatures become too hot. The fan will turn
8' to 10' telescopic duct cover Included off automatically or decrease in speed when temperatures
10' to 12' duct cover accessory ZX83012 have decreased to a lower level.
Recirculating/reversible duct cover Included
Charcoal filter Included
WALL OVENS
General features
Amps @ 120V 4.6
Warranty Information Advance planning

Ductwork for ZV830
This vent hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
Refer to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
COMPANION
Decorative duct covers
COOKING
ZV830SMSS This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover that will reach an 8' to 10' ceiling. ZX83012 can be
ordered to reach 10' to 12' ceiling height. All duct covers are
reversible for recirculating operation.
Recirculating operation
This hood may be installed for vented or recirculating
operation. All necessary parts are included. No kits required.
COOKTOPS
Charcoal filters
Charcoal filter replacements are available from the dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11348.
VENTILATION
*The supplied duct cover fits 8' to 10' ceiling heights.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
286 287
COOKING
ZV830 30" stainless steel wall-mount hood Using duct cover accessories
Cutout dimensions and clearances
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
This vent hood can be installed for vented or recirculating installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
operation. It can be installed over a Monogram 30" gas, digital which accessory may be required for your installation.
Professional
or induction cooktop or 30" range.
cooking
10-7/8
The telescopic duct ZV830 installation heights
cover conceals the
ductwork running from *Possible
the top of the hood to Actual ceiling *Possible vented recirculating
height installation height installation height
the ceiling.
7' 11" 24" 24"
*Height
to 8' 0" 24" to 25" 24" to 25"
Note: The supplied duct Ceiling 13-1/4 8' 1" 24" to 26" 24" to 26"
advantium
Supplied DUCT COVERS
cover is sized to reach 8' 2" 24" to 27" 24" to 27"
ovens
8' to 10' ceiling heights. 8' 3" 24" to 28" 24" to 28"
For ceiling heights 8' 4" 24" to 29" 24" to 29"
greater than 10' and up 8' 5" to 9' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
to 12', order ZX83012 5-7/8 9' 7" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
stainless steel duct 9' 8" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
cover accessory. 29-7/8 9' 9" 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
18-7/8 9' 10" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
WALL OVENS
*The Supplied Duct Cover Fits 8' to 10' Ceiling Heights. 9' 11" 29" to 30" 25" to 30"
Installation height should be measured from the cooking 10' 0" 30" 26" to 30"
surface to the lowest part of the hood. This hood may be 10' 1" 27" to 30"
installed onto a wall and vented to the outdoors, or it can be 10' 2" 28" to 30"
installed for recirculating operation. All necessary parts for 10' 3" 29" to 30"
recirculating operation are supplied with the hood. No kits 10' 4" 30"
required. 9' 7" 24"
9' 8" 24" to 25"
9' 9" 24" to 26"
COMPANION
9' 10" 24" to 27"
COOKING
duct cover dimensions
ACCESSORY ZX83012
9' 11" 24" to 28" 24"
10' 0" 24" to 29" 24" to 25"
10' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 26"
13-1/4" 10' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 27"
10' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 28"
10' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 29"
10' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 6" to 11' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
COOKTOPS
11' 7" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
11' 8" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
24" Min.
11' 9" 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
30" Max. 28-7/8"
25-1/8"
11' 10" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
11' 11" 29" to 30" 25" to 30"
12' 0" 30" 26" to 30"
VENTILATION
36" Min.
10-7/8"
Note: The ZX83012 accessory consists of one

47-7/8"-long duct cover.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
*The supplied duct cover fits 8' to 10' ceiling heights. *Based on 36" countertop height.
288 289
COOKING
ZV750 36" stainless steel wall-mount hood The basics
Model ZV750SPSS 4-speed blower fan operates at a maximum venting power

Features of 350 CFM.
Electronic push-buttons ZX7510SPSS accessory duct cover is available to reach
Professional
Internal blower rating 350 CFM/6.0 sones 10' ceiling heights for vented and recirculating operation.
cooking
Working speed 170/1.1
Supplied with a 2-piece decorative stainless steel duct cover
Blowers 1
that conceals the ductwork running from the top of the hood
Boost mode
to the ceiling.
Convenience
Halogen lamps 4
The fan can be set for automatic shut-off after 5, 10 or
20 minutes of operation.
Blower speeds 4 4 halogen lights illuminate the cooking surface with 6 light
Removable filter 3 levels, including a low-light/night-light setting.
advantium
Filter cleaning reminder 3 removable filters are dishwasher-safe. An indicator light
ovens
Time delay shut-off signals when the filter needs cleaning.
Utensil racks
Round duct 6"
Exhaust options
Exhaust damper
8' to 9' telescopic duct cover Included
9' to 10' duct cover accessory ZX7510SPSS
WALL OVENS
Recirculating/reversible duct
cover Included
General features
Amps @ 120V 2.7

COMPANION
Installation height must be determined in advance. If
COOKING
needed, the ZX7510SPSS duct cover accessory should
be ordered with the vent hood and be on-site at the time
of installation.
A mounting template is provided with the installation
ZV750SPSS instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
This hood must use 6" round duct with a maximum
COOKTOPS
equivalent duct length of 100'
See the following pages for installation heights.
Charcoal filters
VENTILATION
Charcoal filter replacements are available from the dealer
or by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number
WB02X10731.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
290 291
COOKING
ZV750 36" stainless steel wall-mount hood Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
Monogram cooktop (except Professional models). which accessory may be required for your installation.
Professional
cooking
ZV750 installation heights
Upper (inner) duct cover (B) 24-1/4"
*Height Lower (outer) duct cover (A) 18-1/2"

to Ceiling Accessory lower (outer) duct cover (A) 31-1/2"
Actual ceiling *Vented *Recirculating
height installation height installation height
advantium
7' 11" 24" to 28" 24" to 28"
8' 0" 24" to 29" 24" to 29"
ovens
8-1/4" 8' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
34-5/8" (excluding utensil rod)
35-3/4" (including utensil rod) 8' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
21-5/8" 8' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
SUPPLIED
8' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
WALL OVENS
8' 8" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 9" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
605Dia148 8' 10"

8' 11"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 0" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 1" 29" to 30" 25" to 30"
9' 2" 30" 26" to 30"
9' 3" 27" to 30"
COMPANION
9' 4" 28" to 30"
24" to 30"
COOKING
9' 5" 30"
9' 6"
9' 0" 24" to 30" 24" to 28"
9' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 29"
9' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
ZX7510SPSS (Need Accessory

Lower Duct Cover 31-1/2")
36" Min. 9' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
COOKTOPS
9' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
The vent hood must be installed 24" minimum and 9' 8" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
30" maximum above the cooking surface. The cooking 9' 9" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
surface should be at least 36" above the floor. 9' 10" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 11" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
13-1/4"
10' 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 1" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
VENTILATION
Duct cover dimensions 10' 2" 29" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 3" 30" 25" to 30"
ZX7510SPSS duct cover accessory
This accessory is available for 10' 4" 26" to 30"
28-7/8"
installation with ceiling heights 10' 5" 27" to 30"
25-1/8"
above 9' to 10' and higher. 10' 6" 28" to 30"

This accessory consists of 10' 7" 29" to 30"
one 31-1/2" lower duct cover. 10' 8" 30"
Supplied Duct
10-7/8"
Covers
OUTDOOR
COOKING
*Based on 36" countertop height.
292 293
COOKING
ZV950 36" stainless steel dual-blower hood The basics
Model ZV950SDSS High-performance, 4-speed dual blower fan operates at

Features a maximum venting power of 690 CFM.
Electronic push-buttons X14SDSS accessory duct cover is available to reach
Z
Professional
Internal blower rating 690 CFM/6.0 sones 10' to 14' ceiling heights.
cooking
Supplied with decorative stainless steel duct covers that
Blowers 2
conceal the ductwork running from the top of the hood
Boost mode
to the ceiling.
Convenience
Halogen lamps 4
The fan can be set for automatic shut-off after 5, 10 or
20 minutes of operation.
Blower speeds 4 halogen lights illuminate the cooking surface with 6 light
4
advantium
Filter cleaning reminder 3 removable filters are dishwasher-safe. An indicator light
ovens
Time delay shut-off signals when the filter needs cleaning.
Utensil racks
Round duct 8"
Vented accessories
8' to 10' duct cover Included
10' to 14' duct cover ZX14SDSS
General features
WALL OVENS
Amps @ 120V 4.5

Installation height must be determined in advance.
Accessories for height adjustment should be ordered with
the vent hood and be on-site at the time of installation.
A mounting template is provided with the installation
COMPANION
instructions to help accurately position the hood above
COOKING
the cooking surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
ZV950SDSS This hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent duct length of 100'. It can transition to 3-1/4" x 12"
duct with a maximum equivalent duct length of 75'.
A duct cover accessory, ZX14SDSS, is available for ceiling
heights of 10' to 14'.
This hood is designed for vented operation. It is not designed
COOKTOPS
for recirculating operation.
Duct covers for vented installations

Ceiling ZV950
VENTILATION
8' to 10' Included
10' to 14' ZX14SDSS
OUTDOOR
COOKING
294 295
COOKING
ZV950 36" stainless steel dual-blower hood Using duct cover accessories
This Stainless Steel Hood can be installed over any installation height. Use this chart to determine installation
Monogram cooktop, including the Professional 36" cooktop height and accessory for your ceiling height.
Professional
and 30" or 36" range.
cooking
ZV950 Installation heights
24-1/2" for 8' ceiling.
36-1/2" for 9' ceiling. *Height
to Ceiling Actual Ceiling Height *Possible Hood Installation Height
36" to 44" for 9' to 10' ceiling. 7' 11" 24-1/2"
(for ceilings between 9' 6" 8' 0" 25-1/2" to 26-1/2"
and 10', mount hood 30" 10"
8' 1" 25-1/2" to 27-1/2"
above cooktop) 8' 2" 25-1/2" to 28-1/2"
advantium
8' 3" 25-1/2" to 29-1/2"
25" 35-5/8"
8' 4" 25-1/2" to 30"
ovens
8' 5" 25-1/2" to 30"
Note: The supplied 2-piece duct cover is adjustable to fit 8' to 10'
ceilings. For ceiling heights greater than 10' and up to 14', order 8' 6" 25-1/2" to 30"
ZX14SDSS stainless steel duct cover accessory. 8' 7" 25-1/2" to 30"
605Dia146 8' 8" 25-1/2" to 30"
Supplied
8' 9" 25-1/2" to 30"
8' 10" 25-1/2" to 30"
The vent hood must be installed 24" minimum and 30" 8' 11" 25-1/2" to 30"
WALL OVENS
maximum above the cooking surface. The hood installation 9' 0" 25-1/2" to 30"
height, from the cooking surface to the bottom of the hood, 9' 1" 25-1/2" to 30"
depends upon ceiling height. 9' 2" 26-1/2" to 30"
9' 3" 26-1/2" to 30"
9' 4" 26-1/2" to 30"
9' 5" 26-1/2" to 30"
9' 6" 30" min.
9' 7" 30" min.
9' 8" 30" min.
COMPANION
COOKING
9' 9" 30" min.
9' 10" 30" min.
Installation 9'11" 30" min.
Height Depending
on Ceiling Height
ZX145DSS
10' 0" 30" min.
36" Min. 14' 0" 30" min.
COOKTOPS
Cooking surface to bottom of hood should be: ZV950SDSS duct cover ZX14SDSS duct cover
25-1/2" max. for 8' ceiling height. Dimensions Dimensions
25-1/2" to 30" for 9' ceiling height.
605Dia147
30" min. for 10' ceiling height.
Plan the installation height carefully to avoid unsightly
gaps above the hood.
VENTILATION
Installation with 36" Professional cooktop or range
(Models ZGU36 or ZDP36)
This hood must be installed 30" min. above a Monogram
Professional cooktop or range. Ceiling height for this
installation combination must be at least 8' 5" high.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
296 297
COOKING
ZV800 36" stainless steel The basics
retractable glass canopy hood
High-performance, 4-speed dual
Model ZV800SJSS blower fan operates at a maximum
Features 36" Vent Hood venting power of 460 CFM.
Professional
Electronic push-buttons
This hood may be installed on an
Internal blower rating 460 CFM/7.0 sones
cooking
open wall or behind a cabinet.
Blowers 1 The decorative telescopic duct covers conceal the
Boost mode ductwork running to the ceiling. The duct covers are
Retractable glass canopy
designed to reach 8' to 10' ceiling heights.
Under-cabinet installation The duct covers are reversible for recirculating installations.
Halogen lamps 2 All parts and materials are provided for either installation.
Variable light control 6-level No kits required.
advantium
Stainless steel removable filters 2 The glass canopy extends forward 5-7/8". It retracts and
Variable-speed fan 4 disappears with a tap of a finger.
ovens
Blower on indicator light
4-speed blower fan, plus boost, operates at a maximum
Exhaust options
venting power of 460 CFM.
Round duct 6"
Exhaust damper Included
Removable stainless steel filters are dishwasher-safe.
A charcoal filter is provided for recirculating operation.
Recirculating option/reversible Mounting templates are provided to help accurately
duct cover Included position the hood above the cooking surface and to locate
WALL OVENS
Charcoal filter Included the mounting brackets.
General features
2 halogen lights illuminate the cooking surface with
Amps @ 120V 3.3
6 light levels.
Advance planning
COMPANION
COOKING
T
his hood is heavy. Adequate structural support
must be provided in all types of installations. The
ZV800SJSS
hood must be secured to vertical studs in the wall
or to a horizontal support.
COOKTOPS
Duct cover dimensions
VENTILATION
The canopy extends forward 5-7/8".
Telescoping duct covers are provided to
reach 8' to 10' ceiling heights.
Charcoal filters
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Charcoal filter replacements are available from
your dealer or by calling 800.626.2002. Order
catalog number WB02X11343.
298 299
COOKING
ZV800 36" stainless steel retractable Determine installation height
glass canopy hood
Installation clearances Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
depending on your ceiling height.
The vent hood must be installed
Professional
24" min. to 30" max. above
cooking
the standard 36" countertop. ZV800 installation heights
The hood installation height, *Possible
from the cooking surface to Actual ceiling *Possible vented recirculating
the bottom of the hood, height installation height installation height
depends on the ceiling height. 7' 11" 24" to 27" 24" to 25"
8' 0" 24" to 28" 24" to 26"
8' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 27"
8' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 28"
advantium
8' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 29"
Vented Recirculating
ovens
8' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 8" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 9" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 10" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
WALL OVENS
8' 11" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 0" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
The hood may be installed on a wall for vented or
9' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
recirculating operation. The duct cover is reversible.
9' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
Vented or recirculating installations 9' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
in a cabinet 9' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
The vent hood height must 9' 7" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
COMPANION
be at least 24" min. above 9' 8" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
COOKING
the standard 36" countertop. 9' 9" 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 10" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
* In both vented and
9' 11" 29" to 30" 25" to 30"
recirculating installations,
the cabinet must measure 10' 30" 26" to 30"
at least 20" from the bottom
frame to the inside top.
The cabinet must be at
least 12" deep. The hood
COOKTOPS
housing will occupy the
interior cabinet space.
Louver at top of cabinet in this example.
Recirculating installation
The exhaust must be returned to the kitchen; it cannot exit
inside the cabinet.
VENTILATION
The exhaust can be directed through the soffit or upper
cabinet to a vent opening with a minimum of 28 square
inches or 6" round. A customer-supplied decorative louver
should be installed.
The exhaust should be directed away from other cabinet
surfaces, either exposed or hidden.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
300 301
COOKING
ZV900 36" stainless steel glass canopy The basics
chimney hood
36" glass hood with blue backlit
Model ZV900SLSS electronic push-buttons. LCD
Features display shows fan speed.
Professional
Powerful 490 CFM can be installed
cooking
over any 30" or 36" Monogram
gas or electric cooktop (except
Blowers 1
Professional models).
Boost mode
Variable-speed fan 4-level
The decorative telescopic duct cover is reversible for
Blower indicator setting LED Display
recirculating installations. All parts and materials are
provided for either installation. No kits required.
Halogen lamps 2
Variable light control 4-level The duct covers conceal the ductwork running to the
ceiling. The supplied duct covers are designed to reach
advantium
Stainless steel removable filters 1
ON indicator light Lighted rings 8' to 9' 5" ceiling heights. For ceiling heights of 9' 6" to 10' 5",
ovens
Auto-ON feature order ZX90010 accessory.
Exhaust options A removable stainless steel filter is dishwasher-safe.
Round duct 8" A charcoal filter is provided for recirculating operation.
Exhaust damper LCD display shows the selected fan speed settings: LOW,
8' to 9' 5" telescopic duct cover Included MED, HIGH and BOOST. The BOOST setting provides
9' 6" to 10' 5" duct cover 5 minutes at the maximum fan setting and then automatically
accessory option ZX90010
changes to HIGH fan speed.
WALL OVENS
Recirculating option/reversible
duct cover Included 2 halogen lights with 4-level variable control.
Charcoal filter Included This hood is designed for vented or recirculating operation.
General features It must be installed on an open wall. It cannot be installed
Amps @ 120V 4.3 below a cabinet.
COMPANION
COOKING
ZV900SLSS Advance planning
T
his hood is heavy (approx. 125 lbs.). Adequate structural
support must be provided in all types of installations.
The hood must be secured to vertical studs in the wall or
*Height to a horizontal support.
COOKTOPS
to This hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
Ceiling equivalent duct length of 100'

3-1/4"
20-7/16" 35-7/8"
VENTILATION
*The Supplied Duct Cover Fits 8' to 9' 5" Ceiling Heights.
For 9' 6" to 10' 5" ceilings, order ZX90010.
Note: ZX90010 accessory
consists of one 40"-long
duct cover.
Charcoal filters
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your
dealer or by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number
WB02X11284.
302 303
COOKING
ZV900 stainless steel glass canopy Determine installation height
chimney hood
Cutout dimensions and clearances Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
depending on your ceiling height.
Professional
This vent hood can be installed for vented or recirculating
cooking
operation. It can be installed over any 30" or 36" Monogram
cooktop (except Professional models).
Actual *Possible
ceiling *Possible vented recirculating
For 9' 6" to 10' 5" ceilings, height installation height installation height
order ZX90010. 7' 11" 24" to 26" 24" to 25"
8' 0" 24" to 27" 24" to 26"
*Height
to 8' 1" 24" to 28" 24" to 27"
*The supplied duct cover

is sized to fit 8' to 9' 5" Ceiling 8' 2" 24" to 29" 24" to 28"
advantium
ceiling heights. 8' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 29"
ovens
8' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
3-1/4" 8' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
20-7/16" 35-7/8" 8' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 8" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 9" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 10" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 11" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
WALL OVENS
9' 0" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 1" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 2" 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 3" 28" to 30" 24" to 30"
Note: Measure installation 9' 4" 29" to 30" 24" to 30"
height from the cooking 9' 5" 30" 24" to 30"
surface to the outer glass 9' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
portion of the hood.
ACCESSORY ZX90010
9' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
COMPANION
24" Min. 9' 8" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
COOKING
9' 9" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
30" Max.
9' 10" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 11" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 2" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
10' 3" 26" to 30" 25" to 30"
10' 4" 27" to 30" 26" to 30"
36" Min.
COOKTOPS
10' 5" 28" to 30" 27" to 30"
T
he vent hood must be installed 24" minimum and
30" maximum above the cooking surface. The hood
installation height above the cooking surface depends
VENTILATION
upon the ceiling height.
The cooking surface should be at least 36" above
the floor.
This hood can be installed for recirculating operation.
No kits required.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
304 305
COOKING
ZVC custom hood inserts The basics
ZVC30LSS These hood inserts are designed to integrate into a custom
Model ZVC36LSS ZVC48LSS wall or island canopy. A choice of sizes adds flexibility to
Features any kitchen design.
Professional
Width 30", 36" 48"
cooking
640 CFM/9.0 1140 CFM/10.5
A stainless steel liner is
Internal blower rating sones sones shipped with each hood.
Working speed 250/3.5 490/4.0 This non-combustible liner
Blowers 1 2 protects the underside of
Variable-speed fan 4-level 4-level the custom canopy and
Halogen lamps 2 3
provides a seamless
Variable light control 4-level 4-level
appearance. The liner can
be replaced with a
advantium
ON indicator light Backlit buttons Backlit buttons
non-combustible custom
Stainless steel removable filters 2 3
ovens
liner constructed to suit
Stainless steel
non-combustible liner Included Included the installation.
Auto-ON feature
Exhaust options A patented installation
Round duct 8" 8" process makes the insert
Exhaust damper ideal for a variety of custom
Snap-in blower assembly hood applications. The
WALL OVENS
General features hood attaches directly to
Cabinet width 30", 36" 48" the house ducting from
Amps @ 120V 5.34 10.34 within the unit, eliminating
the need to adjust, remove or
replace the custom canopy.
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. Wired remote control
The control panel can be
COMPANION
removed and relocated to
COOKING
a more convenient location
Installation clearances such as a wall, countertop
or backsplash, making it
The vent hood must be installed ADA-compliant.
30" minimum and 36" maximum
above the cooking surface. The hood inserts are
supplied with a 30' length of wire for remote installations of
These hood inserts must be the control panel. When positioned within the canopy, the
vented to the outdoors. control panel is angled forward for easy access. The blue
They cannot be installed for
COOKTOPS
backlit push-buttons glow when activated.
recirculating operation. 30" Min.* The stainless steel filters lift out easily and can be cleaned
This hood may be mounted 36"30
Max.*
Min.*
in the dishwasher.
into a wall or island 36 Max.*
custom canopy. Powerful 550 CFM and 920 CFM blowers make these
inserts ideal for installation with Monogram Professional
This hood can be installed cooktops and ranges.
over any Monogram electric 36" Min.
or gas cooktop or Monogram 36 Min. Halogen lights with 4 levels of brilliant illumination.
VENTILATION
Professional range or
rangetop. Choose a hood
that is wider (not narrower)
than the full width of the
cooking product.
*Installation height should be measured from

the cooking surface to the bottom edge of the
metal hood liner or cabinet surface.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
306 307
COOKING
ZVC custom hood inserts
30" and 36" hood inserts The supplied insert liner

ZVC30LSS, 30" insert The stainless steel liner is shipped with each hood insert. This
Professional
ZVC36LSS, 36"
ZVC30 and insert
ZVC36 non-combustible liner protects the underside of the canopy.
cooking
27-1/2"
14"
advantium
ovens
Dimension A Dimension B
Model Width Model Width
ZVC30LSS 1-1/4" ZVC30LSS 28-1/2"
ZVC3LSS 4-1/4" ZVC3LSS 34-1/2"
Note: The bottom edge of the insert ZVC48LSS 3-7/8" ZVC48LSS 46-1/2"
sleeve has a 7/8"-wide flange on the
sides and a 1/2"-wide flange on the
WALL OVENS
front and back. Supplied insert liner
The custom hood canopy
opening must be sized
to fit the insert sleeve
and liner. It must be
constructed of material
that is at least 3/4" thick Opening
to allow the sleeve locking
48" hood insert
clips to engage.
COMPANION
ZVC48LSS, 48" insert
COOKING
Custom insert liner
ZVC48
If you are not using the supplied liner, you may construct a
39-1/2" custom non-combustible liner. Use the opening dimensions
shown. 3/4"-thick material must surround the opening.
14"
COOKTOPS
Custom cabinet opening
Model Width Depth
ZVC30, ZVC36 26" 13-3/6"
ZVC48 38-3/4" 13-3/16"
Remote location for controls

The controls can be removed from the hood and installed
VENTILATION
in a backsplash or countertop. A 30' length of wire is supplied
to accommodate most installations. Route the wire through
conduit to reach the installation location of the control. A
blanking plate is provided to cover the opening in the hood
when the controls are removed. The overall size of the control
panel is 4-1/4" wide x 2-1/4" deep.
Note: 1/2"-wide flange
surrounds the outside
edge of the insert sleeve. 3-11/16"
Note: It is recommended that
the cutout in a granite
OUTDOOR
COOKING
countertop or other hard 1-11/16" Control Cutout
surface be made before the
countertop is installed.
308 309
COOKING
ZV850 36" stainless steel island hood The basics
Model ZV850SPSS 4-speed blower fan operates at a maximum venting power

Features of 350 CFM.
Electronic touch controls X8510SPSS Accessory duct cover available to reach
Z
Professional
350 CFM/6.0 10' ceiling heights for vented and recirculating operation.
Internal blower rating sones
cooking
Working speed 170/1.1 Supplied with a 2-piece decorative stainless steel duct cover
Blowers 1 that conceals the ductwork running from the top of the hood
Boost mode to the ceiling.
Convenience The fan can be set for automatic shut-off after 5, 10 or
Halogen lamps 4 20 minutes of operation.
Variable light control 6-level 4 halogen lights illuminate the cooking surface with 6 light
advantium
Filter cleaning reminder
3 removable filters are dishwasher-safe. An indicator light
Utensil racks
ovens
signals when the filter needs cleaning.
Fan control 4-level
Time delay shut-off
Round duct 6"
Vented accessories
Exhaust damper
Recirculating/reversible duct cover Included
8' to 8' 7" telescopic duct cover Included
WALL OVENS
9' to 10' duct cover accessory ZX8510SPSS
General features
Amps @ 120V 2.7
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. Advance planning
COMPANION
COOKING
Installation height must be determined in advance. If
needed, the ZX8510SPSS duct cover accessory should
be ordered with the vent hood and be on-site at the
time of installation.
ZV850SPSS A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
COOKTOPS
VENTILATION
Charcoal filters
Charcoal filter replacements are available from dealer or by
calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X10731.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
310 311
COOKING
ZV850 36" stainless steel island hood Using duct cover accessories
Use this chart to determine the correct duct cover accessory
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any for 8' to 10' ceilings that must be ordered with the hood.
Monogram cooktop (except Professional models.)
Professional
ZV850
cooking
Supplied lower frame
Upper frame 20-3/4"
Lower frame 20-3/4"
installation heights
Upper duct 26-1/4"

Lower duct 26-1/4"
Upper frame 31"
Upper duct 18"
Lower duct 18"
*Height Actual *Possible vented *Possible
to Ceiling ceiling installation recirculating
height height installation height
advantium
7' 11" 24" 24"
ovens
8' 0" 24" to 25" 24" to 25"
8' 1" 24" to 26" 24" to 26"
8' 2" 24" to 29" 24" to 27"
8' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 28"
8-1/4" 8' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 29"
8' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
8' 6" 24" to 30" 25" to 30"
Supplied Frame
35-3/8" (excluding utensil rods) 8' 7" 30" 26" to 30"
WALL OVENS
36-1/2" (including utensil rods) 8' 8" 27" to 30"
27-1/2" 8' 9" 28" to 30"
8' 10" 29" to 30"
8' 11" 30"
8' 7" 24" 24"
ZX8510SPSS - Accessory upper frame

605Dia150
8' 8" 24" to 25" 24" to 25"
ZX8510SPSS - Accessory Duct covers

8' 9" 24" to 26" 24" to 26"
8' 10" 24" to 27" 24" to 27"
Note: The vent hood
COMPANION
8' 11" 24" to 28" 24" to 28"
COOKING
must be installed 9' 0" 24" to 29" 24" to 29"
24" minimum and 9' 1" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
24" to 30" 30" maximum above 9' 2" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
the cooking surface. 9' 3" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
The cooking surface 9' 4" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
should be at least 9' 5" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
36" above the floor.
9' 6" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 7" 24" to 30" 24" to 30"
COOKTOPS
36" Min. 9' 8" 25" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 9" 26" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 10" 27" to 30" 24" to 30"
9' 11" 28" to 30" 25" to 30"
10' 29" to 30" 26" to 30"
Duct cover dimensions 9-7/16" 10' 1" 30" 27" to 30"

10' 2" 28" to 30"
ZX8510SPSS duct cover accessory 10' 3" 29" to 30"
VENTILATION
This accessory is available for 10' 4" 30"
installation with ceiling heights
20-3/4"
above 8' 7" to 10' and higher.
This accessory consists of two
26-1/4" duct covers and a 20-3/4"
31" upper support frame piece.
15-3/4"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Supplied Duct Covers
312 313
COOKING
ZV925 36" glass canopy island hood The basics
Model ZV925SLSS 36" glass hood with blue backlit

Features electronic push-buttons. LCD display
Electronic push-buttons shows fan speed.
Professional
Internal blower rating 490 CFM/8.0 sones Powerful 490 CFM can be
cooking
Working speed 230/2.0 installed over any Monogram
Blowers 1 gas or electric cooktop (except
Boost mode Professional models).
Variable-speed fan 4-level
The decorative telescopic duct
Blower indicator setting LCD display covers are reversible for recirculating installations.
Halogen lamps 4 All parts and materials are provided for either installation.
Variable light control 4-level No kits required.
Stainless steel removable filters 1
The duct covers conceal the ductwork running to the
advantium
On indicator light Backlit buttons
ceiling. The supplied duct covers are designed to reach
ovens
Auto-ON feature
8' to 9' ceiling heights. For ceiling heights of 9' 1" to 10' 1",
Exhaust option order ZX92510 accessory.
Round duct 8"
Exhaust damper
A removable stainless steel filter is dishwasher-safe.
A charcoal filter is provided for recirculating operation.
9' 1" to 10' 1" duct cover accessory ZX92510 LCD display shows the selected fan speed settings: LOW,
Recirculating/reversible duct cover Included MED, HIGH and BOOST. The BOOST setting provides
5 minutes at the maximum fan setting and then
WALL OVENS
General features automatically changes to HIGH fan speed.
Amps @ 120V 4.6 When cooking temperatures become too hot (158F or
70C), an automatic sensor will turn the fan on at the MED
Warranty Information setting and AUTO MODE ON will be displayed. The fan stays
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. on for a minimum of 3 minutes and then turns itself off when
See written warranty for details the temperature cools to 140F (60C).
4 Halogen lights with 4-level variable control.
This hood is designed for vented or recirculating operation.
COMPANION
COOKING
ZV925SLSS Advance planning
T
his hood is heavy (approx. 150 lbs.). Adequate structural
*Height support must be provided. The ceiling structure must be
COOKTOPS
to capable of supporting the weight of the hood and any
Ceiling inadvertent user contact loads (approx. 200 lbs.).
See installation instructions for details.
2-3/4" equivalent duct run of 100 feet.
27-9/16" 35-7/8"
Side
VENTILATION
14" Trim
Note: The supplied duct cover fits 8' to 9' ceiling
heights. For 9' 1" to 10' 1" ceilings, order ZX92510.
Side
Trim 23-1/4"
Note: ZX92510
accessory consists of one
36-3/4"-long duct cover.
24-3/4"
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters. 12-3/16"
314 315
COOKING
ZV925 36" glass canopy island hood Determine installation height
Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
This vent hood can be installed for vented or recirculating depending on your ceiling height.
operation. It can be installed over any 30" or 36" Monogram
Professional
cooktop (except Professional models).
cooking
*The supplied duct cover
is sized to fit 8' Possible *Hood *Mounting
to 9' ceiling heights. ceiling installation frame
*Height height height height
For 9' 1" to 10' 1" to 7' 11" 26" 30-1/2"
ceilings, order ZX92510. Ceiling
8' 27" 30-1/2"
8' 1" 24" 34-1/2"
2-3/4" 8' 1" 28" 30-1/2"
advantium
8' 2" 25" 34-1/2"
35-7/8"
ovens
27-9/16" 8' 2" 29" 30-1/2"
8' 3" 26" 34-1/2"
8' 3" 30" 30-1/2"
8' 4" 27" 34-1/2"
8' 5" 24" 38-1/2"
Note: Measure installation 8' 5" 28" 34-1/2"
height from the cooking 8' 6" 25" 38-1/2"
surface to the outer glass
WALL OVENS
8' 6" 29" 34-1/2"
portion of the hood. 8' 7" 26" 38-1/2"
8' 7" 30" 34-1/2"
8' 8" 27" 38-1/2"
24" Min. 8' 9" 24" 42-1/2"
30" Max. 8' 9" 28" 38-1/2"
8' 10" 25" 42-1/2"
8' 10" 29" 38-1/2"
8' 11" 26" 42-1/2"
COMPANION
8' 11" 30" 38-1/2"
COOKING
9' 27" 42-1/2"
POWERCREATIVE
9' 1" 24" 46-1/2"
36" Min. File_Name:_A10577.eps __ _ Date:_6/19/08
Desc./Specs:_1_pgs/1c 9' 1" 28" 42-1/2"
PowerSource /gea_art/originals
_ Operator:_bj
_NOTES:___________
__ Proofreader/PC__
______________
9' 2" 25" 46-1/2"
___________________________
___________________________
Art_Director___________________9' 2" 29" 42-1/2"
Copywriter__ _________________
___________________________
___________________________
Account_Executive__
____________ 9' 3" 26" 46-1/2"
___________________________ Assoc._Creative_Dir.__
___________
9' 3" 30" 42-1/2"
T
his hood must be installed 24" min. and 30" max.
___________________________ Format______________________
9' 4" 27" 46-1/2"
COOKTOPS
above the cooking surface. The cooking surface
9' 5" 24" 50-1/2"
should be at least 36" above the floor.
9' 5" 28" 46-1/2"
Important:
9' 6" 25" 50-1/2"
The hood installation height depends on the ceiling 9' 6" 29" 46-1/2"
height. Use the chart shown to determine the EXACT 9' 7" 26" 50-1/2"
installation height. 9' 7" 30" 46-1/2"
ACCESSORY ZX92510
Duct cover side trim pieces are provided and must be 9' 8" 27" 50-1/2"
used to cover installation screws. They are sized to fit
VENTILATION
9' 9" 24" 54-1/2"
the specific installation heights shown in the chart. 9' 9" 28" 50-1/2"
This hood can be installed for recirculating operation. 9' 10" 25" 54-1/2"
No kits required. 9' 10" 29" 50-1/2"
9' 11" 26" 54-1/2"
9' 11" 30" 50-1/2"
Charcoal filters 10' 27" 54-1/2"
Charcoal filter replacements are available from the 10' 1" 28" 54-1/2"
dealer or by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog
number WB02X11284.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
316 317
COOKING
ZV1050 42" stainless steel The basics
dual-blower island hood
The fan can be set for automatic shut-off after 5, 10 or 20
Model ZV1050SFSS minutes of operation.
Features 4 halogen lights illuminate the cooking surface with 6 light
Professional
Electronic touch controls levels, including a low-light/night setting.
cooking
Removable filters are dishwasher-safe. An indicator light
signals when the filter needs cleaning.
Blowers 2
Boost mode High-performance, 4-speed dual-blower fan operates
Convenience at a maximum venting power of 1040 CFM.
Halogen lamps 4 This hood must be vented to the outdoors.
Variable light control 6-level A decorative duct cover for 8' ceiling height (fits 7' 11"
Removable filter 4 to 8' 1" ceiling) is supplied with the hood. Accessory
advantium
Filter cleaning reminder duct covers are available (at extra cost) for 9' and 10'
ovens
Utensil racks ceiling heights.
Fan control 4-speed
Time delay shut-off
Exhaust options
Round duct 8"
Mounting templates are provided with each installation
Exhaust damper
instruction book to help accurately position the hood on
the ceiling and above the cooking surface.
8' support duct cover Supplied
WALL OVENS
9' support duct cover ZX1059SFSS
10' support duct cover ZX10510SFSS
General features
Amps @ 120V 6.7
Warranty Information ZV1050

COMPANION
COOKING
COOKTOPS
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
318 319
COOKING
ZV1050 42" stainless steel dual-blower Using duct cover accessories
island hood
Dimensions and clearances A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
the need for a duct cover accessory.
This stainless steel hood is designed for vented ceiling-
Professional
mounted installations. It can be installed over any 30" or 36"
cooking
Monogram cooktop or range, including Professional models.
*Possible hood
20" to an 8' ceiling. Actual installation Duct
Using supplied duct cover ceiling height height cover
32" for 9' ceiling *Height
Supplied
7' 11" 29"
Using ZX1059SFSS to Ceiling
Accessory 8' 30"
advantium
44" for 10' ceiling
ovens
8' 1" 30"
Using ZX10510SFSS 10"
Accessory 8' 1" 25 1/2" to 30"
8' 2" 25 1/2" to 30"
42" 8' 2" 25 1/2" to 30"
31-1/2"
ZX1059SFSS
Accessory
8' 3" 25 1/2" to 30"
8' 3" 25 1/2" to 30"
Model ZV1050SFSS 8' 4" 25 1/2" to 30"
WALL OVENS
This vent hood is supplied with a decorative duct cover to 8' 5" 25 1/2" to 30"
reach 8' ceiling height, or between 7' 11" and 8' 1".
605Dia153
8' 5" 25 1/2" to 30"
8' 6" 25 1/2" to 30"
8' 6" 25 1/2" to 30"
8' 7" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 1" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 2" 25 1/2" to 30"
to 30"Accessory
9' 3" 25 1/2" to 30"
ZX10510SFSS
9' 4" 25 1/2" to 30"
COMPANION
COOKING
9' 5" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 6" 25 1/2" to 30"
*30" 9' 7" 25 1/2" to 30"
Recommended 9' 8" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 9" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 10" 25 1/2" to 30"
9' 11" 25 1/2" to 30"
10' 0" 25 1/2" to 30"
COOKTOPS
36" Min.
*9' to 10' ceilings may be 25-1/2" to 30" clearance.
The distance between the cooking surface and the

605Dia172
ZV1050 duct cover dimensions
VENTILATION
bottom of the hood must be at least 25-1/2". The 30" A B 10-3/4"
recommended installation height, above the standard 36" Supplied 11-1/2" 12"
countertop, will ensure duct cover fits to the ceiling. ZX1059SFSS 19" 20"
For 9' and 10' ceiling heights, the hood may be lowered to ZX10510SFSS 7/8" 26"
25-1/2" over the cooking surface.
When installing the Island Hood above a Monogram
Professional range or rangetop, installation clearance
must be at least 30".
Important: Clearances may vary due to type of cooking
OUTDOOR
product and local codes. Check with local inspectors to be
COOKING
sure standard is applicable.
16"
320 321
COOKING
Straight and tapered Professional hoods Straight and tapered Professional hood
Dimensions
Taper-sided ZV48TSFSS ZV36TSFSS
ZV48SSFSS ZV36SSFSS ZV30SSFSS
Straight-sided ZV48SSJSS ZV36SSJSS ZV30SSJSS
Select a taper-sided or straight-sided hood to match
the width of cooktop or range.
Professional
Features 48" hood 36" hood 30" hood
Variable-speed fan control 4-speed 4-speed 4-speed 48"-wide models
cooking
1090 CFM/ 620 CFM/ 12"
13.0 sones 9.0 sones 12" 40" 47-15/16"
1090 CFM/ 620 CFM/ 620 CFM/
13.0 sones 9.0 sones 9.0 sones
940 CFM/ 510 CFM/ 510 CFM/
18" 18"
Internal blower rating 10.5 sones 8.0 sones 8.0 sones
430/2.5 240/1.1 240/1.1
Working speed 410/4.0 230/3.0 230/3.0 25" 47-15/16"
25" 47-15/16"
Halogen lamps 3 2 2
advantium
Variable light control 4-level 4-level 4-level ZV48TSFSS ZV48SSFSS and ZV48SSJSS
with tapered sides with straight sides
ovens
Infrared warming lights 2 1 1
Removable stainless 717Dia5
steel filters
Grease filter trays
3
3
2
2
2
2
605Dia132
36"-wide models
Control knobs Diecast Diecast Diecast 12"
Blower indicator light 12" 28" 35-15/16"
Snap-in blower assembly
Stainless steel utensil rack
WALL OVENS
18" 18"
Exhaust options
10" round exhaust duct
Exhaust damper
25" 35-15/16" 25" 35-15/16"
Duct covers
ZX48DC6 ZX36DC6 ZX36DC6 ZV36TSFSS with tapered sides ZV36SSFSS and ZV36SSJSS
6" standard duct cover ZX48DC6J ZX36DC6J ZX36DC6J with straight sides
ZX48DC12 ZX36DC12 ZX36DC12
12" standard duct cover
General features
ZX48DC12J ZX36DC12J ZX36DC12J
30"-wide models
717Dia6 605Dia133
COMPANION
Amps @ 120V 12.4 6.4 6.4
COOKING
12"
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 130 110 100 29-15/16"
Limited one-year warranty, parts and labor. 18"
25" 29-15/16"
COOKTOPS
Installation height requirements ZV30SSFSS and ZV30SSJSS
with straight sides
Install these vent hoods 30" minimum to 36" maximum
above the cooking surface of any Professional range or
rangetop.
These hoods may be installed 24" minimum above a gas
605Dia136
Blower outlet is 8-1/8" x 8".
Includes a transition for 10" round.
or electric drop-in style cooktop. (Exception: ZV48SSJSS
and ZV36SSJS cannot be installed 24" minimum.)
Models with tapered sides
VENTILATION
ZV48TSFSS
ZV36TSFSS
Models with straight sides
30" MIN.
ZV48SSFSS ZV48SSJSS 36" MAX.
ZV36SSFSS ZV36SSJSS
Professional hoods Professional hoods
ZV30SSFSS ZV30SSJSS
with tapered sides with straight sides
Note: Exact installation height
may be determined by use of
one or more duct covers.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
See Determine Installation Height.
30" MIN.
36" MAX.
322 323
COOKING
Restaurant-style Professional hoods Restaurant-style hood
Dimensions
Model ZV48RSFSS ZV36RSFSS
Features 48" hood 36" hood
Select a hood to match the width of cooktop or range.
Variable-speed fan control 4-speed 4-speed
Professional
1090 CFM/ 620 CFM/ 48"-wide model 36"-wide model
Internal blower rating 13.0 sones 9.0 sones
cooking
Working speed 430/2.5 240/1.1 12"
12"
35-15/16"
Halogen lamps 3 2 47-15/16"
Variable light control 4-level 4-level 10"
10"
Infrared warming lights 2 1 22-1/2"
22-1/2"
Removable stainless
steel filters 3 2
Grease filter trays 1 1 47-15/16" 25" 35-15/16"
25"
Stainless steel backsplash
advantium
Stainless steel warming shelf ZV48RSFSS ZV36RSFSS
ovens
Control knobs Diecast Diecast
Blower indicator light
Snap-in blower assembly

605Dia138
Blower outlet is 8-1/8" x 8".
Includes a transition for 10" round.
605Dia139
Stainless steel utensil rack
Exhaust options
10" round exhaust duct
Exhaust damper
WALL OVENS
Duct covers Determine installation height
6" standard duct cover ZX48DC6 ZX36DC6
12" standard duct cover ZX48DC12 ZX36DC12
General features
Amps @ 120V 12.5 6.5
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 130 110 Determine bottom
of hood location
(Dimension A) by
subtracting 12-1/2"
Installation from the desired
COMPANION
Height installation height.
COOKING
Dim. A
Installation height requirements Important: If you are installing the hood with duct covers,
be sure to read "Determine Installation Height." Exact
installation height may vary depending on the use of the
605Dia141
COOKTOPS
supplied warming shelf and by the use of duct covers.
30" Min. 30" Min. 32" Min. 32" Min.

36" Max. 36" Max. 38" Max. 38" Max.
Restaurant-style
VENTILATION
Professional hoods
Installation without Installation with

warming shelf warming shelf
Install these hoods 30" Install these vent hoods
minimum to 36" maximum 32" minimum to 38"
above the cooking surface
of any Professional-style605Dia137
605Dia137 maximum above any type
cooking surface when
range or rangetop. warming shelf is used.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
These hoods may be installed 24" minimum
above a gas or electric drop-in style cooktop.
324 325
COOKING
Advance planning for all Accessory duct covers
Professional vent hoods
D
ecorative standard duct covers are designed to
S
elect a straight, tapered or restaurant-style hood to match complement all Professional hoods. Available in 6" and
the width of the range or cooktop. 12" heights. Duct covers may be stacked in various
Professional
combinations to conceal the ductwork running from
All models can be installed onto a wall or beneath a the top of the hood.
cooking
soffit. Duct covers are available to conceal the ductwork
(at extra cost). Duct covers are available in 6" to 12" heights.
They can be stacked in various combinations to reach
ceiling heights. 12" Duct Cover
6" Duct Cover
To avoid unsightly gaps, plan the hood installation height
with consideration to duct cover use. See the following
pages to determine the need for one or more 6" or 12"
duct covers.
advantium
6" duct covers
ovens
Hoods 6" duct cover Dimensions
Adequate structural support ZV48TSF/SSF ZX48DC6 6"H x 19-11/16"W x 11-7/8"D
All Professional hoods weigh over 100 pounds. Therefore,
adequate structural support must be provided. Hoods must
ZV48SSJ
ZV36TSF/SSF, ZV30SSF 605Dia142
ZX48DC6J
ZX36DC6
6"H x 19-11/16"W x 11-7/8"D
6"H x 15-3/4"W x 11-7/8"D
be secured to vertical studs or to studs in the soffit. ZV36SSJ ZX36DC6J 6"H x 15-3/4"W x 11-7/8"D
It is strongly recommended that the vent hood and duct
cover(s), if used, be on-site before final framing and wall
WALL OVENS
finishing. This will help to accurately locate the ductwork 12" duct covers
and electrical service. Hoods 12" duct cover Dimensions
Final installation will be much easier if the hood is installed ZV48TSF/SSF ZX48DC12 12"H x 19-11/16"W x 11-7/8"D
before the range or cooktop below. ZV48SSJ ZX48DC12J 12"H x 19-11/16"W x 11-7/8"D
ZV36, ZV30 ZX36DC12 12"H x 15-3/4"W x 11-7/8"D
ZV36SSJ ZX36DC12J 12"H x 15-3/4"W x 11-7/8"D
Ductwork planning
Determine the exact location of the vent hood.
COMPANION
Plan the route for venting exhaust to the outdoors.
COOKING
Always use the shortest and straightest route possible.
For satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed
150 feet equivalent length for any duct configuration. Refer
to the Duct Fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Install a wall cap or roof cap with damper at the exterior
opening. Order the wall or roof cap and any transition
needed in advance.
COOKTOPS
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
326 327
COOKING
Determine installation height for tapered Using duct cover accessories
or straight-sided Professional hoods
One or more duct cover accessories may be required
T
hese vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to for your hood installation height. Use these charts to
36" maximum above the standard 36"-high cooking determine the size, number or combination of duct cover
Professional
surface. The exact hood installation height is determined accessories required.
cooking
by the ceiling height.
1.Measure the exact ceiling height. Tapered or straight-sided hoods
2.Review the chart at right to determine the range of with standard duct cover
hood installation heights that can be accomplished *Possible
with a 6" or 12" duct cover accessory. Actual hood
ceiling installation 6" duct 12" duct
Increase or decrease hood installation height to height height covers covers
accommodate the fixed 6" or 12" duct cover heights. 7' 11" 35" 1
advantium
Duct covers may be stacked in various combinations to 8' 0" 30" 1
ovens
reach ceiling heights. 8' 0" 36" 1 1
8' 1" 31" 1
8' 2" 32" 1
8' 3" 33" 1
Straight- or Taper-Sided Hoods 8' 4" 34" 1
8' 5" 35" 1
8' 6" 30" 1
Duct Covers
WALL OVENS
8' 6" 36" 1 1
8' 7" 31" 1 1
8' 8" 32" 1 1
18" Hood
Height 8' 9 33" 1 1
8' 10" 34" 1 1
8' 11" 35" 1 1
Ceiling Height 9' 0" 30" 2
to Floor Installation Height 9' 0" 36" 1 1
9" 1" 31" 2
COMPANION
9" 2" 32" 2
COOKING
9' 3" 33" 2
9' 4" 34" 2
9' 5" 35" 2
9' 6" 30" 1 2
9' 6" 36" 2
9' 7" 31" 1 2
Standard duct cover accessories 9' 8" 32" 1 2
9' 9" 33" 1 2
COOKTOPS
30" hood
6"-high standard ZX36DC6 9' 10" 34" 1 2
9' 11" 35" 1 2
12"-high standard ZX36DC12
10' 0" 30" 3
36" hood
10' 0" 36" 1 2
6"-high standard ZX36DC6/ZX36DC6J
10' 1" 31" 3
10' 2" 32" 3
48" hood
10' 3" 33" 3
10' 4" 34" 3
VENTILATION
Note: Additional duct covers may be

used to reach higher ceilings.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
328 329
COOKING
Determine installation height for Using duct cover accessories
restaurant-style Professional hoods
One or more duct cover accessories may be required for
T
hese vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to your hood installation height. Use these charts to determine
36" maximum above the standard 36"-high cooking surface. the size and number of duct cover accessories required,
Professional
When installed with the warming shelf, allow depending on the use of the supplied warming shelf.
cooking
32" minimum to 38" maximum clearance. The exact hood
installation height is determined by the ceiling height. Restaurant-style hoods
Restaurant-style hoods with
1.Measure the exact ceiling height. without warming shelf
warming shelf installed
installed
2.Review the chart at right to determine the range of hood
installation heights that can be accomplished with a 6" *Possible *Possible
Actual hood 6" 12" hood 6" 12"
or 12" duct cover accessory. ceiling installation duct duct installation duct duct
height height covers covers height covers covers
Increase or decrease hood installation height to
7' 11" 31" 1 1 37" 1
advantium
accommodate the fixed 6" or 12" duct cover heights.
8' 0" 32" 1 1 32" 1 1
ovens
Duct covers may be stacked in various combinations to 8' 0" 1 38" 1
reach ceiling heights.
8' 1" 33" 1 1 33" 1 1
8' 2" 34" 1 1 34" 1 1
8' 3" 35" 1 1 35" 1 1
Duct Cover(s) 8' 4" 30" 2
10" Hood 8' 4" 36" 1 1 36" 1 1
Height 8' 5" 31" 2 37" 1 1
WALL OVENS
8' 6" 32" 2 32" 2
Duct Cover(s) 8' 6" 38" 1 1
30" Min. 10" Hood 8' 7" 33" 2 33" 2
36" Max. Height 8' 8" 34" 2 34" 2
8' 9 35" 2 35" 2
8' 10" 30" 1 2
32" Min. 8' 10" 36" 2 36" 2
38" Max. 8' 11" 31" 1 2 37" 2
9' 0" 32" 1 2 32" 1 2
COMPANION
COOKING
9' 0" 2 38" 2
Ceiling 9" 1" 33" 1 2 33" 1 2
Height
to Floor 9" 2" 34" 1 2 34" 1 2
9' 3" 35" 1 2 35" 1 2
9' 4" 30" 3
Ceiling 9' 4" 36" 1 2 36" 1 2
Height
9' 5" 31" 3 37" 1 2
to Floor
9' 6" 32" 3 32" 3
COOKTOPS
9' 6" 3 38" 1 2
9' 7" 33" 3 33" 3
NOTE: When determining the installation height, 9' 8" 34" 3 34" 3
consideration must be given to the use of the warming shelf. 9' 9" 35" 3 35" 3
9' 10" 30" 1 3
9' 10" 36" 3 36" 3
9' 11" 31" 1 3 37" 3
Standard duct cover accessories
10' 0" 32" 1 3 32" 1 3
VENTILATION
30" hood 10' 0" 38" 3
36" hood
Note: Additional duct covers may be used to reach higher ceilings.
48" hood
OUTDOOR
COOKING
330 331
COOKING
ZV30H 30" wall-mounted The basics
under cabinet vent hood
GE Monogram 30" wall-mounted under cabinet hood is
Model ZV30HSRSS designed to be installed beneath a soffit or cabinet.
Features The straight-sided design with welded, hand-finished seams
Professional
Electronic push-button fits smoothly between cabinetry, making an attractive
cooking
Internal blower rating 530 CFM/9.0 sones statement with clean, simple lines above a coordinating
Working speed 240/2.0 Monogram 30" range or cooktop.
Blowers 1
A 530-CFM, variable-speed ventilation system helps keep
Boost mode your kitchen free of fumes and excess heat.
Convenience
The dual-halogen-lamp system with 4 levels of intensity
Halogen lamps 2
illuminates the cooking surface below and can be adjusted
to complement the dining occasion.
Blower speeds 4
advantium
Removable filter 3
Electronic touch controls allow easy adjustment of fan
and light settings.
ovens
Utensil racks
Programmable control Removable stainless steel filters trap airborne grease
Exhaust options particles, and can be easily removed for safe cleaning in
Round duct 8" the dishwasher.
Exhaust damper Brushed stainless steel utensil rod along each side of
Riser cover Included the hood provides a convenient place to hang cooking
Recirculating duct cover Included implements.
WALL OVENS
Charcoal filters Included Recirculating kit is included for applications that do not
General features allow outside venting.
Amps @ 120V 3.3
COMPANION
Dimensions and clearances Advance planning
COOKING
operation. It can be installed over a Monogram 30" gas, Ductwork for ZV30HSRSS
digital or induction cooktop, and 30" Monogram Professional This vent hood must use a 8" round duct. If required it may
range. Installation height should measure as shown below. be transitioned to a rectangular duct. Refer to the duct
fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Installation options
This vent hood may be flush-mounted under a cabinet
COOKTOPS
soffit. A 3-1/2" louvered or non-louvered riser may be added
if desired. All options are included.
operation. Recirculating option will require the use of the
3-1/2" louvered riser. All necessary parts are included.
24" Min.
36" Max. Charcoal filters
Charcoal filter replacements are available from dealer or by
VENTILATION
calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11508.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
332 333
COOKING
ZV30H 30" wall-mounted under cabinet 30" under cabinet vent hood
vent hood
Select a hood to match the width of cooktop or range.
Professional
30"-wide model
cooking
12" 30"
Shown with recirculating
riser option
3-1/2"
Installation without riser for vented applications

10-1/2"
advantium
ovens
Riser installation options
WALL OVENS
Shown flush-mounted
under cabinet.
ON/OFF
COMPANION
COOKING
ZV30HSRSS
Installation height requirements

operation. It can be installed over a Monogram 30" gas,
digital or induction cooktop, and 30" Monogram Professional
Range. Installation height should measured as shown below. 3-1/2" riser installation option for vented applications
COOKTOPS
24" Min.
VENTILATION
36" Max.
3-1/2" riser with louversrequired for recirculating applications
OUTDOOR
COOKING
334 335
COOKING
ZVB36, ZVB30 telescopic downdraft vents Telescopic downdraft vent systems
Product dimensions
Model ZVB36STSS ZVB30STSS The vent raises 8-1/2" above the countertop surface
Features 36" Hood 30" Hood when in use. The vent can be retracted almost flush
Professional
Variable-speed control with the countertop with a separate switch.
cooking
Downdraft exhaust 390/10.5 390/10.5
Working speed 170/2.5 170/2.5
Removable grease filters
3-1/4" x 10" rect. duct
Full remote control
Indoor remote blower kit JXRB67 JXRB67
General features
advantium
Width (in inches) 36 30
Amps @ 120V 4.0 4.0
ovens
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 69 74
Warranty Information ZVB30STSS

WALL OVENS
The basics
These downdraft vent systems are ideal for island and

peninsula cooking centers because they retract, nearly
flush with the cooktop.
COMPANION
COOKING
All models have a separate remote control which must
be installed in a separate location from the vent.
The telescopic downdraft vents are stainless steel A B
to coordinate with Monogram gas and electric cooktops. 30" model 30" 28-5/6"
A slide knob controls the variable speed fan, with up to 36" model 36" 33-15/16"
370 CFM venting power.
2 filters remove easily for cleaning.
8-1/2"
COOKTOPS
2-1/8"
Installation flexibility
Cooktop
To help align the vent discharge to house ductwork, the Extra Deep Depth Cooktop
entire blower mounting plate can be shifted, up to 3-1/2", Flat Surface Width
side to side. Required
VENTILATION
Clearance to
The blower assembly is shipped to discharge straight down; Front Edge
it may be removed and turned 90 to discharge
left or right. Installation requirements
Consider the location of the separate remote control.
Accessories Countertop: The countertop must have a deep flat surface
The blower and motor may also be installed below the to accommodate the cooktop and the vent. Countertops
cabinet floor with the JXRB67 kit. with a rolled front edge and backsplash may not provide the
flat surface area required.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
Base Cabinet: The base cabinet must be deep enough to
accommodate the minimum clearance to the front edge of
the countertop, the cooktop burner box and the vent.
336 337
COOKING
ZVB36, ZVB30 telescopic downdraft vents Cooktop and vent combination
Advance planning Cutouts
Before you begin you MUST: The cooktop must be installed per manufacturer's installation
instructions.
Professional
1. Review countertop dimension shown on the following pages
(000-000) to be sure you will have enough flat countertop Important: The countertop cutout requires 23-1/2" minimum flat
cooking
surface depth. countertop surface and 25" minimum total countertop depth.
2. Check to be sure that the total countertop depth required,
including the minimum clearance from cutout to front edge 30" Cooktop and Downdraft Vent
depth, allows enough space for a backsplash.
3. Review the cabinet illustrations. Check to be sure that the 8-1/2"
interior cabinet depth will house the cooktop burner box,
the vent and the cutout clearance from the front.
advantium
4. When countertop and cabinet depth present a problem,
ovens
review Creative Solutions.
5. Review the installation instructions carefully and completely 30"
to accurately plan the location, clearances and ductwork
requirements.
3/8" Minimum flat countertop

Creative installation solutions behind cutout required 2-1/2" Minimum**
WALL OVENS
When installation requires deeper countertops or cabinets,
adjustments can be made. Review the following installation 28-1/2"
examples for solutions that can work in your kitchen design. * Cooktop and
downdraft
combination
depth
Maintain Cutout Clearances
to Front Edge as Specified **For cooktop and downdraft combination depth:
**Required
F to maintain
ollow UL or CSAinstructions
cooktop installation approvals for cooktop and
downdraft combination installation.
COMPANION
COOKING
Otherwise, add 2-3/4" to the cooktop cutout depth.
Note: Add 2-7/8" to the cooktop cutout depth for JP328 and JP626
**Required to maintain UL or CSA approvals.
36" Cooktop and Downdraft Vent

8-1/2"
COOKTOPS
Filler Panel
Base Sink 36"

Filler Panel
Base Cabinet
3/8" Minimum flat countertop

behind cutout required
VENTILATION
2-1/2" Minimum**
Against-the-wall installation, move the base cabinet
forward, 3" to 5". Filler panels or complementary
34"
moldings can be added to the exposed cabinet sides.
605Dia159 * Cooktop and

downdraft
combination
depth
**For cooktop and downdraft combination depth:

**Required
F tocooktop
ollow maintain UL or CSA
installation approvalsfor cooktop and
instructions
OUTDOOR
COOKING
downdraft combination installation.
Otherwise, add 2-3/4" to the cooktop cutout depth.
Note: Add 2-7/8" to the cooktop cutout depth for JP328 and JP626
**Required to maintain UL or CSA approvals.
338 339
COOKING
Telescopic downdraft vent systems Creative installation solutions
Advance planning
Countertop Overhang per Cooktop
Clearances Must be Maintained
Clearances:
The downdraft system with blower, motor and ductwork will
Professional
occupy the cabinet below the countertop and cooktop.
cooking
The blower/motor assembly can be located below the
cabinet floor. The assembly will fit between 16" floor joists.
End
Order JXRB67 for indoor remote locations. In this installation, Base Sink Panel
a transition to 6" round is required.
Ductwork:
advantium
Plan the ductwork to vent to the outdoors.
Cover Panel
ovens
Use the shortest and straightest duct run possible.
The maximum permissible equivalent length for duct
run is 100 feet. Island or peninsula, use an extra-deep countertop. The
countertop overhang at the front can be adjusted to meet
Refer to "Duct Fittings" chart to calculate equivalent length setback to cutout requirements.
for various duct configurations.
The downdraft blower system is designed to use 3-1/4" x 10"
ductwork. It can be transitioned to 6" round. 605Dia160
WALL OVENS
Ductwork MUST be vented to the outside-never into a crawl
space, attic or other enclosed space.
Determine the need for a wall cap or roof cap. Order the cap
in advance.
Electrical and gas locations:

Install a standard electrical outlet within reach of the vent's
COMPANION
two-foot-long power cord.
COOKING
The vent and a Monogram gas cooktop combination may
operate from the same 120V standard duplex outlet. Electric
cooktops must operate from a separate 240V junction box.
A 90 elbow (not supplied) can be installed onto the inlet of
the gas cooktop and route the gas connections to available
interference when installed with a downdraft vent or other
cabinetry features.
Decorative trim
COOKTOPS
When the cutout to front edge requirement is more than
Monogram Downdraft Vent and cooktop
2", add a bullnose trim to the front edge of the countertop.
installation combinations
Include the trim thickness when measuring the front edge to
Install downdraft vents with any Monogram cooktop cutout requirement. By adding the trim, the cooktop can be
(except Professional rangetops). moved forward, providing additional countertop depth and
interior cabinet space.
Vent Cooktop model
VENTILATION
ZEU30RSJSS, ZGU384NSMSS,
ZVB30 ZHU30RSJSS
ZGU385NSMSS, ZHU36RSJSS,
ZVB36 ZEU36RSJSS
OUTDOOR
COOKING
340 341
HIGHLIGHTS
Built-in 24" Dishwashers
Exclusive bottle-wash feature
uses dedicated jets to direct
Monogram dishwashers water deep inside tall containers,
giving you the assurance all your
Cleaning
dishes are completely clean.
zdt built-in 24" dishwashers
Top control LCD display with

user-friendly controls combined
with a LCD screen complement
the sleek stainless look
LED lighting illuminates the
entire interior, leaving no
question as to whether or not
Choose from European, Professional and Custom styles, each dishes have been cleaned
designed for a cabinet-depth installation.
GEs most advanced wash

system has 102 cleaning
jets to ensure that every
dish gets thoroughly washed
Dishwashers
and rinsed. Side-mounted
jets produce a continual
18" Dishwashers
cascade of fresh water,
while dedicated silverware Five-level wash system
jets focus cleaning action provides effective, yet quiet,
on utensils to give them a cleaning power.
perfect polish and shine. Pearlescent gray, nylon-coated
A reverse-direction wash racks provide plenty of space
arm enhances cleaning and loading flexibility. The
performance, allowing lower rack includes a Stem Safe
spray jets to hit items feature for odd-shaped items
from every angle. and delicate stemware.
Full-extension, smooth-
glide, adjustable third rack
functions as a utensil drawer
for cleaning of an entire
flatware collection, along
with carving knives, soup
ladles, tongs and other
cooking/serving tools. All Monogram dishwashers meet
ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy
ZDT870 models efficiency and water conservation.
Compactors
All full-size Monogram dishwashers are
NSF-certified to reduce 99.999% bacteria.
CEE Tier 1 qualified. Based on DOE test procedure, ANSI/AHAM, DW-1.
342 343
24" dishwashers The basics
ZDT800SSFSS ZDT870SSFSS LED interior lighting illuminates the entire interior, leaving
ZDT800SPFSS ZDT870SPFSS no question as to whether or not dishes have been cleaned.
ZDT800SIFII* ZDT870SIFII*
Exclusive Max Dry System improves drying performance
Cleaning
Cycles and options
Auto Sense by utilizing a high-output, multi-speed fan.
Heavy Wash 39 dBA with LED status indicator. So quiet the status
Normal Wash indicator on the door tells you if the dishwasher is washing,
Light Wash drying or clean.
Rinse
3-piece silverware basket with Soft-Touch handle can
Express
be divided into individual storage baskets for maximum
eWash loading flexibility.
Delay Start 1-12 Hr.
Pre Soak
Adjustable upper rack with Stem Safe glass holders and
fold-down tines adapts to your needs, making cleanup
Child Lock
after meals effortless.
Wash Temp Boost
Sani (NSF Certified) Flexible lower rack with fold-down tines is remarkably
Power Dry accommodating, making room for dishes of all shapes
Max Power Dry and sizes.
Wash Zone Upper Only Exclusive wash zones allow you to scale back the cleaning
Wash Zone Lower Only coverage to only the upper or lower rack, while also
Start/Reset conserving on water usage, without sacrificing options
Bottle Wash available on a full wash.
Sabbath/Door Wake ENERGY STAR Qualified/CEE Qualified meets or
Up Mode
exceeds federal guidelines for energy efficiency and
Wash system
water conservation.
Dishwashers
Clean sensor
Variable-speed
dual pumps Note: Not all features available on all models.
100% Filtration 100% Filtration
and removable and removable
Filter system filter filter Installation basics
Hard food disposer Piranha Piranha
Full-extension 3rd rack
Side trim conceals any slight gap between the dishwasher
cutlery tray and adjacent cabinetry in the cutout space.
102-spray jet wash These dishwashers may be installed beneath countertops
system
of stone or other materials that will not accept screws.
Controls
Electronic Electronic A custom toekick can be installed to match cabinetry.
Top controls tactile buttons tactile buttons The fully Integrated design with concealed, top-mounted
Delay start controls installs true flush with 24" deep surrounding
Cycle status indicator cabinetry.
Rinse Aid dispenser Adjustable Adjustable
Last Cycle Memory
Cycle status Cycle status
LCD control display bar on door bar on door
Audible
End-of-Cycle signal
Interior tub lights LED LED
Tub
Adjustable Adjustable
Compactors
with fold-down with fold-down
Nylon upper racks tines tines
With fold-down With fold-down
Nylon lower rack tines tines
Rack color Bronze Mist
Bitumen tub wrap
Sound DBA 42 dBA 39 dBA
Custom panel ready 24" depth 24" depth
*Requires custom wood panel and handle
Limited one-year warranty.
The serial plate is located on the tub wall. Note: Not all features available on all models.
344 345
24" stainless steel dishwashers Installation
Cutout dimensions and clearances ZDT870SSFSS/ZDT800SSFSS
ZDT800SSFSS and ZDT870SSFSS European models The dishwasher drain hose must be no more than 12 feet
artwork shown. in length for proper drainage.
Cleaning
ZDT870SSFSS & ZDT800SSFSS
ZDT800SPFSS and ZDT870SPFSS Professional models Electrical connections are at the right front of the dishwasher
have same dimensions as European models with exception and water connections are on the left. The hot water line
of dimension toZDT870SSFSS
handle for Professional models is 2 11/16". should extend forward 30" to 40" from the rear wall.
ZDT870SSFSS
The electrical must extend & ZDT800SSFSS
forward at least 24" to reach
23 3/4" (60.3) 2" (5.1) the junction box.
Custom panel size requirements
24" (60.1)
min cutout depth
30" 33 1/2"
(76.2)
(85.1) min Note:To prevent siphoning,
underside of
33 3/8" min counter to floor 24" (60.1) an air gap or high drain
34 5/8" max min cutout depth loop must be used.
(84.8 - 88.0) 3 3/8" min 34 3/4"
4 5/8" max
(8.6 - 11.8)
33max
1/2"
(88.3)
(85.1) min
Toe kick
height underside of
4"(10.2)
counter to floor
34 3/4" 6"
max (15.2) ELECTRIC/
(88.3)
FRONT VIEW 4"(10.2) WATER
FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION

24" (61.0)
2" (5.1) 6"
ELECTRIC/
Dishwashers
(15.2)
WATER
33 3/8" min
34 5/8" max
(84.8 - 88.0)
Height at rear
24 " (60.1) Min

cutout width
3 1/2"
(8.9)
24 " (60.1) Min
SIDE VIEW cutout width
23 3/4" (60.3)
ELECTRIC/
6" (15.2)
WATER
INSTALLATION CUTOUT FRONT VIEW

ELECTRIC/
6" (15.2)
WATER
Compactors
1 11/16" (4.3) Accessories
INSTALLATIONordered from
CUTOUT FRONT GE Parts:
VIEW
Power Cord WX09X70910 = 5.4 ft. length
TOP VIEW Power Cord WX09X70911 = 7.9 ft. length
25 1/2"
OPEN DISHWASHER DOOR (64.8)
SHOWING DOOR CLEARANCE
2" (5.1) 2" (5.1)

min min
clearance clearance
to wall to wall
346 *Order accessories through GE Parts. 347

24" custom panel dishwashers Installation
Cutout dimensions and clearances ZBT870SIFII/ZDT800SIFII
ZDT800SIFII/ZDT870SIFII The dishwasher drain hose must be no more than 12 feet in
ZDT870SIFII & ZDT800SIFII
Cleaning
length for proper drainage.ZDT870SIFII & ZDT800SIFII
23 3/4" (60.3)
Electrical connections are at the right front of the dishwasher
and water connections are on the left. The hot water line
Note:Dimensions in should extend forward 30"ZDT870SIFII
to 40" from&the rear wall. The
ZDT800SIFII
parenthesis are in electrical must extend forward at least 24" to reach the
centimeters unless
otherwise noted. junction box.
29 13/16" min
30 1/4" max
(75.7 - 76.8) size requirements
33 3/8" min 24" (61.0)

34 5/8" max min cutout depth
(84.8 - 88.0) 3 3/8" min
4 5/8" max 33 1/2"
(8.6 - 11.8)
Toe kick (85.1) min
height underside of 24" (61.0) Note:To prevent
counter to floor min cutout depth
siphoning, an air gap
34 3/4"
33(88.3)
1/2" or high drain loop must
(85.1) be used.
maxmin
FRONT VIEW underside of 4"(10.2)
counter to floor
24" (61.0) 34 3/4"

(88.3) 6"
max (15.2) ELECTRIC/
4"(10.2) WATER
6"
(15.2) ELECTRIC/
Dishwashers
WATER
33 3/8" min FLUSH CUTOUT INSTALLATION

34 5/8" max
(84.8 - 88.0)
Height at rear
CUSTOM PANEL
3 1/2"
(8.9) CUSTOM PANEL
24 " (61.0) Min
SIDE VIEW cutout width
23 3/4" (60.3)
24 " (61.0) Min
cutout width
ELECTRIC/
6" (15.2)
WATER
23 3/4" (60.3)
1 7/16" (3.6)
ELECTRIC/
6" (15.2)
WATER
TOP VIEW 23 3/4" (60.3)
Compactors
25 1/2"
OPEN DISHWASHER DOOR (64.8)
SHOWING DOOR CLEARANCE
2" (5.1) 2" (5.1)

min min
clearance clearance
to wall to wall
348 349
4"(10.2)
ELECTRIC/
WATER
Custom panels 18" dishwashers
LLATION ZDT800SIFII/ZDT870SIFII
These dishwashers offer the beauty of a stainless steel
These dishwashers require a field installed 3/4 thick custom exterior or a custom panel and handle to match cabinetry.
panel and custom handle. An installation template is packed The dual pump/dual motor design dishwasher is perfect
Cleaning
with these models and may be obtained in advance. Complete for a mini-bar or second kitchen.
panel installation instructions are included on the template.
CUSTOM PANEL
Custom panel size requirements
Note:Maximum door
panel weight is 20 lbs.
29 13/16"
(75.7) min
30 1/4"
(76.8) max
TRIC/
ER
23 3/4" (60.3)
Dishwashers
RONT VIEW
HEIGHT:
Panel height must be between 29-13/16" and 30-1/4"
If the panel height is more than 30-1/4", it will prevent
the door from swinging open.
If the panel height is less than 29-13/16", it will not cover
the dishwasher door frame.
WIDTH:
Panel width must be 23-3/4"
If the panel width is less than 23-3/4", it will not cover
the dishwasher frame.
Accessories ordered from GE Parts:

Custom Panel Template/Spring Kit WD35X20417
350 351 Compactors

18" dishwashers The basics
ZBD1850NII The stainless steel model has a tubular handle.
ZBD1870NSS
A custom model with a 3/4" custom panel can blend into
Cycles
the kitchen cabinetry.
Cleaning
Heavy wash
Normal Stainless steel interior easily accommodates
Light wash 6 place settings.
Glasses idden, integrated electronic controls allow easy
H
Rinse only activation of wash cycles.
Air dry earlescent gray, nylon-coated racks with ball-tipped
P
Speed tines provide plenty of space and loading flexibility. The
Status indicators Clean/Low Rinse Aid lower rack includes StemSafe for odd-shaped items and
Delay start 24 hr. delicate stemware.
ENERGY STAR qualified
Upper rack with cup shelf provides extra loading options.
CEE Tier 1
Wash system Five-level wash system provides effective, quiet
Electronic top controls cleaning power.
Wash levels 5 With an audible end-of-cycle signal, the dishwasher will
2 direct feed/ beep and the clean indicator light will glow at the end of
Wash arms 1 spray nozzle the wash cycle.
Dual pump/dual motors
Rinse Aid dispenser can be adjusted to dispense the right
Filter system 3-stage
amount depending on water hardness. An indicator light
Tub
on the control panel glows when the dispenser needs
to be filled.
Nylon adjustable upper rack Pearlescent gray
Nylon lower rack Pearlescent gray Dual pump system incorporates a circulation pump, for
great wash performance, and a separate drain pump.
Dishwashers
Adjustable rinse aid dispenser
Stainless steel door panel ZBD1870NSS Two-piece height- and depth-adjustable toekick included.
Accepts 3/4" custom door
panel and custom handle *ZBD1850NII
Bitumen tub wrap
Black, adjustable
Two-piece adjustable toekick depth/height
Installation basics
Limited one-year warranty.
See written warranty for details. Both the stainless steel and custom panel models
install flush to adjacent cabinets, including cabinets
with inset doors.
The serial plate is located on the tub wall just inside the door.
Equipped with tub flange trim to conceal any slight
gap b
etween the dishwasher and adjacent cabinetry.
These dishwashers may be installed beneath countertops
of stone or other materials that will not accept screws.
The 2-piece toekick is height- and depth-adjustable.
A custom toekick can be installed to match cabinetry.
352 353 Compactors

32 1/2" min
35" max
(82.6 - 88.9)
Height at rear
18" dishwashers Installation

Cutout dimensions and clearances ZBD1850N11/ZBD1870NSS
3"
ZBD1850NII (7.6)
ZBD1850NII SIDE VIEW

A reduced-height installation (32-1/2" min.) beneath a
34" countertop can be accomplished by screwing in the
Cleaning
ZBD1870NSS
17 1/2" (44.5) 17 1/2" (44.5)
ZBD1870NSS rear legs flush with the bottom support, removing the
front leveling legs and adding shims to level.
17 1/2" (44.5) 2.1" (5.3) Water and electrical must be routed through the back
wall shown in shaded area. ZBD1870NSS
26 13/16"
(68.0)
32 1/2" min
35" max 5 11/16" min
size requirements
(82.5 - 88.9) 8 3/16" max 262"
13/16"
(5.1)
(14.5 - 20.9) (68.0)
Toe kick
height
22" (55.88)
32 1/2" min min cutout depth Note:To prevent siphoning,
35" max TOP VIEW 5 11/16" min an air gap or high drain
(82.55 - 88.9) 8 3/16" max
(14.5 - 20.9) 32 1/2" loop must be used.
Toe kick
(82.55) min
25 5/8"
height
underside of
FRONT VIEW OPEN DISHWASHER (65.1)
counter to floor
22" (55.88)
DOOR SHOWING min cutout depth
DOOR CLEARANCE
22 1/2" (57.2) Can be adjusted
3235"
up to 1/2"
(88.9) Note:The dishwasher drain
FRONT VIEW (82.55) min hose must be no more than
2" (5.1) 2" (5.1) underside of 4"(10.2) 10 feet in length for proper
min min
clearance clearance counter to floor drainage.
to wall 22 1/2" (57.2) to wall
2"
(5.1) Can be adjusted
up to 35" (88.9) 6"
(15.24) ELECTRIC/
4"(10.2) WATER
32 1/2" min
35" max
(82.6 - 88.9)
Height at rear
6"
ELECTRIC/
Dishwashers
(15.24)
32 1/2" min WATER
35" max
(82.6 - 88.9)
Height at rear
3"
(7.6)
SIDE VIEW
3"
17 1/2" (44.5)
ZBD1870NSS (7.6)
ZBD1870NSS SIDE VIEW
17 1/2" (44.5) 2.1" (5.3) 17 1/2" (44.5)

17 5/8" (44.8) Min
cutout width
18" (45.7) Max

cutout width
17 5/8" (44.8) Min

cutout width
262"
13/16"
(5.1)
(68.0)
18" (45.7) Max
32 1/2" min 5" cutout width 5"
35" max TOP VIEW 5 11/16" min (12.7) (12.7)
(82.55 - 88.9) 8 3/16" max 2" (5.1)
(14.5 - 20.9)
Toe kick
25 5/8"
height
OPEN DISHWASHER (65.1)
DOOR SHOWING TOP VIEW 6" (15.2) 5" 4" (10.2) 5" ELECTRIC/
DOOR CLEARANCE (12.7) (12.7) WATER
25 5/8"
OPEN DISHWASHER (65.1)
2" (5.1)
FRONT VIEW 2" (5.1) INSTALLATION CUTOUT FRONT VIEW
min min
DOOR SHOWING
DOOR CLEARANCE ELECTRIC/
clearance
to wall 22 1/2" (57.2)
clearance
to wall 6" (15.2) 4" (10.2)
2"
(5.1)
WATER
Compactors
2" (5.1) 2" (5.1)
min min
clearance
to wall
clearance
to wall
32 1/2" min
35" max
(82.6 - 88.9)
Height at rear
3"
(7.6)
SIDE VIEW
17 1/2" (44.5)
354 Dimensions in parenthesis are in centimeters unless otherwise noted. Dimensions in parenthesis are in centimeters unless otherwise noted. 355
Custom panel The basics
ZBD1850NII
Reduces trash volume by 75%
The ZBD1850NII dishwasher requires a field-installed 15"-wide compactor with a big 1.4 cu. ft. capacity
3/4"-thick custom panel and a custom handle (not supplied).
Cleaning
ully Integrated design with hidden controls; installs flush
F
An installation template is packed with this dishwasher and to surrounding cabinetry.
may also be obtained in advance. Order Pub. No. 31-30244.
Complete panel installation instructions are printed on Hands-free operation: foot pedal opens the drawer and
the template. starts operation.
Slide-out compactor drawer
Custom panel size requirements Removable knob prevents unwanted use.
Stainless steel drawer with tubular handle on model
Note:Maximum door panel weight is 8 lbs. ZCGS150RSSor install your coordinating custom panel
and custom handle on model ZCGP150RII.
HEIGHT:
Heavy-duty trash bags: Bags are supplied with compactor.
Panel height must be
Additional bags are a vailable from dealer or Factory Service
26-25/32"
Center. Order Catalog number WC60X5017.
If the panel height is
Installation rules: Compactors are designed for built-in
more than 26-25/32",
installations only. They CANNOT be operated free-standing.
it will prevent the door
from swinging open.
If the panel is less than
26-25/32", it will not Built-in compactors
26-25/32"
cover the dishwasher Cutout dimensions and clearances
door frame.
The top of the custom panel 34" to 35"
ZCGS150RSS, Stainless Steel
Dishwashers
15"
must be flush with the top of ZCGP150RII, Requires 34" to min.
35"
15" a 3/4"
24" custom panel and handle
the door. A 1/2" gap between
NOTE: min. min.
the top of the door and the
Maximum door 24"
min.
bottom of the countertoppanel weight is
8 pounds 17-1/2"
must be maintained.
34" to 35" Locate the 33-3/4"
WIDTH: 15" outlet 18" min. min. to
min. Locate the from the floor. 33-3/4" 35" max.
Panel width must be 17-1/2" 24"
min.
outlet 18" min. 3" min. from min. to
from the floor. either side 35" max.
If the panel width is less than 17-1/2", it will not cover 3" min. from
either side
the d ishwasher door.
14-7/8"
Stainless steel model
Locate the 33-3/4"24"14-7/8"
case/door depth
outlet 18" min. min. to 26" including handle
from the floor. 24" case/door depth35" max.Custom-panel model, ZCGP150RII, requires
15" built-in compactors 3" min. from
either side
26" including handle a 3/4"-thick custom panel and will be
24-1/4" case/door
Custom-panel model, ZCGP150RII, requires panel total depth.
a 3/4"-thick custom panel and will be
ZCGS15ORSS 24-1/4" case/door panel total depth.
ZCGP150RII
Features Custom panel dimensions 14-7/8"
1/3 HP motor The ZCGP150RII c 24"
26"
case/door depth
ompactor
including handle requires a field-installed,
Automatic anti-jamming 3/4"-thick customCustom-panel
panel model, andZCGP150RII,
a custom requires handle (not supplied).
Slide-out compactor drawer An installation template is packed
a 3/4"-thick custom panel and will with
be
24-1/4" case/door panel total depth.
the compactor and
Foot pedal opening and start may also be obtained in advance. Order Pub. No. 31-30597-1.
Large capacity 1.4 cu. ft. Complete installation instructions are printed on the template.
Compactors
Accepts 3/4" custom panel ZCGP150RII and Handle
General features
3/4"
Warranty Information Thick
Limited one-year warranty. Custom 29-5/16"
Panel
The serial plate is located on front of frame.
14-7/8"
356 Note: The maximum panel weight is 12 lbs. 357
COOKING
HIGHLIGHTS
Monogram outdoor cooking
Professional
Monogram Professional outdoor grills
cooking
Choose from 42- or 30-inch built-in configurations designed
with the same exceptional quality and attention to detail
that distinguish Monogram professional appliances for
the kitchen.
advantium
ovens
WALL OVENS
Monogram grills make it possible to sear, saut, roast, warm,
smoke and even stir-fry. Ample grilling space is provided by
a primary grate surface and retractable warming shelf.
Easy-lift canopy
integrated illumination
The canopy includes red LED
lights above knob controls,
COMPANION
along with interior halogen
COOKING
lighting for nighttime grilling.
COOKTOPS
Ceramic-infrared
rotisserie burner
The rotisserie burner allows
you to slow-roast lamb,
Stainless steel double-door Accessory pork and other meats to
The stainless steel double door option provides a succulent perfection.
customized built-in look and gives you convenient
access to barbecue tools and accessories.
VENTILATION
Side burners
The reversible wok grates
and 15,000 BTU sealed
burners provide another
versatile cooking option.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
358 359
360
Stainless steel canopy is
counterbalanced to allow easy
opening and closing. A large
tubular handle provides an Retractable warming
easy grip. shelf provides a second-
level surface to keep
grilled foods heated
and cook delicate foods.
Professional grills
A latch makes it easy to

3-speed rotisserie motor. move the shelf up and
out of the way when
not in use.
Durable stainless steel grill Interior halogen lights and

grates distribute heat evenly red LED lights above the
across the cooking surface. knob controls.
Large temperature gauge

positioned on the front
control panel indicates the Stainless steel, slide-out
approximate temperature of drip tray with rotisserie
the grill surface. spit rod storage.
durability.
Heavy-duty
Double-wall
provide years of
construction
and performance.
Stainless steel
The top and hood
stainless steel
grates and burners
Monogram grills use
many years to come.

dependable operation
Durable stainless steel
construction to provide
grates and burners
for a great appearance in

seams or exposed screws
constructed with very few
heavy-duty stainless steel,
assemblies are double-wall
extra rigidity and long-term

Durable construction
361
COOKING
High-performance grilling Thoughtful design
High-output burners
High-output 25,000 BTU
burners are made of durable
Professional
stainless steel. The two-pass
cooking
design provides even
cooking performance.
High-output
advantium
searing burner
ovens
A powerful 23,000 BTU
infrared burner provides
high-temperature searing
for juicy steaks. The LED Bullnose and halogen interior lighting
temperature is adjustable New LED control lighting is perfect for all-season grilling or to
for cooking steak or just show off to the neighbors! Halogen lighting over the grill
vegetables. (42" model.) makes night grilling even easier. A light button is located on
WALL OVENS
the front right side of the control panel.
Infrared ceramic gas Two-position

rotisserie burners warming shelf
A 14,000 BTU burner on The two-position warming
30" grills and a 16,000 BTU shelf flips out of the way
burner on 42 grills provide when using the rotisserie.
even cooking performance A latch mechanism makes
COMPANION
for juicy roasts. it easy to move the shelf up
COOKING
and out of the way when not
in use. It flips down easily to
keep foods warm.
Dual side burners

with stainless steel
burner cover
Two powerful 15,000 BTU
COOKTOPS
side burners combine with
reversible wok grates to
provide the ultimate in
grill flexibility and
convenience. Brass burner
design provides long-lasting
performance. Burners are a Counterbalanced
separate sku with built-in hood springs
VENTILATION
grill models. Each hood hinge
incorporates a spring that
allows the massive hood
to be raised and lowered
with ease.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
362 363
COOKING
Thoughtful design
Professional
cooking
advantium
Electronic ignition Full-width grease tray with integrated rotisserie
ovens
spit rod storage
Monogram grills operate with easy-to-light electronic ignition.
Simply press each burner dial and release when lit. The wide grease tray pulls out easily. The tray has removable
grease drain hole(s) with covers to make cleanup easier. The
rotisserie spit fits securely into a slot at the front of the drawer
120-volt operation where it is accessible for use.
Lights, rotisserie motor
and electronic ignition are
WALL OVENS
all powered by 120-volt
electrical power. In case of
power outage, a concealed
9-volt battery can power
the electronic ignition only.
The burners can also be
ignited with a match.
COMPANION
COOKING
Temperature gauge
The grill temperature gauge Smoker box
is located on the front, in the
The included smoker box is designed to smoke different cuts
control panel.
of meat. The most common wood chips used are mesquite
for poultry or hickory for meats. Soak the chips in water prior
to putting them in the smoker box. On 30" models, the box
is positioned on the right side below the grate. On 42" models,
the box is located below the grate and over the searing burner.
COOKTOPS
To change the connection from LP portable (20lb.) to whole-
house stationary tank, order part number WB28X10118.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
364 365
COOKING
Outdoor accessories
Standard accessories include a rotisserie motor, spit
rod and claws, vinyl cover, basting pan and stainless
steel smoker box.
Professional
cooking
advantium
ovens
Storage optionS
Access Double Doors provide another versatile option for
WALL OVENS
storing grill accessories. Order ZX27AD.
Outdoor/indoor Peace of Mind

refrigerator is designed
to keep contents cool
and crisp, no matter
what the temperature
outside. When the top
panel is removed, the
COMPANION
COOKING
free-standing stainless
steel unit can be easily
installed in an enclosure.
COOKTOPS
All models are backed by a 1-year limited warranty
(5-year limited warranty on the burners*), with service
provided by GE Factory Service.
*See written warranty for details.
VENTILATION
OUTDOOR
COOKING
366 367
COOKING
Built-in outdoor grills and accessories Advance planning
ZGG420NBPSS ZGG300NBPSS ZGU122NPSS These grills are factory-set for natural gas operation.
Dual-Burner A conversion kit is available if liquid propane is preferred
Description 42" Grill 30" Grill Cooktop
order WB28X10117.
Performance
Professional
25,000-BTU stainless High-Altitude Kit, WB28X10119 is available for operation above
cooking
U-tube burner 2 2 2,000 feet. Order WB28X10118 to change the connection from
Adj. 23,000-BTU infrared LP portable (20-lb. tank) to whole-house stationary tank or to
sear burner 1 change a stationary tank to portable.
15,000-BTU sealed
cooktop burner 2 Conversion kits must be installed by a qualified service
Infrared ceramic gas technician at additional cost. Order these kits from your
rotisserie burner 1 1 Monogram supplier.
Gourmet Radiant heat
diffusers
advantium
Brass control valve
ovens
Electronic ignition system Integrated Integrated Integrated
with 9-Volt battery backup into knobs into knobs into knobs Installation basics
Convenience
Stainless steel grill grates These grills are designed to be installed into a
Cast-iron, porcelain-enamel Wok non-combustible enclosure.
cooktop burner grates reversible
Halogen interior lights 2 1 The grill drops into the opening and hangs from the side
LED bullnose lighting flanges. It does not require support from the bottom.
WALL OVENS
Retractable warming shelf The installation structure within 12" of the product must be
Double-wall construction constructed completely of non-combustible materials.
Temperature gauge Non-combustible materials are materials which are not
Stainless steel slide-out capable of being ignited and burned, such as steel, iron,
drip tray brick, concrete, granite or slate.
Total surface grill area
(sq. in.) 1200 840 If the countertop has an overhang, it must be notched or
Appearance
cut back flush with the front face of the cabinet below.
Professional die-cast These grills are designed for outdoor use only. Do not
metallic knobs locate the grill or cooktop in a building, garage or other
COMPANION
COOKING
304 stainless steel enclosed or semi-enclosed area.
construction
General features These gas grills cannot be used below any type of
Fuel configuration Natural gas Natural gas Natural gas overhead construction.
Fuel conversion kit
(Nat. to LP) WB28X10117 WB28X10117 WB28X10117
High-altitude conversion kit WB2BX10119 WB2BX10119 WB2BX10119 Countertop Notch Detail
Accessories
Stainless steel double-doors ZX27AD ZX27AD ZX27AD
COOKTOPS
Cabinet Face
Depth to
Insulated grill liner ZX42JR ZX30JR
Limited lifetime warranty on oven racks. 1-1/2" Depth
5/8" for Outdoor Grills
VENTILATION
9/16" for Outdoor Cooktops
OUTDOOR
COOKING
The serial plate for grills is located on the bottom of the drip tray or behind
the control panel.
368 369
COOKING
Outdoor grill configuration Built-in outdoor grills
These grills offer a full range of powerful temperature
control options.
The installation structure within 12" of the product must
be constructed completely of non-combustible materials.
Professional
ZGG420NBPSS natural gas Non-combustible materials are materials which are not
cooking
capable of being ignited and burned, such as steel, iron,
brick, concrete, granite or slate.
The grill drops into the opening and hangs from the side
flanges. It does not require support from the bottom.
16,000 BTU
Infrared ceramic gas
rotisserie burners
Side view, all built-in grills
advantium
ovens
25,000 BTU
The grill rotisserie connection
is on the left side near the front.
Adjustable up to 23,000 BTU Installation into a 24-1/2" front-to-
infrared searing burner
back opening allows access to the
Rotisserie rotisserie outlet.
Connection
WALL OVENS
Non-Combustible
Non-Combustible
ZGG300NBPSS natural gas
14,000 BTU
Infrared ceramic gas
rotisserie burners
COMPANION
COOKING
25,000 BTU
10-1/4" from
Bottom of
Support Flange
COOKTOPS
*25-1/2"
ZGU122NPSS natural gas Countertop Depth
27" to Front
of Control Panel
28-1/2" to Front of Bullnose
15,000 BTU
*The weight of the grill is fully supported by
VENTILATION
the side trims. The back of the grill overlaps
the back edge of the cutout.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
370 371
COOKING
Built-in outdoor grills Built-in dual-burner cooktop
Cutout and product dimensions (cont.) Cutout and product dimensions
42"-wide built-in grill The installation structure within 12 of the product must
be constructed completely of non-combustible materials.
Professional
ZGG420NBPSS Non-combustible materials are materials which are not
cooking
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid capable of being ignited and burned, such as steel, iron,
to Non-Combustibles brick, concrete, granite or slate.
The cooktop drops into the opening and hangs from the
26" side flanges. It does not require support from the bottom.
Dual-Burner Cooktop
27"
Side view
advantium
41-7/8"
ovens
40-3/4"
Gas and
Electrical
Locations
24-1/2"
7/8" Overlap
at the back
Grill Cutout 10-7/8"
WALL OVENS
*25" Countertop Depth
26-1/2" to Front
Opening
for Optional of Control Panel
36" Access Doors
Min. 1-1/8" Min.
28" to Front of Bullnose
COMPANION
COOKING
30"-wide built-in grill Dual-Burner Cooktop
ZGG300NBPSS ZGU122NPSS
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid 12" Min. to
to Non-Combustibles 10-1/2" to
Combustibles
on All Sides the Bottom
26"
of the Side
Support Flange
11"
COOKTOPS
26-1/2"
27" 13"
29-7/8"
28-3/4"
Gas and
11-7/8"
Electrical
Locations
VENTILATION
24-1/2" Gas and Electrical Locations
24-1/2"
Grill Cutout 10-7/8"
Outdoor
Opening
for Optional
Cooktop
36"
1-1/8" Min. Access Doors ZGU122 10-7/8"
Min.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
372 373
COOKING
Built-in outdoor grill accessories
Stainless steel accessories for custom built-in installations Liner installation
provide convenient storage options. Position the liner into the frame. No part of the combustible
enclosure can protrude above the top surface or in front of
Professional
ZX27AD, Double Access Doors the face surface of the liner. Shim the liner if necessary.
cooking
Double access doors may be
installed directly below a grill. Grill installation
The support frame fits into the
opening and the doors hang Use the proper equipment to support the grill. Place the grill
from side hinges. into the liner and engage it over the liner lip across the back
and sides. The liner is designed to support the grill without
additional fasteners.
advantium
InsulatedGrillLiner
ovens
Models: ZX30JR, ZX42JR
Important: For Safety Information and tools required,

refer to the grill installation instructions (31-10702).
FRAME PREPARATION
Important: Before you build the frame, you must take into
WALL OVENS
consideration the total weight of the liner, grill and any Grill
finishing materials.
Refer to the table below for the proper framing dimensions
for the insulating jacket. Determine the entry point for both
the gas inlet and electrical connections. Make the 4"-square
holes for gas and electrical connections (rear or bottom
access) based on your requirements. Note that the electrical
connections are located on the left side of the grill and the
COMPANION
gas connections are on the right side. A carpenters spirit
COOKING
level should be used to assure that the framing is level both Insulated
front-to-back and side-to-side. Refer to the built-in grill Liner
literature for any additional instructions for the frame.
Dimensions with Insulated Jacket Installed

Description Model a b c d e f
30" Grill Liner ZX30JR 36" 5" 26-1/2" 4-1/2" 3" 11-5/8"
COOKTOPS
42" Grill Liner ZX42JR 48" 5" 26-1/2" 4-1/2" 3" 11-5/8"
4"-square holes for

gas and electrical
connections both left
and right sides (rear Combustible
or bottom access). Frame
VENTILATION
Make these holes in the
frame based on your
requirements.
Finishing
If desired, any gap remaining between the liner and the
combustible enclosure may be filled with a non-combustible
sealant or caulk.
OUTDOOR
COOKING
374 375
376
Z I C S 3 6 0 N H S S
Monogram Width Model Year
Product 30", 36", 42",
or 48"
Installation Door Panel Dispenser
F/W = free-standing B = Black dispenser D = Ice and water
I = Built-in S = Stainless wrap panel dispenser
or European N = No dispenser
P = Professional
Configuration Flush or Integrated Handle Options
C = Bottom-freezer refrigerator O = Flush-inset, LH = Left-hand door swing
E = Free-standing French-Door 3/4 overlay or RH = Right-hand door swing
bottom-freezer 1/4 framed II = Panel required
F = All-freezer unit G = Fully integrated SS = Stainless case/handle
K = Glass-door bottom-freezer
Refrigeration product nomenclature
P = French-Door bottom-freezer
S = Side-by-side refrigerator
R = All-refrigerator unit
Z D W R 2 4 0 H B S
Monogram Width Model Year
Product Inches
Format Configuration Color Options

D = Built-in or BI = Bar refrigerator w/icemaker BS = Black case,
free standing BC = Beverage center stainless door
I = Built-in DI = Double-drawer refrigerator SS = S tainless door,
FI = Fresh-food refrigerator tubular handle
OD = Outdoor/indoor refrigerator II = B
lack case,
WC = Wine chiller custom panel
IC/IS = Ice machine
Refrigeration module nomenclature
377
ada compliance cad design tools energy star DEMONSTRATION KITS AD BUILDER NOMENCLATURES
378
Z D P 4 8 6 N D P S S
Monogram Gas Rangetop Number of Model Year Color Codes
ZDP = Dual-fuel range Burners SS = Stainless
ZGP = All-gas range 4 = 4 burners steel
ZGU = Rangetop 6 = 6 burners
Size Fuel Type Additional

48 = 48" rangetop N=N atural Cooking Surface
or range gas D = Griddle
36 = 36" rangetop L = Liquid R = Grill
or range propane G = Griddle & grill
30 = 30" range
Professional cooking nomenclature
Z W 9 0 0 0 S J S S
Monogram Feature Package Model Year Color Codes
Product Higher number SS = Stainless
generally denotes steel
more features
Configuration/Size* Color/Style Options
J = 27" wall oven S = Stainless steel
W = 30" wall oven P = 30" Professional
*J = indicates 27" width for warming drawer

W = indicates 30" width for warming drawer
Warming drawer nomenclature
379
380
Z E T 1 S H S S
Monogram Feature Package Model Year Color Code
Product 1 = Single wall oven SS = Stainless steel
2 = Double wall oven
Electric
Configuration Color/Style Options
K = 27" wall oven S = European style,
T = 30" wall oven Stainless steel
P = Professional style
F = French-door
Convection wall oven nomenclature
Z G U 3 8 5 N S M S S
Monogram Cooktop Feature Gas Type Model Year Color Codes
Product Package L = LP gas SS = Stainless
N= Natural steel or
gas glass
Fuel Type Number of Burners Color/Style Options
E = Electric 5 = 36" with 5 burners B = Black
G = Gas 4 = 30" with 4 burners S = Black glass w/stainless trim,
H = Induction stainless steel or glass
Cooktop nomenclature
381
382
Z S C 2 2 0 1 J S S
Product 220 = 240V SS = S
tainless
120 = 120V steel
Oven Color/Style Options
SC = Built-in Advantium oven 1 = Stainless steel
SA = Above-the-cooktop Advantium 2 = Professional
Advantium oven nomenclature
Z W L 1 1 2 6 S J S S
Monogram Feature Package Model Color Code
Product or Width Year tainless
SS = S
Higher number steel
generally denotes
Microwave Oven more features Color/Style Options
E = Countertop model S = Stainless steel
EM = Mounts under cabinet
WL = Drawer
Microwave oven nomenclature
383
384
Z V 4 8 T S F S S
Monogram Feature Package or Width Model Year Color Code
Product 2 digits shown = Vent hood SS = Stainless
width (48", 36" or 30") Color/Style Option steel
S = Stainless steel
Venting System Style (Professional

V = Vent hood Hoods only)
H = Under cabinet
I = Island
R = Restaurant-style
S = Straight sides
T = Tapered sides
Professional vent hoods nomenclature
Z V 9 5 0 S D S S
Product 3 or 4 digits = Higher SS = S
tainless
number denotes steel
Venting System more features Color/Style Option
V = Vent hood S = Stainless steel
VB = Downdraft vent system
VC = Hood insert
Venting systems nomenclature
385
386
Z D T 8 7 0 S I F I I
Monogram Feature Package or Width Model Year
Product Higher number generally
denotes more features
Configuration Dishwasher Style Exterior Colors
BD/DT = Dishwasher Options SS = Stainless
CG = Compactor SS = European steel
SP = Professional II = C
ustom
SI = Custom panel panel
Dishwasher and compactor nomenclature
Z G G 4 2 0 N B P S S
Monogram Gas Width Fuel Type Model Stainless steel
Product Outdoor grills 42", 30" N = Natural gas Year exterior
Configuration
B = Built-in
Professional outdoor grills nomenclature
387
NOMENCLATURES
Promotional materials on Ad Builder Promotional materials on Ad Builder (cont.)
The newly updated Ad Builder site offers customizable EXCEPTIONAL MATERIALS THAT APPEAL
promotional materials, including print and online banner TO DISCERNING CUSTOMERS
ads, TV and radio spots, and moreall with ACB
pre-approval. And its all free for Monogram customers.
Additional site training tools accessible from the Training
and Resource menu include:
Registering for live training sessions
AD BUILDER
Viewing training videos and FAQs
Ad Builder tutorials
GET STARTED AT
ACB.BRANDMUSCLE.NET
388 389 DEMONSTRATION KITS

energy star
cad design tools
ada compliance
NOMENCLATURES
Monogram sales materials Showroom floor demonstration kits
To order, call DriView at 800.848.7722 or 502.361.0526 These kits allow you to demonstrate some of the innovative
or GE Answer Center at 800.626.2000. features on Monogram models, safely and easily.
30"Wall Ovens:
ZET1, ZET2, ZET9550, ZET9050
27" Wall Ovens:
ZEK7500, ZEK7000
AD BUILDER
120-Volt Demo Cord Kit | Pub. No. 3-A011
This power cord kit is for use with 27" and 30" single and
double ovens. The cord provides power to the controls,
convection fan and lights. It will not energize the heating
element. The cord must be plugged into a 120-volt, 60Hz
polarized and grounded outlet.
The kit contains one cord, wire nuts, electrical tape
DEMONSTRATION KITS
and instructions.
30" Advantium Wall Ovens:

ZSC2201, ZSC2202
120-Volt Demo Cord Kit | Pub. No. 28-A008

This power cord kit is for use with Advantium 240V ovens.
The cord provides power to the controls and lights. It will
not energize the heating elements or microwave. The
cord must be plugged into a 120-volt, 60Hz polarized and
grounded outlet.
The kit contains one cord, wire nuts, electrical tape
energy star
and instructions.
Monogram full-line catalog | Pub. No. 24-M835
Induction Cooktop:
ZHU36R
120-Volt Demo Mode | ZHU36RXJSS

This is a 36" induction cooktop with 120-Volt connection to
demonstrate glide-touch controls.
cad design tools

48" Professional Ranges:
ZDP484, ZDP486, ZGP484, ZGP486
36" Professional Ranges:
ZDP366, ZDP364, ZGP366, ZGP364
30" Professional Range:
ZDP304, ZGP304
120-Volt Demo Cord Kit | Pub. No. 24-M488

Use this 120-volt demo cord to plug the ranges 240-volt
power cord into a 120-volt outlet. The cord provides power to
ada compliance
controls and lights. The cord must be plugged into a 120-volt,
60Hz polarized and grounded outlet.
CATERER'S TRAY | Pub. No. 24-M718-1

Monogram selection guide | Pub. No. 24-M0015 Use this tray to show oven capacity in the 36" and 48" ovens.
390 391
NOMENCLATURES
Energy Star-qualified models
All Monogram dishwashers Monogram Refrigerators

meet the 2015 energy star standards
A
ll Monogram dishwashers Advanced temperature-management technology, variable-
have earned the speed compressors and electronic controls make Monogram
ENERGY STAR label. refrigerators among the most efficient available.
Full-size Monogram
dishwashers hold up to
AD BUILDER
16 place settings at once,
so its possible to wash
every dish in a single load.
ZIR360NHRH
ZIRP360NHRH
DEMONSTRATION KITS
ZIRS360NHRH
ZIRP360NHLH
ZIRS360NHLH
ZIC30GNHII
energy star
ZIC360NHRH
ZICP360NHRH
ZICS360NHRH
Monogram Dishwashers ZIC360NHLH
ZBD1850NII ZDT800SPFSS ZDT870SPFSS ZICP360NHLH
ZBD1870NSS ZDT800SIFII ZDT870SIFII ZICS360NHLH
ZDT800SSFSS ZDT870SSFSS ZBD9900RII
cad design tools

ZWE23PSHSS
ada compliance
ZWE23ESHSS
392 393
NOMENCLATURES
Find instant inspiration with downloadable
3-D Monogram appliance files
AD BUILDER
DEMONSTRATION KITS
Tap into this inspiration three easy ways:
1. At monogram.com:
2. At 2020technologies.com
You can access digital drawings of Monogram
appliances through 20-20 Technologies, the standard for 3-D
energy star
state-of-the-art kitchen design and specification.
Clients current on their 20-20 support and maintenance plan
can log into 20-20s B2B portal, 2020.net, to access the
catalog through the Update Center. 20-20 will include the
catalog in new licenses of 20-20 Design as products are
updated quarterly.
3. At sketchup.google.com
You can access select Monogram appliances in the
Google 3-D Warehouse.
cad design tools

a. Go to monogram.com
b. Locate the desired model
c. C
lick on the PRE-PLANNING tab
for CAD Download option*
ada compliance
Computer-aided design (CAD) files are available for many
Monogram appliances. Look for the link in the Product
Documentation area of product specification pages.
*AutoCAD software is required to download and view images.
394 395
NOMENCLATURES
ADA requirements
Refrigeration Cooktops, rangetops & freestanding ranges

Products &Modules; Gas & Electric; Regulation #/Description:
Regulation #/Description:
4.2.5maximum high forward reach for controls and
4.2.6 SIDE REACH. If the clear floor space allows parallel operating mechanisms is 48", maximum low forward
approach by a person in a wheelchair, the maximum high reach is 15";
side reach allowed shall be 54" and the low side reach shall
4.27.4controls and operating mechanisms must be
be no less than 9" above the floor.
operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
AD BUILDER
4.27.2 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. Clear floor space complying pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to
with 4.2.4 that allows a forward or a parallel approach by activate controls shall be no more than 5lbf;
a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls,
4.34.6.6if ovens or cooktops have knee spaces underneath,
dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment.
then they shall be insulated or otherwise protected on the
4.27.3 HEIGHT. The highest operable part of all controls, exposed surfaces to prevent burns, abrasions or electrical
dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment shock. The location of controls for ranges and cooktops shall
shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges not require reaching across burners.
specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6.
4.27.4 OPERATION. Controls and operating mechanisms
DEMONSTRATION KITS
Microwave ovens
shall be operable with one hand and shall not require
tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force Regulation #/Description:
required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5lbf. 4.2.5maximum high forward reach for controls and
4.34.6.3 CONTROLS. All controls in kitchens shall comply operating mechanisms is 48", maximum low forward
with 4.2.7. reach is 15";
4.34.6.8 REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER. Refrigerator/freezers 4.27.4controls and operating mechanisms must be
shall comply with 4.34.6.3. Provision shall be made for operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
refrigerators which are: pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to
activate controls shall be no more than 5lbf.
(1) Of the vertical side-by-side refrigerator/freezer type;
OR
(2) Of the over-and-under type and meet the following
requirements:
energy star
(a) Have at least 50 percent of the freezer space below
54" above the floor. Universal Design and ADA
(b) Have 100 percent of the refrigerator space and controls Design for people with diverse abilities.
below 54 in.
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

Wall ovens Meets the needs of people with disabilities. While the law
Single self-clean ovens; doesnt generally cover private residences, it does establish
Regulation #/Description: accessibility guidelines for products within the home.
cad design tools

4.2.5maximum high forward reach for controls and Universal Design:
operating mechanisms is 48", maximum low forward Meets the needs of all peoplenot just people with
reach is 15"; disabilities.
4.27.4controls and operating mechanisms must be Not just about physical accessits about making homes
operable with one hand and shall not require tight as useful and appealing as possible, to as many people
grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force as possible.
required to activate controls shall be no more than 5lbf;
4.34.6.7ovens shall have controls on front panels; they
may be located on either side of the door.
396 397 ada compliance

NOMENCLATURES
*
Monogram ADA-compliant models Notes
Microwave Ovens: Pro-Range Rangetop:

(in the built-in configuration) ZGU366NP
ZEB1226 ZGU364NRP
ZEM115 ZGU364NDP
ZGU484NGP
AD BUILDER
Single Wall Ovens: ZGU486NRP
ZET1S, ZET1P, ZET1F ZGU486NDP
ZET9050, ZEK7000
Refrigeration Modules:*
Cooktops: ZIFS240HSS, ZIFI240HII,
ZEU36, ZEU30 ZIBS240HSS, ZIBI240HII
ZGU385N ZDOD240HSS, ZDWR240HBS,
DEMONSTRATION KITS
ZGU384N ZDBR240HBS, ZDBI240HII,
ZHU30, ZHU36 ZDWI240HII
Warming Drawers: Undercounter

ZTD910, ZKD910 Icemakers:*
ZDIS15SSHLH, ZDIS15SSHRH
Refrigerators: ZDIC150
ZFSB25DXSS
Venting Hood Inserts
Pro Range Dual-Fuel: (with wired remote control panel)
ZVC30L, ZVC36L
energy star
ZDP304N
ZDP366N ZVC48L, ZVC42L
ZDP364NR
ZDP364ND Telescopic Downdraft
Venting Systems:
ZDP484NG
ZVB30STSS
ZDP486NR
ZVB36STSS
ZDP486ND
cad design tools

Pro-Range All-Gas:
ZGP304N, ZGP304L
ZGP366N, ZGP366L
ZGP364NR ,ZGP364LR
ZGP364ND, ZGP364LD
ZGP484NG, ZGP484LG
ZGP486NR, ZGP486LR
ZGP486ND, ZGP486LD
ada compliance
*Only when installed in free-standing application
398 399
Notes Notes
400 401
402
Notes
induction
cooktops
wall oven
french-door
403
2015 | 2016
All the ingredients for 2015 | 2016
culinary perfection
When it comes to your kitchen, weve done all The Monogram
the prep work for you, gathering the best tips and Black Book
ideas in two entertaining and informative blogs.
Let our expert chefs and designers bring fresh
inspiration to your table.
The Monogram Black Book

Save Room For Design All In Good Food
Insights on remodeling Recipes, how-to cooking
trends, as well as tips and videos, product demos
ideas from professional and more from professional
experts. Inspiring stories are chefs Joe Castro and
shared every week. Brian Logsdon.
Have a taste at monogram.com/blogs.
As an ENERGY STAR partner, GE has determined that the appliances

marked with the ENERGY STAR logo meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines for
energy efficiency. Product improvement is a continuing endeavor at GE. Therefore,
materials, appearance and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Appliance Park
Louisville, Kentucky 40225
monogram.com
2015 GE Appliances | Publication Number 24-M0115 | PC81965

Dispatcher

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Dispatcher

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2015 | 2016

All the ingredients for 2015 | 2016

The Monogram Black Book

Have a taste at monogram.com/blogs.

As an ENERGY STAR partner, GE has determined that the appliances

2015 GE Appliances | Publication Number 24-M0115 | PC81965

Your 2015 | 2016 resource for

Sophisticated styling and exceptional

Monogram Preferred Service | 800.444.1845

GE Answer Center | 800.626.2000

This book is for Sales Training purposes only and should

Use this index as a quick reference guide to product, Dimensions, SS models................................................................................. 58

FLUSH INSET INSTALLATIONCustom models

The basics, backsplash accessories......................................................187 Advance planning, rangetop configurations,

Warming Drawers Highlights | Hoods......................................................................................... 280

cooktops Product dimensions and clearances...................................................288

36" Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Hood

Island Vent Hoods Tapered or straight-sided hoods installationheight..................328

18" Dishwashers product chart...............................................................352 Energy Star............................................................................................392

Professional Outdoor Grills

Consider how you use your refrigerator. If you prefer a

Built-In models range from 30" to 72" wide in a variety of

Side-by-Side All-Freezer and French-Door Bottom-Freezer

Free-standing models are 36" wide and have wrapped

1 | European. Stainless steel extends completely across

Monogram 30" refrigerators Can be installed to match

For a standard Standard built-in custom

Models Width Door Swing Appearance Handle Models ZIC30GNHII ZIK30GNHII

Unified Grille Panel Kits: a grille panel spans the width

integrated 30" customizable

Appliance industry firsts Installed in a pantry

The lower drawer provides the ultimate in temperature control.

First convertible-drawer built-in refrigerator-freezer.

When the lower drawer is converted to a freezer, it can store

When set to wine

7 | Soft-close freezer drawer

8  water filtration system

ENERGY STAR qualified

Sabbath modecapable to comply with Kosher practices.

Solid-Door Case Glass-Door Case

There are three panel choices for the 30" model.

Custom panels Aligns with adjacent drawers

Professional panels 60" Finished Width Wall

Water Tube & Electrical Outlet 6"

When two units are placed side-by-side, order heater kit

25 min. depth 30 Finished Width

Refrigerator dimensions with 3/4" panels

3/4 (Case and Door only)

80" Fully Integrated installation IMPORTANT NOTE: Maximum panel weight:

22-3/4 C EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is

EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is

Design Tip: If using custom panels, a custom

84" Fully Integrated installation IMPORTANT NOTE: Maximum panel weight:

Design Tip: Some amount of each panel will

For 80" installation For 80" installation

*There must be a minimum 1/8" gap between panels and

Showroom demonstration mode: ZIC30/ZIK30

No Sabbath Mode kit needed for 30" fully integrated

Monogram built-in side-by-side refrigerators make a Bright lighting

Light columns in the freezer and fresh-food

GE water filtration system

Four major components

Star K compliant with ZSAB1 kit

1 | European. Stainless steel extends completely across

7 | Soft-close freezer drawer

8 water filtration system

*There must be a minimum 1/8" gap between panels and

84" 83 1/2"

26 1/2" 26"

84" 30 1/2" 83 1/2" *83 1/2"

Allow 25" (63.5) min Allow 25" (63.5) min

84" 83 1/2"

*Installed height. Use leveling legs and wheels for